Big Cam 1 and 3
Big Cam 1 and 3
Big Cam 1 and 3
GENER AL M AINTENANCE
3-1
INSTRUCTIONS
TESTING 3-672
WARNING
Carbon m onoxide is w ith o u t co lo r o r smell, but can kill you. Breathing air w ith carbon m onoxide produces sym ptom s o f
headache, dizziness, loss o f m uscular control, a sleepy feeling, and coma. Brain damage o r death can result from heavy
exposure. Carbon m onoxide occurs in the exhaust fum es o f fuel-burning heaters and internal com bustion engines. Carbon
m onoxide can become dangerously concentrated under co nditions o f no air movement. Precautions m ust be follow ed to
ensure crew safety when the personnel heater o r engine o f any vehicle is operated fo r any purpose.
1. DO NOT operate personnel heater o r engine o f vehicle in a closed place unless the place has a lot o f m oving air.
3. DO NOT drive any vehicle w ith inspection plates, cover plates, o r engine com partm ent doors removed unless
necessary fo r m aintenance purposes.
4. BE ALERT at all tim es during vehicle operation fo r exhaust odors and exposure sym ptom s. If either is present,
IMMEDIATELY VENTILATE personnel com partm ents. If sym ptom s persist, remove affected crew to fresh air; keep
warm ; DO NOT PERMIT PHYSICAL EXERCISE. If necessary, give artificial respiration. FOR ARTIFICIAL
RESPIRATION, REFER TO FM 21-11.
5. BE AW ARE: the field protective mask fo r C hem ical-B iological-R adiological (CBR) protection w ill not protect you
from carbon m onoxide poisoning.
WARNING SUMMARY
• Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi. Use o nly w ith effective chip guarding and
protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves, etc. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• Wear heat-resistant gloves when handling heated crankshaft gear. Failure to com ply may result in injury to
personnel.
• Perform operation o ut o f doors o r in a well-ventilated room. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• Remove pressure regulator assem bly slow ly to prevent spring tension from shooting assem bly from oil pum p body.
Wear eye protection. Failure to com ply may result in damage to equipm ent or injury to personnel.
• Eye protection m ust be w orn when using w ire brush fo r cleaning. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• The machined edges on turbine wheel are very sharp. Wear protective gloves. Failure to com ply may result in injury
to personnel.
• Wear rubber gloves when rem oving piston pin to prevent burns from boiling w ater o r hot piston. Failure to com ply
may result in injury to personnel.
• C ontrol valve cover is under pressure from co ntrol valve outer spring. Wear suitable eye protection and hold cover
down when rem oving screw and cover. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
W a rn in g a
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
• Im proper cleaning m ethods and use o f unauthorized cleaning solvents w ill not be used. Refer to
TM 9-247 fo r proper cleaning m ethods and solvents. Failure to com ply may result in damage to equipm ent o r injury
to personnel.
• The stamped steel oil pan on M915A1/Big Cam III o r on M915/Big Cam I engines m ust not be used to su pp ort w eight
o f engine; the pan w ill perm anently deform and may collapse, allowing engine to fall over. Failure to com ply may
result in damage to equipm ent and injury to personnel.
• A ll personnel m ust stand clear during lifting operations. A snapped chain o r sw inging o r sh ifting load may result in
injury to personnel.
• Use extrem e caution during disassem bly o r assem bly; engine com ponents are heavy. Failure to com ply may result
in damage to equipm ent o r injury to personnel.
• Operation o f a deadlined vehicle w ith o u t prelim inary inspection w ill cause fu rthe r damage to a m alfunctioning
com ponent and possible injury to personnel.
• Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in well-ventilated area. Failure
to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• Do not perform fuel system procedures w hile sm oking o r w ithin 50 ft (15.2 m) o f sparks o r open flame. Diesel fuel is
flam m able and may explode. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• A llow adequate ventilation fo r engine exhaust gases. Failure to com ply may result in brain damage o r death to
personnel.
W arning b
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
A /(B b la n k )
*TM 9-2815-225-34& P
You can help improve this publication. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve
the procedures, please let us know. Submit your DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to
Publications and Blank Forms), through the Internet, on the Army Electronic Product Support
(AEPS) website. The Internet address is http://aeps.ria.army.mil. If you need a password, scroll
down and click on "ACCESS REQUEST FORM". The DA Form 2028 is located in the ONLINE
FORMS PROCESSING section of the AEPS. Fill out the form and click on SUBMIT. Using this
form on the AEPS will enable us to respond quicker to your comments and better manage the DA
Form 2028 program. You may also mail, fax or E-mail your letter or DA Form 2028 direct to:
AMSTA-LC-CI Tech Pubs, TACOM-RI, 1 Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, IL 61299-7630. The
email address is [email protected]. The fax number is DSN 793-0726 or
Commercial (309) 782-0726.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
|HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL]..................................................................................................................................viii
* This manual supersedes TM 9-2815-225-34&P-1, TM 9-2815-225-34&P-2, dated Dec 1983 and TM 9-2815-222-34&P dated Dec
1980 and all changes.
i
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c h a p te r 2 S e r v ic e a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n s t r u c t i o n s ! .......................................................................................2-1
c h a p te r 3 M a in te n a n c e ]...........................................................................................................................................................3-1
3-11. G e ne ra l..........................................................................................................................................................................3-8
3-12. Task Summary ............................................................................................................................................................ 3-8
3-13. Mounting Engine on Maintenance Stand...................................................................................................................3-10
3-14. Vibration Damper and CrankshaftPulley R em oval.................................................................................................... 3-26
3-15. Accessory Drive Pulley R em oval................................................................................................................................3-28
3-16. Fuel Pump Removal......................................................................................................................................................3-30
3-17. Air Compressor Removal............................................................................................................................................. 3-36
3-18. Accessory Drive Housing Assembly R em oval...........................................................................................................3-40
3-19. Oil Pump R em oval........................................................................................................................................................3-42
ii
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
iii
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Contd)
INTRODUCTION ......................................................
Scope .........................................................................
General.......................................................................
Explanation of Columns (Sections II and III) ..........
Explanation of Columns (Section IV) ......................
Special Information ...................................................
How to Locate Repair Parts .....................................
ENGINE
FUEL SYSTEM
COOLING SYSTEM
REPAIR KITS
Repair K its.....................................................................................
BULK MATERIAL
SPECIAL TOOLS
SPECIAL TOOLS
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES
INTRODUCTION...........................................................................
Scope ............................................................................................
Explanation of Columns ...............................................................
INTRODUCTION ..........................................................................
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
D-1. General.............................................................................................................................................................D-1
D-2. Manufactured Item Part Number Index ........................................................................................................ D-1
GLOSSARY ..............................................................................................................................................................................Glossary-1
INDEX ....................................................................................................................................................................................Index-1
vii
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Maintenance tasks in this manual are written in sequence for the complete disassembly of the engine. They can also be used in
conjunction with troubleshooting to repair a specific engine component or part without performing a complete engine overhaul. In either
event, always refer to the maintenance record (or attached instructions if the engine arrives for repair in a container). This will prevent
any unnecessary work on your part. Follow the steps listed below under "Using Your Manual" to become familiar with how to use this
book.
TROUBLESHOOTING STEPS:
viii
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
ix
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
11. Turn to para. 3-29 on page 3-89. Here you find the detailed procedure for removing the piston, connecting rod, and bearings.
12. Detailed procedures: Include everything you must do to accomplish a basic maintenance task.
a. Before beginning the maintenance task, look through the procedure. You must familiarize yourself with the entire maintenance
procedure before beginning the maintenance task. The entire procedure of para. 3-29, "Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings
Removal," include the task REMOVAL under the heading "THlS TASK COVERS."
b. The ten basic headings listed under "INITIAL SETUP" outline the task conditions, materials, manpower requirements, and
special conditions or tools. They are:
Applicable Models: Any models that require that particular maintenance task.
Special Tools: Those special tools required to finish a maintenance task. The use of common tools is not
explained.
Personnel Required: The number and type of personnel needed to accomplish a task.
NOTE: If you th in k an assistant w ill be necessary to co rrectly o r safely com plete a task (perhaps as the
result o f unusual conditions, etc.), alert yo u r supe rviso r and ask fo r help.
Troubleshooting References: Specific troubleshooting symptom or those manuals required to complete the task.
Equipment Condition: Notes the conditions that must exist prior to starting the task.
Special Environmental Conditions: Outlines specific environmental conditions necessary to perform a task. For
example: Work area clean and away from blowing dirt and dust.
General Safety Instructions: Summarizes all safety warnings for the maintenance task.
x
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. A step-by-step maintenance procedure follows the INITIAL SETUP. Three columns "Location/Item," "Action," and "Remarks"
give detailed instructions for the procedure. They are:
• Location/Item: Indicates the general location and specific part(s) you are working on in a step. For example, the
location/item of step 2 is the "crankshaft (10)." The number(s) in parentheses correspond to that part(s) callout
number(s) in the accompanying illustration.
• Action: Specifies the action to be taken with the part(s) listed in the Location/Item column. In ourexample, you
are directed to "Rotate [the crankshaft (10) ] until rod cap (7) is accessible."
• Remarks: Provide additional information. Our example notes: "Use lint-free paper to remove loose debris from
cylinder liner (9)."
d. At the end of a procedure, "FOLLOW-ON TASK(S)" will list additional task(s) that must be performed to complete the
procedure. The Follow-On Tasks for our example procedure is: "For repair or installation of piston, connecting rod, and
bearings, refer to para. 3-69 or 3-39."
13. Refer to the example pages for para. 3-29, "Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Removal," as we review the following points:
a. M odular Text: Both pages of text and illustrations are to be used together. This manual was designed so the two pages
Would be visible at once, making part identification and procedure sequence easy to follow.
b. Legend: Use the legend found at bottom of each illustration page to find part name and callout number inrelation to text and
illustration.
c. Illustrations: A locator illustration of the cylinder block is provided. An exploded view of the component, removed from the
cylinder block, shows specific part locations, attachments, and spatial relationships.
14. You can also use the Table of Contents (page ii) to find more information about the engine. For example: Appendix E,Torque
Values.
15. Refer to Appendix B, Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL) when
requisitioning parts, special tools, and equipment for organizational maintenance.
16. Your manual is easier to use once you understand its design and we hope this will encourage you to use it more often.
x i (x ii b la n k )
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
1-1. OVERVIEW
NOTE
A ll inform ation contained in th is manual applies to both M915 and M915A4/Big Cam I and
M915A1 and M915A4/Big Cam III engines except w here differences are sp ecifically noted.
This chapter familiarizes the technician with standard forms, record data, and the equipment to be maintained at the direct support and
general support maintenance levels. This information is covered in the following sections:
1-2. SCOPE
Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by DA Pam 738-750, The
Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS).
Procedures for destruction of Army equipment to prevent enemy use can be found in TM 750-244-6.
1-1
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Information concerning storage or shipment of equipment can be found in TM 740-90-1. Additional information concerning storage of
Cummins NTC-400 engine can be found in Chapter 3, Maintenance.
You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve the procedures, please let us know.
You may mail, fax or email your letter, DA Form 2028, or DA Form 2028-2 direct to: Commander, U.S. Army Tank-automotive and
Armaments Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LC-CIP-WT, Rock Island, IL 61299-7630. The email address is TACOM-TECH-
[email protected]. The fax number is DSN 793-0726 or Commercial (309) 782-0726.
The Cummins diesel engine (model NTC-400) is warranted in accordance with TB 9-2300-295-15/21. The warranty starts on the date
found in block 23, DA Form 2408-9, in logbook. Report all defects in material or workmanship to your supervisor, who will take
appropriate action.
NOTE
'"M9151Big Cam I" is intended and w ill be w ritten hereafter to mean M915 through M920
series and M915A4 trucks w ith Big Cam I engines.
a. The Cummins NTC-400 diesel engine is used on all M915 through M920, M915A1, and M915A4 trucks. It is a turbocharged,
liquid-cooled, overhead valve, four-cycle engine of in-line six-cylinder design. The NTC-400 engine has a compression ratio of 13.5: 1
(M915) and 14.0: 1 (M915A1), and develops 400 horsepower at 2100 rpm. Peak torque is 1150 lb-ft at 1500 rpm (M915) and
1300 lb-ft at 1300 rpm (M915A1).
b. The following engine characteristics and features apply to both M915/Big Cam I and M915A1/Big Cam III engines, except
where differences are noted.
Cam shaft: 2-1/2-inch diameter camshaft with gear drive controlling all valve and injector movement. Made of induction-
hardened alloy steel. Camshaft followers are roller type.
C rankshaft: High-tensile steel forging. Bearing journals and fillets-induction hardened. Fully counterweighted.
C ylinder Heads: Each head serves two cylinders. Drilled fuel supply and return lines. Hightemperature inserts on exhaust
valve seats.
Turbocharger: Model T-50 (M915/Big Cam I); Model T-46-B, which has a redesigned compressor wheel, compressor
housing, turbine wheel and shaft, bearing housing assembly, location of oil inlet line, and vee bands (M915A1/Big Cam III).
Exhaust Manifold: Conventional log-type (M915/Big Cam I). Pulse-type for less restriction (M915A1/Big Cam III).
1-2
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Intake M anifold: Conventional aftercooler (M915/Big Cam I). Triple-pass water aftercooler (M915A1/Big Cam III).
Lubrication Oil Cooler: Conventional oil cooler and filter with separately mounted bypass oil filter on engine firewall
(M915/Big Cam I). Demand flow automatically regulates oil pressure, routes engine coolant through engine oil cooler twice.
Engine and cooler core are made of cast aluminum and incorporates mounting adapters for spin-on type full-flow and bypass
oil filters, and incorporates a bypass valve and pressure sending unit (M915A1/Big Cam III).
Oil Pan: Made of cast aluminum (M915(Big Cam I). Made of stamped steel (M915A1/Big Cam III).
W ater Transfer Tube: Made of cast iron (M915/Big Cam I). Made of stamped, welded steel (M915A1/Big Cam III).
Right and left views of the NTC-400 engine and its components are shown below and on the following page. Identification can be made
from the engine identification plate located on the gear case mounting flange of the engine block. Because of changes made during
production, some engines may have minor differences not shown in the following views.
NOTE
Below is a 3/4-view o f rig ht side o f engine as viewed from front.
LEGEND:
1. CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY (3) 11. OIL PAN
2. ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY (3) 12. FUEL PUMP
3. ENGINE RETARDER (3) 13. POWER STEERING PUMP A N D RESERVOIR
4. ENGINE LIFTING BRACKET (2) U . AIR COMPRESSOR
5. AIR CROSSOVER 15. LUBRICATION OIL PUMP
6. DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY BRACKET 16. FRONT ENGINE MOUNT
7. AIR AFTERCOOLER 17. VIBRATION DAMPER AND CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
8. FLYWHEEL HOUSING 18. ACCESSORY DRIVE PULLEY
9. STARTER 19. FAN
10. CAM FOLLOWER ASSEMBLY (3] 20. FAN CLUTCH
1-3
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
1-4
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
DIMENSIONS
Length .......................................................................................................................................... 58.88 in. (149.6 cm)
Width ............................................................................................................................................ 33.63 in. (85.4 cm)
H e ig h t........................................................................................................................................... 50.91 in. (129.3 cm)
Net Weight, D ry ........................................................................................................................... 2,600 lbs (1,180.4 kg)
CYLINDERS
Number ......................................................................................................................................... 6
Arrangement ................................................................................................................................ In-line
Firing O rd e r.................................................................................................................................. 1-5-3-6-2-4
B o re .............................................................................................................................................. 5.5 in. (14 cm)
Stroke ........................................................................................................................................... 6 in. (15.2 cm)
Displacement ............................................................................................................................... 855 cu-in. (14 L)
Compression Ratio ...................................................................................................................... 13.5:1 (M915/Big Cam I)
14.0:1 (M915A1/Big Cam III)
GOVERNED SPEED
Full Load ....................................................................................................................................... 2100 rpm
No Load ........................................................................................................................................ 2460 rpm
Idle Speed .................................................................................................................................... 600 rpm
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Type ............................................................................................................................................. Force-fed
Operating Pressure (Normal) ..................................................................................................... 35-45 psi (M915A1/Big Cam III)
50-70 psi (345-483 kPa)
(M915/Big Cam I)
Operating Pressure (Minimum) .................................................................................................. 15 psi (100 kPa) @ idle
System Capacity Including Bypass F ilte r.................................................................................. 44 qt (41.6 L) (M915A1)
46 qt (43.5 L) (M915)
Operating Temperature (Normal) .............................................................................................. 200-250°F (93-121°C)
Oil Pump ....................................................................................................................................... Gear-type
COOLING SYSTEM
Type ............................................................................................................................................. Liquid with fan and radiator
Operating Temperature (Normal) .............................................................................................. 175-195°F (79-91 °C)
Thermostat ................................................................................................................................... 1
PERFORMANCE HEAD
Maximum Torque ........................................................................................................................ 1150 lb-ft @ 1500 rpm (M915/Big
Cam I)
1300 lb-ft @ 1300 rpm
(M915A1/Big Cam III)
Maximum Output ......................................................................................................................... 400 BHP
Piston Speed @ 2100 rpm........................................................................................................... 2100 ft/min
1-5
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
1-6
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CHAPTER 2
SERVICE AND TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS
Section I. Repair Parts, Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment (page 2-1)
Section II. Service Upon Receipt of Equipment (page 2-1)
Section III. Troubleshooting (page 2-2)
NOTE
A ll inform ation contained in th is manual applies to both M915 and M915A4/Big Cam I and
M915A1 and M915A4/Big Cam III engines except w here differences are sp ecifically noted.
2-1. OVERVIEW
a. This chapter provides information on common tools, special tools, service tools, service upon receipt, and troubleshooting.
Section I. Repair Parts, Special Tools, Test Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE), and Support Equipment
Section II. Service Upon Receipt
Section III. Troubleshooting
For authorized common tools and equipment, refer to the Modified Table of Organization and Equipment (MTOE) applicable to your
unit.
Special tools and support equipment are listed in Appendix B of this manual.
a. Inspect for any damage done to engine during its removal from vehicle. Refer to engine removal procedures in
TM 9-2320-273-20 and TM 9-2320-273-34 for M915/Big Cam I and TM 9-2320-283-20 and TM 9-2320-283-34 for M915A1/Big Cam III.
b. Inspect, upon receipt of engine, that all components are complete and that no engine subassemblies have been removed.
Refer to information on engine dress upon removal in TM 9-2320-273-34 for M915/Big Cam I and TM 9-2320-283-34 for M915A1/Big
Cam III.
c. If the engine has been transferred to you from another DS/GS maintenance facility, check the equipment against the packing
slip to see if the shipment is complete. Report all discrepancies in accordance with instructions in TM 38-750.
2-1
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
2-6. GENERAL
a. This section provides troubleshooting information to diagnose and correct engine malfunctions in conjunction with
troubleshooting procedures in TM 9-2320-273-20 and TM 9-2320-273-34 for M915/Big Cam I and TM 9-2320-283-20 and
TM 9-2320-283-34 for M915A1/Big Cam III. For further engine troubleshooting information, refer to the Cummins troubleshooting and
repair manual, NT 855 Engines, Bulletin No. 3810298-00.
b. The troubleshooting procedures are organized by malfunction, followed by steps instructing you to perform a test or inspection
to determine the corrective action required. The corrective action is then provided and the appropriate procedure paragraph number(s)
is given. The steps listed under each malfunction are in the order in which the causes are most likely to occur.
WARNING
Operation o f a deadlined vehicle w ith o u t prelim inary inspection w ill cause fu rthe r damage to
a m alfunctioning com ponent and possible injury to personnel.
c. Check all tags, service request forms, and vehicle logbooks for repair history. This may lead to the source of the problems.
d. Debrief the operator (if possible) for a general description of the problem, then attempt to verify the fault. If the same fault is
observed, refer to the troubleshooting symptom index for the precise troubleshooting malfunction and procedures.
e. Before correcting a problem, diagnose the cause of the problem. Do not allow the same failure to occur again. Engines very
often are disassembled in search of the problem and the real evidence to its cause is destroyed. Check again to ensure an easier
solution has not been overlooked.
f. When troubleshooting, always check the easiest and most obvious things first. This simple rule saves time and trouble. For
example, low power complaints are often the result of loose throttle linkage, dirty fuel, or clogged air filters, and excessive oil
consumption is often the result of leaky gaskets or loose line connections.
g. Doublecheck before disassembly. The source of many engine problems can be traced to more than one part in a system. For
example, excessive fuel consumption may not be caused by the fuel pump alone. Instead, the trouble could be a clogged air cleaner or
a restricted exhaust passage causing severe back pressure.
h. If a fault is not discovered until out-of-truck maintenance of the engine, refer to the troubleshooting procedures as necessary at
a point where the fault is encountered for further diagnosis.
2-2
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
TROUBLESHOOTING
MALFUNCTION MALFUNCTION PROCEDURE
NO. PAGE
NOTE
For further engine troubleshooting inform ation, refer to the C um m ins Troubleshooting and
Repair Manual, NT 855 Engine, Bulletin No. 3810298-00.
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. Remove rocker covers, and rotate engine by attaching a socket and breaker bar to accessory drive nut. Check for
bent pushrod(s), and valve(s) not opening or closing.
If valve(s) fail to open or close, manually open valve with 3/4-in. wrench. If valve(s) are seized, remove
corresponding cylinder head (para. 3-24).
Step 2. Test for mechanical or hydraulic seizure. Remove the fuel injectors (para. 3-23). Turn the engine over several times
to displace the liquid from cylinders through the injector openings.
If engine can be turned freely after all liquids have been displaced, install the injectors. If the engine cannot be turned
over freely by hand, disassemble the engine and replace the defective parts.
2-3
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Table 2-1. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Contd).
2-4
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2-5
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
_______________ CORRECTIVE ACTION__________________________________
2-7
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2-8
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
_______________ CORRECTIVE ACTION_______________________________________________________
2-9
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Repair governor or fuel injection pump as necessary (paras. 3-61 and 3-56).
2-10
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CHAPTER 3
MAINTENANCE
3-1. OVERVIEW
NOTE
A ll inform ation contained in th is manual applies to both M915 and M915A4/Big Cam I and
M915A1 and M915A4/Big Cam III engines except w here differences are sp ecifically noted.
a. This chapter provides maintenance instructions for repair of the engine and components/parts authorized for direct support
and general support levels.
b. Each section has a task summary listing procedures covered in that section.
3-2. GENERAL
a. This section provides general instructions for lifting, draining, cleaning, inspection, wear limits and tolerances, repair, and
assembly of the engine and component parts.
(1) Physically check all tags and forms attached to the equipment to determine the reason for its removal from service, and
check that all equipment changes or modifications from Technical Bulletins (TB) and Modification Work Orders (MWO) have been
accomplished.
(2) Following the procedures provided, disassemble the equipment, and inspect and evaluate each component to determine
extent of repair required to bring the equipment to the standards specified in this manual.
(3) As components and accessories are removed, note clearances and any fit problems. Record these to serve as a guide
during repair and assembly.
(4) Repair and replacement standards for engine components are in Appendix F.
c. Publications which provide additional information on general shop practice techniques, preservation, welding, sheet metal
work, etc., are listed in Appendix A of this manual.
d. To find a particular general maintenance instruction, use the task summary (para. 3-3).
3-1
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
TASK PROCEDURES
PARA
3-6. Cleaning
a. General Instructions
b. Importance of Cleaning
c. External Engine Cleaning
d. Disassembled Parts Cleaning
e. Castings
f. Oil Passages
g. Oil Seals, Electrical Cables, and Flexible Hoses
h. Ball-Roller Bearings
3-7. Inspection
a. General Instructions
b. Castings
c. Bail-Roller Bearings
d. Studs, Bolts, and Screws
e. Gears
f. Bearings, Bushings, and Bushing-Type Bearings
g. Oil Seals
h. Core Hole Expansion Plugs
3-9. Repair
a. General Instructions
b. Castings
c. Ball-Roller Bearings
d. Studs
e. Gears
f. Bushings and Bushing-Type Bearings
g. Oil Seals
h. Cylinder Block and Cylinder Head
3-10. Assembly
a. General
b. Precautionary Rules
c. Pipe Plugs
3-2
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
WARNING
The stamped, steel oil pan on M915A1/Big Cam III and M915/Big Cam I engines m ust not be
used to su pp ort w eight o f engine; the pan w ill permanently deform and may collapse,
allowing engine to fall over. Failure to com ply may result in damage to equipm ent and
injury to personnel.
Connect engine lifting fixture and a suitable sling to engine lifting brackets, and raise engine for draining, cleaning, and installation on
maintenance stand. Refer to para. 3-13 and mount engine on maintenance stand.
a. Remove oil drainplug from right rear side of oil pan. Drain engine oil completely, then replace drainplug. Tighten drainplug to
60-70 lb-ft (81-95 N»m). Remove oil filter (M915/Big Cam I) or bypass oil filter and full-flow oil filter (M915A1/Big Cam III) from oil
cooler, and drain oil filter(s) and oil cooler housing.
b. Remove ether quick-start thermostat from right rear side of cylinder block. Open drainvalve on rear end of oil cooler. Open
drainvalve on thermostat housing. Completely drain coolant from cylinder block and oil cooler, then close drainvalves and replace ether
quick-start thermostat.
c. Open drainvalve on bottom of fuel/water separator. Completely drain fuel from separator, then close drainvalve.
3-6. CLEANING
a. General Instructions. Cleaning procedures will be the same for many of the parts and components that make up engine
subassemblies. Follow general cleaning procedures detailed in steps b. through h.
b. Im portance o f Cleaning. Great care and effort are required in all cleaning operations. The presence of dirt and foreign
material is a constant threat to satisfactory engine operation and maintenance. The following guidelines apply to all cleaning
operations:
(1) All parts must be cleaned prior to inspection, after repair, and before assembly.
(3) After cleaning, all parts must be covered or wrapped in plastic or paper to protect them from dust and debris.
WARNING
• Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi. Use o nly w ith
effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves, etc.
Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
c. External Engine Cleaning. All electrical components or other parts that could become damaged by cleaning or moisture
must be removed. Close all openings on the engine with waterproof tape or suitable plugs. Thoroughly clean all external parts and
outer surfaces. Ensure no foreign material enters working parts of the engine. Wash the engine using water under pressure to remove
mud and dirt. Remove oil and grease using a stiff brush and approved solvent. Dry engine with compressed air.
3-3
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
d. Disassembled Parts Cleaning. Place all disassembled parts in suitable wire baskets for cleaning.
(2) Place cleaned parts in containers or holding racks for inspection or repair.
(3) All parts subject to oxidation and rust must be lightly oiled and wrapped.
(4) Keep all related parts and components together. Do not mix parts.
WARNING
Im proper cleaning m ethods and use o f unauthorized cleaning solvents w ill not be used.
Refer to TM 9-247 fo r proper cleaning m ethods and solvents. Failure to com ply may result
in damage to equipm ent o r injury to personnel.
e. Castings.
(1) Clean inner and outer surfaces of castings (and all areas subject to grease and oil) with cleaning solvents. Refer to
TM 9-247.
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only w ith
effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves, etc.
Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
(3) Use compressed air to blow out all tapped screw holes and to dry castings after cleaning.
f. Oil Passages. Particular attention must be given to all oil passages in castings and machined parts. All oil passages must be
clean and free of any obstructions.
(1) Clean oil passages with wire brush probes to break up any sludge or gum deposits.
CAUTION
Do not allow cleaning solvents to come in contact w ith seals, cables, o r flexible hoses.
Solvents can cause leather, rubber, and some synthetic materials to dry out, rot,and lose
pliability, m aking them unserviceable.
g. Oil Seals, Electrical Cables, and Flexible Hoses. Clean with soap and water.
(1) Bearings require special cleaning. After removing surface oil and gum deposits, place bearing in hot oil, 140°F (60°C), to
loosen congealed oil and grease. Wipe bearings dry (do not use compressed air). After cleaning, coat bearings with oil, wrap in paper,
and hold for inspection.
3-7. INSPECTION
a. General Instructions. Inspection procedures will be the same for many of the engine parts and components that make up the
engine subassemblies. Follow the general procedures for inspection detailed in steps b. through h. Dimensional standards for various
parts have been fixed at extremely close tolerances: use the repair standards specification tables in Appendix F. Use specified
inspection equipment for inspection where cracks or other damage cannot be otherwise found. Exercise extreme care in all phases of
inspection.
3-4
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Castings.
(1) Inspect castings for cracks using a magnifying glass and bright lighting.
(2) Refer to MIGI-68866 (Inspection Process, Penetrant Methods) and MIGG-6868 (Inspection Process, Magnetic Particles).
(3) Closely check area around studs, pipe plugs, threaded inserts, and sharp corners. Replace all cracked castings.
(4) Inspect machined surfaces for nicks, burrs, or raised metal. Mark damaged areas for repair or replacement.
(5) Inspect all pipe plugs, pipe plug openings, screws, and screw openings for damaged or stripped threads.
(6) Use a straightedge or surface plate and check all gasket mating surfaces, flanges on housings, and supports for warpage.
Inspect mating flanges for discoloration, which may indicate persistent oil leakage.
c. Ball-R oller Bearings. See TM 9-214 for inspection of bearings. Check all bearings for conformance to applicable repair
standards (Appendix F).
d. Studs, Bolts, and Screws. Replace studs, bolts, and screws if bent, loose, or threads are stretched or damaged.
e. Gears.
NOTE
There are no established gear teeth w ear lim its. Replace gears if any obvious physical
damage to teeth o r keyway slots is evident.
(1) Inspect all gears for cracks using a magnifying glass and bright lighting. No cracks are allowed.
(2) Inspect gear teeth for apparent excessive wear, sharp edges, chips, burrs, and galled or pitted surfaces.
CAUTION
Engine connecting rod bearings and main bearings are supplied in sets. Replacement o f a
single bearing is not perm itted. If one bearing has failed, all bearings m ust be replaced.
(1) Check all bushings and bushing-type bearings for secure fit, evidence of heating, wear, burrs, nicks, and out-of-round
condition.
(2) Check for dirt in lubrication holes or grooves. Holes and grooves must be clean and free from damage.
h. Core Hole Expansion Plugs. Inspect for leakage. Replace plug when leakage is present.
3-9. REPAIR
a. General Instructions. General procedures for repair of engine parts and components are detailed in steps b. through h.
3-5
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
Repaired items m ust be th orou g hly cleaned to remove metal chips and abrasives to prevent
them from entering w orking parts o f engine. Refer to C leaning, para. 3-6.
b. Castings.
(2) Only minor repairs to machined surfaces, flanges, and gasket mating surfaces are permitted. Remove minor nicks, burrs,
and/or scratches with:
(3) Remachining of machined surfaces to repair damage, warpage, or uneven surfaces is not permitted.Replace casting.
(4) Repair damaged pipe threads and machine threads in castings with the proper thread tap. Repair oversize holes with
threaded inserts.
d. Studs. Replace all bent or stretched studs. Repair minor thread damage with a thread chaser. Replace studs having
stripped or damaged threads as outlined below:
(1) Using a stud remover, remove stud. Back stud out slowly to avoid heat buildup and seizure, which can cause stud to
break off.
CAUTION
See TM 9-237 (W elding Instructions) to avoid damage to castings if w elding m ethod is used.
(2) If studs break off too short to use a stud remover, use an extractor or the "welding method."
(3) Broken studs can be removed by welding bar stock or a nut to stud and removing with wrench.
NOTE
Standard studs may have a coarse thread on one end and a fine thread on the other end.
The coarse threaded end is usually installed on the casting. Studs having coarse threads at
both ends are used in some applications. The shorter threaded end is intended to be
installed on the casting. See A ppendix B fo r correct part number.
(4) All replacement studs have a special coating and must have a small amount of antiseize compound (MIL-A-13881)
applied to their threads before installing. Install replacement stud slowly to prevent heat buildup and snapping off.
e. Gears.
(2) Use the same methods described in para. 3-9.b.,step 2, toremove minor nicks,burrs, or scratches from gear teeth.
f. Bushings and Bushing-Type Bearings. When bushings and bushing-type bearings become seized to a shaft or spin in a
bore, they must be replaced along with their associated parts.
g. Oil Seals.
(1) Remove oil seals by pressing or prying out, being careful not to damage casting or adapter bore.
(2) Always install new oil seals using proper seal driver tool.
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
h. C ylinder Block and C ylinder Head. Repair of cylinder block and cylinder head is limited to repair procedures outlined in
paras. 3-34 and 3-35. Measurements found to be outside tolerance limits listed in Appendix F will require replacement of block or head.
3-10. ASSEMBLY
a. General. Extreme care must be exercised in all component assembly operations to ensure satisfactory engine performance.
Precautionary rules for assembly are detailed in step b.
b. Precautionary Rules.
(1) Cleanliness is essential in all component assembly operations. Dirt and dust, even in very small quantities, are abrasive.
Parts must be cleaned, as specified, and kept clean until assembly. Wrap or cover parts and components when assembly procedures
are not immediately completed.
(2) Coat all bearings and contact surfaces with engine oil OE/HDO-10 (MIL-L2 104C) to ensure lubrication of parts during
initial engine starting.
c. Pipe Plugs. Certain pipe plugs require liquid thread sealant applied to pipe threads prior to installation of plug. This is done
to provide a better seal, and will permit easier removal of pipe plug. Those pipe plugs requiring sealant will be identified in the task step
prior to installation. The method of sealing these particular plugs is as follows:
(1) Ensure the pipe plug is thoroughly clean and dry prior to applying sealant. All dirt, grease, oil, and scale must be
removed.
(2) Apply sealant one or two threads from the small or leading edge of plug.
(3) Apply sealant in the same direction as threads. Ensure sealant flows into inside diameter of threads.
(4) Tighten pipe plugs to their specified torque value. Do not use power tools. Torque limits for engine parts are provided in
Appendix E.
3-7
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-11. GENERAL
a. This section provides maintenance procedures for preparation of engine for mounting on maintenance stand, removal of major
components, and disassembly into subassemblies. The following procedures are for the engine removed from the vehicle.
b. In cases where it may only be necessary, or more time efficient, to partially disassemble the engine while installed in vehicle,
follow the applicable portions of the tasks contained in this section to remove the part or component.
c. In the task summary listed below, a complete list of special tools, test equipment, materials, parts, and related information
required to perform a complete engine disassembly is provided. To find a specific engine disassembly procedure contained in this
section, see list of tasks below.
List o f Tasks
3-8
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-9
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
a. Lifting d. Inspection
b. Draining e. C om ponent Removal
c. Cleaning f. M ounting to Maintenance Stand
INITIAL SETUP:
PERSONNEL REQUIRED
Automotive repairman MOS 63H
REFERENCES
LO 9-2320-273-12
TM 9-2320-273-20
TM 9-2320-273-34
LO 9-2320-283-12
TM 9-2320-283-20
TM 9-2320-283-34
a. Lifting
WARNING
A ll personnel m ust stand clear during lifting operations. A snapped chain o r sw inging or
sh ifting load may result in injury to personnel.
3-10
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
A ssista nt w ill help w ith step 1.
b. Using suitable sling and lifting Ensure lifting device and engine
device, lift engine for draining lifting fixture (2) distribute load
and cleaning, equally on engine lifting brackets
(3).
3-11
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Draining
NOTE
Use separate containers fo r draining each system .
2. Oil drainplug (6) a. Remove from oil pan (13). Allow oil to drain out.
b. Install on oil pan (13) when oil
stops draining.
WARNING
Do not perform fuel system procedures w hile sm oking o r w ithin 50 ft (15.2 m) o f sparks or
open flame. Diesel fuel is flam m able and may explode. Failure to com ply may result in
injury to personnel and/or damage to equipm ent.
c. Cleaning
WARNING
Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
3-12
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
WARNING
The stamped steel oil pan on M915A1/Big Cam III or M915/Big Cam I engines m ust not be
used to su pp ort w eig ht o f engine; the pan w ill perm anently deform and m ay collapse
allow ing engine to fall over. Failure to co m p ly may result in damage to equipm ent and
inju ry to personnel.
3-13
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
d. Inspection
10. Dressed engine assembly (1) Inspect external surfaces and Mark damaged areas to serve as a
components for bent, broken, or guide for repair or replacement of
otherwise damaged condition of defective/damaged parts.
parts.
e. C om ponent Removal
11. Oil pressure gauge sending Remove from cylinder block (12).
unit (16) and low oil
pressure warning light
sending unit (17)
NOTE
Perform step 12 fo r M915/Big Cam I engines only.
16. Screw (21), lockwasher (20), Remove from cylinder block (12) Discard lockwasher (20).
and washer (19) and tube brace (18).
17. Remove nut (23), lockwasher Remove from oil level dipstick Discard lockwasher (24).
(24), two washers (25), tube and cover (22).
screw (30), clamp (26), and
tube brace (18)
18. Four captive washer screws Remove from cylinder block (12). Discard gasket (29).
(27), washers (28), oil level
dipstick tube and cover (22),
and gasket (29)
3-14
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. DRESSED ENGINE ASSEMBLY 22 . OIL LEVEL DIPSTICK TUBE A N D COVER
12. CYLINDER BLOCK 2 3 . NUT
15. TRANSMISSION CONTROL-BODY HEATING ELE 2 4 . LOCKWASHER
MENTS O N /O F F SWITCH (BIG CAM I ONLY)
2 5 . WASHER (2)
16. OIL PRESSURE GAUGE SENDING UNIT
2 6 . CLAMP
17. LOW OIL PRESSURE W A RN IN G LIGHT SENDING
2 7 . CAPTIVE WASHER SCREW (4)
18. TUBE BRACE
2 8 . WASHER (4)
19. WASHER
2 9 . GASKET
20. LOCKWASHER
3 0 . SCREW
21. SCREW
3-15
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Location o f oil supply inlet port on turbochargers differs between models. M915A1/Big Cam
III is shown.
21. Screw (34), clamp (33), and Remove from turbocharger (31),
turbocharger oil supply adapter (35), and elbow (36).
hose (32)
NOTE
Perform step 22 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform steps 23 and 24 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
22. Oil return tube (45), two Remove from elbows (43) and (48).
clamps (46), and hose (47)
23. Oil return tube (41) and two Remove from oil return tube (44) Retain bushings (42).
bushings (42) and filter head (49).
24. Oil return tube (44), two Remove from elbows (40) and (48).
clamps (46), and hose (47)
25. Four nuts (39), turbocharger Remove from studs (37) and Discard gasket (38).
(31), and gasket (38) exhaust manifold (50).
3-16
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-17
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Perform steps 28 and 29 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform step 30 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
28. Eight screws (55), lock Remove from cylinder heads (51) Discard lockwashers (54).
washers (54), and four and exhaust manifold (52).
lockplates (53)
29. Four screws (56), lockplates Remove from cylinder heads (51) Assistant will help hold exhaust
(57), two damps (58), and and six dowels (37). manifold (52) during removal. Do
exhaust manifold (52) not separate manifolds.
30. Twelve captive washer Remove from cylinder heads (51). Assistant will help hold exhaust
screws (59) and exhaust manifold (50) during removal. Do
manifold (50) not separate manifolds and spacer
inserts (61).
31. Six gaskets (60) Remove from cylinder heads (51) Discard gaskets (60).
or exhaust manifold (52) or (50).
38. Engine oil filter elements Remove and discard. Refer to TM 9-2320-273-20 or
TM 9-2320-283-20.
3-18
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-19
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
• Perform steps 41 through 43 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
• Perform steps 44 and 45 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
41. Screw (62) and lockwasher Remove from cylinder block (12) Discard lockwasher (63).
(63) and support bracket (66).
43. Screw (71), two screws (67), Remove from cylinder block (12), Free oil cooler assembly (72) by
screws (70), five lockwashers oil cooler support (69), and water tapping with soft-nose hammer.
(63), oil cooler assembly transfer hose (64). Discard lockwashers (63) and
(72), and gasket (68) gasket (68).
44. Two screws (73), lock Remove from cylinder block (12) Discard lockwashers (74).
washers (74), and washers and support bracket (76).
(75)
45. Three screws (79), screws Remove from cylinder block (12) Free oil cooler support (78) by
(81), six lockwashers (80), and oil cooler support (78). tapping with a soft-nose hammer.
oil cooler assembly (82),
and gasket (77)
3-20
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-21
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Perform steps 60 and 61 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform steps 62 and 63 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
61. Six screws (83), flange (84), Remove from cylinder block (12). Discard gasket (85).
and gasket (85)
62. Twelve captive washer Remove from cylinder block (12). Discard gaskets (87).
screws (89), two water
header covers (88), and
gaskets (87)
63. Six self-locking screws (92), Remove from cylinder block (12). Discard preformed packings (90).
nozzles (91), and preformed
packings (90)
3-22
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
12. CYLINDER BLOCK 87. GASKET (2)
6 4 . WATER TRANSFER HOSE (2) 88. WATER HEADER COVER (2)
6 5 . CLAMPS (4) 89. CAPTIVE WASHER SCREW (12)
83. SCREW (6) 90. PREFORMED PACKING (6)
84. FLANGE 91. PISTON COOLING NOZZLE (6)
85. GASKET 92. SELF-LOCKING SCREW (6)
86. WATER TRANSFER TUBE
3-23
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
65. Engine lifting fixture (2) Remove from two engine lifting
brackets (3).
3-24
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-25
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
PERSONNEL REQUIRED
Automotive repairman MOS 63H GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
None
Removal
CAUTION
Do not pound on vibration dam per w ith hammer o r pry w ith other to ols during removal.
These to o ls may damage vibration damper.
Six hexagon screws (1), Remove from crankshaft (5). Do not let crankshaft (5) turn
washers (2), vibration when removing screws (1). Lock
damper (3), and crankshaft crankshaft (5) at flywheel end to
pulley (4) keep from turning. Hold vibration
damper (3) and crankshaft pulley
(4) when removing last screw (1)
to avoid dropping vibration
damper (3).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • For repair of vibration damper and crankshaft pulley (para. 3-36).
• For installation of vibration damper and crankshaft pulley (para. 3-79).
3-26
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. SCREW (6) 4. CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
2. WASHER (6) -5. CRANKSHAFT
3. VIBRATION DAMPER
3-27
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
PERSONNEL REQUIRED
Automotive repairman MOS 63H GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
None
Removal
NOTE
Perform step 1 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III engines only.
1. Six screws (1) and accessory Remove from accessory drive Do not let accessory drive
drive pulley (4) pulley assembly (6). pulley (4) rotate when removing
screws (1). Hold onto accessory
drive pulley (4) when removing
last screw (1).
CAUTION
• Do not use jaw -type puller. Damage to pulley w ill result.
• When installing puller, ensure screw s do not bottom o ut on fron t gear cover. Damage
to cover may result.
2. Locknut (2) and washer (3) Remove from accessory driveshaft Discard locknut (2).
(7).
3. Accessory drive pulley Using suitable puller, remove Use caution not to damage
assembly (6) (M915A1/ Big from accessory drive shaft (7). accessory drive shaft (7). Do not
Cam III), accessory drive use jaw-type puller; use puller
pulley (4) (M915/Big Cam I) as explained in above caution.
keyway seal (5), and sleeve
(8)
3-28
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-29
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Removal
NOTE
Cap or plug all openings im m ediately after removal to prevent contam ination.
Perform steps 1 through 4 fo r M915/Big Cam I equipped w ith A ir Signal A ttenuator
(ASA) air tank. Some Big Cam I engines may o r may not have an ASA air tank.
1. Four hose clamps (3) and Remove from elbow (7), check
two air supply hoses (6) valve (2), and two adapters (35).
2. Two adapters (35), check Remove from fuel pump (33), air
valve (2), and elbow (7) tank (12), and aftercooler (9).
3. Screw (11), lockwasher (5), Remove from aftercooler (9) and Discard lockwasher (5).
washer (10), and air tank clamp (1).
(12)
4. Nut (4), lockwasher (5), Remove from air tank (12). Discard lockwasher (5).
screw (8), and clamp (1)
NOTE
Perform step 5 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
5. Nut (4), lockwasher (13), Remove from bracket (15) and Discard lockwasher (13).
washer (14), and screw (16) clamp (17).
6. Air supply tube (18) and Remove from fuel pump (33) and
adapters (22) and (35) aftercooler (9).
3-30
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-31
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal (Contd)
7. Two screws (26), washers Remove from cylinder head (23) Discard lockwashers (13).
(14), and lockwashers (13) and clamps (17) and (20).
8. Fuel return tube (30) Remove from tee (29) and fuel
pump (33).
9. Fuel return tubes (19), (25), Remove from valve (34) and
(28), and tees (27) and (29) elbow (24).
10. Fuel supply tube (21) Remove from adapter (32) and
elbow (24).
11. Two elbows (24), valve (34), Remove from cylinder head (23)
and adapters (32) and (31) and fuel pump (33).
3-32
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-33
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal (Contd)
NOTE
• Perform step 12 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
• Perform steps 13 and 14 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
12. Four screws (40) and Remove from air compressor (36), Ensure all fuel pump (33) openings
washers (39) fuel pump (33), and support are covered to prevent dirt from
bracket (43). entering the fuel system.
13. Screws (40) and (45) and Remove from air compressor (36), Use air compressor wrench (47)
and two washers (39) fuel pump (33), and support (3375159) to remove screw (40).
bracket (43).
14. Two screws (46) and Remove from air compressor (36)
washers (39) and fuel pump (33).
15. Screw (41), lockwasher (42), Remove from cylinder block (44). Discard lockwasher (42).
and support bracket (43)
16. Fuel pump (33) Remove from air compressor (36). Free fuel pump (33) by tapping
with soft-nose hammer.
17. Fuel pump-to-compressor Remove from fuel pump (33) or Coupling (38) may remain on
spider coupling (38) air compressor (36). either fuel pump (33) or air
compressor (36) when separated.
18. Gasket (37) Remove from fuel pump (33) or Gasket (37) may remain on either
air compressor (36). surface. Inspect each surface and
discard gasket (37).
3-34
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
39 46
LEGEND:
33. FUEL PUMP 4 2 . LOCKWASHER
36. AIR COMPRESSOR 4 3 . SUPPORT BRACKET
37. GASKET 4 4 . CYLINDER BLOCK
38. FUEL PUMP-TO-COMPRESSOR SPIDER COUPLING 4 5 . SCREW
39. WASHER (4) 4 6 . SCREW (2)
40. SCREW (4) 4 7 . AIR COMPRESSOR WRENCH
41. SCREW
3-35
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Removal
NOTE
Removal o f air com pressor coolant lines, air lines, and fittin g s is basically the same fo r
M915/Big Cam I and M915A1/Big Cam III engines. The M915A1/Big Cam III is shown.
Coolant inlet tube (5) and Disconnect and remove from Remove and discard bushings
coolant outlet tube (1) three adapters (3) and elbow (7). (2) if damaged.
3. Air inlet hoses (9) and tube Loosen four clamps (10), and
(11) remove from air inlet connector
(16) and elbow (8).
4. Screws (12) and (15), two Remove from compressor (4). Discard lockwashers (13) and
lockwashers (13), washers gasket (18).
(14), plug (17), air inlet
connector (16), and gasket
(18)
3-36
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-37
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal (Contd)
5. Two screws (8) and Remove from accessory drive Use air compressor wrench
lockwashers (5) housing (9) and air compressor (10), (P/N 3375159).
(7). Discard lockwashers (5).
NOTE
The M915/Big Cam I engines w ill not have w ashers as part o f air com pressor m ounting
hardware.
Two nuts (6) lockwashers (5), Remove from accessory drive Hold air compressor (7) before
washers (4), gasket (3), and housing (9). removing last screw (1) and
compressor (7) nut (6). Use air compressor
wrench (10). Discard lockwashers
(5) and gasket (3).
3-38
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-39
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Removal
Five captive washer screws (4), Remove from front gear cover (1). If loose, hold accessory drive
accessory drive housing assembly housing assembly (3) when
(3), and gasket (2) removing last screw (4).
Otherwise, free housing (3) by
tapping with soft-nose hammer.
Discard gasket (2).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • For repair of accessory drive housing assembly (para. 3-49).
• For installation of accessory drive housing assembly (para. 3-73).
3-40
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. FRONT GEAR COVER 3. ACCESSORY DRIVE HOUSING ASSEMBLY
2. HOUSING GASKET 4 . CAPTIVE WASHER SCREW (5)
3-41
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP
Removal
NOTE
• Perform steps 1 through 6 to remove oil pum p from M915A1/Big Cam III.
• Perform steps 7 through 12 to remove oil pump from M915/Big Cam I.
1. Two screws (12), Remove from oil suction tube (9) Discard lockwashers (11).
lockwashers (11), and and oil pan (13).
washers (10)
2. Two screws (14), Remove from oil suction tube (9) Discard lockwashers (11).
lockwashers (11), and and oil pump assembly (3).
washers (10)
3. Oil suction tube (9), two Remove from oil pan (13) and oil Discard preformed packings (8)
preformed packings (8), and pump assembly (3). and gasket (7).
gasket (7)
5. Five screws (5) and Remove from oil pump assembly Discard lockwashers (6).
lockwashers (6) (3).
6. Oil pump assembly (3) and Remove from accessory drive Free oil pump assembly (3) by
gasket (2) housing (15). tapping with a soft-nose hammer.
Discard gasket (2).
3-42
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-43
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal (Contd)
7. Locknut (21), spacer (23), Remove from bracket (22) and oil Discard locknut (21) and
clamp (24), washer (25), suction hose (27). lockwasher (6).
lockwasher (6), and
screw (26)
8. Screw (19), lockwasher (6), Remove from oil pan (31) and Discard lockwasher (6).
and bracket (22) cylinder block (1).
9. Two screws (30), Remove from oil suction hose (27) Discard lockwashers (29)
lockwashers (29), and and oil pan (31). and gasket (28).
gasket (28)
10. Oil suction hose (27) and Remove from oil pan (31) and oil
adapter (20) pump assembly (17).
11. Three screws (18), two Remove from accessory drive Discard lockwashers (6).
screws (5), and five housing (15) and oil pump
lockwashers (6) assembly (17).
12. Oil pump assembly (17) Remove from accessory drive Free oil pump assembly (17) by
and gasket (16) housing (15). tapping with a soft-nose hammer.
Discard gasket (16).
3-44
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-45
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Removal
NOTE
Perform steps 1 and 2 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform steps 3 and 4 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
1. Three screws (5), lock- Remove from cylinder heads (1) Two screws (5) may have been
washers (4), and washers and air aftercooler (2). previously removed. Discard
(3) lockwashers (4).
Six screws (6) and Remove from cylinder heads (1) Install one suitable guide pin at
washers (7) and air aftercooler (2). each end of air aftercooler (2)
before removing last two screws (6).
Screw (8), lockwasher (4), Remove from cylinder heads (1) Screws (5) may have been
washer (3), two screws (5), and air aftercooler (2). previously removed. Discard
lockwashers (4), and four lockwashers (4).
washers (3)
Six captive washer Remove from cylinder heads (1) Install one suitable guide pin at
screws (6) and air aftercooler (2). each end of air aftercooler before
removing last two screws.
Air aftercooler (2) Remove from cylinder heads (1) Remove guide pins from cylinder
and lift off guide pins. heads (1).
Three gaskets (9) Remove from cylinder heads (1) Discard gaskets (9).
or air aftercooler (2).
3-46
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND
1. CYLINDER HEAD (3) 6. SCREW (6) (M 915/B IG CAM 1 ONLY), CAPTIVE
2. AIR AFTERCOOLER WASHER SCREW (6) (M915A1 /B IG CAM III ONLY)
3. WASHER (3) 7. WASHER (6) (M 915/B IG CAM 1ONLY)
4. LOCKWASHER [3) 8. SCREW (M 915A 1/B IG CAM 111 ONLY)
3-47
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
NOTE
• The follow ing procedure covers removal o f one engine brake retarder.
• The removal o f the rem aining tw o engine brake retarders is sim ilar.
Removal
1. Six nuts (3) and two locking Remove from six studs (1). Bend If not removed, it will be
plates (4) down tabs on locking plates (4) necessary to remove fan support
located on inside two studs (1) brace and spacers along with nuts
only. (3).
2. Engine brake retarder (5) Remove from rocker arm housing Mark location of each engine
(7) by pulling straight up. brake retarder (5) if more than
one will be removed.
3. Gasket (2) and preformed Remove from rocker arm housing Gasket (2) and preformed packing
packing (6) (7) or engine brake retarder (5). (6) may remain on engine brake
retarder (5) or rocker arm housing
(7). Discard gasket (2) and pre
formed packing (6).
3-48
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. ROCKER HOUSING STUD (6) 5 . ENGINE BRAKE RETARDER (HOUSING ONLY
2. GASKET S HO W N)
3 NUT (6) 6. PREFORMED PACKING
3-49
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
NOTE
The follow ing procedure covers removal o f one rocker arm housing assembly. Removal o f
rem aining rocker arm housing assem blies is sim ilar.
Removal
2. Six rocker arm housing studs Remove from cylinder head (8) and
(1) and washer bearings (9) and rocker arm housing assembly (6).
3. Rocker arm housing Remove from cylinder head (8). Mark each rocker arm housing
assembly (6) assembly (6) to identify its loca
tion if more than one will be
removed.
Gasket (7) Remove from cylinder head (8) or Gasket (7) may remain on rocker
rocker arm housing assembly (6). arm housing assembly (6) or cylin
der head assembly (8). Discard
gasket (7).
NOTE
Place pushrods in a suitable rack in the order they are removed to ensure proper order fo r
installation and protect them from damage.
Two intake pushrods (2), two Remove from cylinder head (8).
exhaust pushrods (2), and
two injector pushrods (3)
3-50
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-51
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Removal
CAUTION
Ensure injectors, inje ctor links, and plungers are not interm ixed. Keep all injector parts w ith
individual injectors. A fte r removal, put injectors in suitable rack to ensure proper order o f
installation and protect them from damage and dirt.
NOTE
The follow ing procedure covers removal o f one fuel injector. Removal o f rem aining fuel
injectors is sim ilar.
Injector assembly (3) Remove from cylinder head Use injector puller (3376872) for
assembly (4). removal. After removal, place
detent plunger (1) in injector
assembly (3) and wrap injector
assembly (3) in clean cloth.
3-52
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-53
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
None
Removal
NOTE
The follow ing procedure covers the removal o f one cylinder head assembly. The removal o f
the rem aining cylind er head assem blies is sim ilar.
1. Four screws (2), fuel cross Remove from two cylinder head If you are removing the center
over connection (1), and assemblies (7). cylinder head (7), it will be
four preformed packings (3) necessary to remove eight
screws (2), two fuel crossover con
nections (1), and eight preformed
packings (3). Discard preformed
packings (3).
Twelve screws (4) and Remove from cylinder block (8) Use screw removal sequence (6) as
washers (5) and cylinder head assembly (7). shown in illustration.
NOTE
If more than one cylind er head assem bly w ill be removed, mark location o f each cylinder
head assem bly on the cylinder block fo r installation.
Cylinder head assembly (7) Lift from cylinder block (8). Assistant will help lift cylinder
head assembly (7).
4. Cylinder head gasket (9) Remove from cylinder block (8). Discard gasket (9).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • For repair of cylinder head and valves (para. 3-35).
For installation of cylinder head assembly (para. 3-71)
3-54
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-55
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Removal
WARNING
Use extreme caution during disassem bly; engine com ponents are heavy. Failure to com ply
may result in injury to personnel.
NOTE
• M915/Big Cam I engines are equipped w ith a "w e t" flywheel housing w hich is sealed
w ith a preformed packing (O-ring seal) on crankshaft and eleven preformed packings
between flywheel housing and cylind er block.
• Perform steps 1 through 4 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
• Perform step 11 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
2. Two 5/8-18 x 6 in. studs (23) Install on two opposite holes on The studs will provide support for
crankshaft (22) until fully seated. flywheel (7) during removal.
3. Two 1/2-13 x 6 in. screws (24) Install on flywheel (7) in opposite Screws (24) are used as jacking
threaded holes provided until in screws.
contact with face of crankshaft (22).
4. Flywheel (7) Remove from crankshaft (22) by Have assistant hold on to flywheel
alternately turning two 1/2-13 x during removal. Remove 5/8-18 x
6 in. screws (24. 6 in. studs (23) from
crankshaft (22), and remove
1/2-13 x 6 in. screws (24) from
flywheel (7).
3-56
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-25. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, FLYWHEEL HOUSING, AND REAR COVER REMOVAL (Contd)
3-57
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-25. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, FLYWHEEL HOUSING, AND REAR COVER REMOVAL (Contd)
Removal (Contd)
5. Four screws (15), Remove from flywheel housing (6) Discard lockwashers (19).
washers (16), two nuts (20), and oil pan (25).
lockwashers (19), screws (17),
and washers (18)
Flywheel housing (6) Remove from dowel pins (21) and Support flywheel housing (6)
cylinder block (1). during removal from dowel
pins (21). Free flywheel
housing (6) by driving off of dowel
pins (21) with soft-nose hammer.
Two dowel pins (21) and Remove from flywheel housing (6). Discard preformed packings (5).
eleven preformed
packings (5)
NOTE
Perform step 9 if flywheel to-clutch housing ring gear is to be removed fo r M915/Big Cam I
only.
10. Two screws (2), gasket (3), Remove from flywheel housing (6). Access cover (4) may have been
and access cover (4) removed during engine removal.
Discard gasket (3).
3-58
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-25. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, FLYWHEEL HOUSING, AND REAR COVER REMOVAL (Contd)
3-59
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-25. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, FLYWHEEL HOUSING, AND REAR COVER REMOVAL (Contd)
Removal (Contd)
NOTE
Perform step 11 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
11. Six screws (33), washers (13), Remove from crankshaft (22). Lock flexplate (31) to prevent
washer bearing (32), crankshaft (22) from rotating
flexplate (31), and retaining when removing screws (33).
plate (30)
NOTE
Perform step 12 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
12. Preformed packing (34) Remove from crankshaft (22). Discard preformed packing (34).
13. Four screws (38), lock- Remove from oil pan (25) and On steel oil pans (M915A1/Big
washers (37), and rear cover (27). Cam III), two of the four
washers (36) screws (38) have been eliminated.
14. Eight screws (28), rear Remove from cylinder block (1) Discard gasket (26).
cover (27), and gasket (26) and crankshaft (22).
15. Rear main seal (35) Remove from rear cover (27). Discard seal (35).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS: For repair of flexplate or flywheel, flywheel housing, and rear cover (para. 3-38).
For installation of flexplate or flywheel, flywheel housing, and rear cover (para. 3-80).
3-60
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-25. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, FLYWHEEL HOUSING, AND REAR COVER REMOVAL (Contd)
3-61
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Removal
NOTE
• Removal o f oil pan is basically the same fo r M915/Big Cam I and M915A1/Big Cam III.
Big Cam I engines are equipped w ith a cast alum inum oil pan.Big Cam III engines are
equipped w ith a stamped steel oil pan.
• Perform step 1 fo r M915AlfBig Cam III only.
• Perform step 2 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
NOTE
Two o f the fo u r screw s may have been elim inated on newer M915A1/Big Cam III oil pans.
3. Four screws (7), Remove from oil pan (4) Screws (7) may have already been
lockwashers (6), and (M915A1/Big Cam III) or oil pan removed if rear cover was removed.
washers (5) (1) (M915/Big Cam I). Discard lockwashers (6).
4. Twenty-eight screws (8), oil Remove from cylinder block (2). Assistant will hold oil pan (4)
pan (4) (M915A1/Big or (1) during removal of last
Cam III) or oil pan (1) screw (8). Discard gasket (3).
(M915/Big Cam I), and
gasket (3)
3-62
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-63
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Removal
1. Six screws (1), washers (2), Remove from cylinder block (13) Hold front engine support (3)
two screws (16) (M915/Big and gear cover (11). during removal of last screw (16).
Cam I) or two captive washer
screws (16) (M915A1/Big Cam
III only), two washers (17)
(M915/Big Cam I only), and
front engine support (3)
NOTE
• Perform step 2 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
• Perform step 3 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
2. Three screws (4), Remove from gear cover (11). Use a soft-nose hammer and
lockwashers (18), gently tap camshaft support (5)
washers (19), camshaft loose, if necessary. Discard
support (5), shim pack (6) lockwashers (18) and packing (7).
and preformed packing (7)
Three captive washer Remove from gear cover (11) Use a soft-nose hammer and
screws (4), camshaft gently tap camshaft support (5) to
support (5), shim pack (6), loosen, if necessary. Discard
and preformed packing (7) packing (7).
Two screws (8) (M915/Big Remove from cylinder block (13) Discard lockwasher (9).
Cam I only) or two captive and gear cover (11).
washer screws (8) (M915A1/
Big Cam III only), lockwasher
(9) and washer (10) (M915/
Big Cam I only), nine captive
washer screws (15), and
captive washer screw (14)
3-64
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal (Contd)
Front gear cover (11) and Remove front cylinder block (13). Install one 4-in. stud on each side
gasket (12) of gear cover (11) for support dur
ing removal. Use a soft-nose ham
mer to loosen gear cover (11).
Discard gasket (12).
Camshaft support (5), shim Install on front gear cover (11) This step is recommended to
pack (6), and three prevent damage or loss of shim
screws (4) pack (6). Do not tighten screws (4).
3-65
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Removal
NOTE
• Perform steps 1 and 2 to remove any one o f the three cam fo llo w er assemblies. Mark
each cam fo llo w er assem bly during removal so it can be installed in its original position
on cylind er block.
• A ll three cam fo llo w er assem blies m ust be removed from cylind er block before
cam shaft can be removed. Repeat steps 1 and 2 to remove each rem aining cam
fo llo w er assembly.
Six screws (5) Remove from cam follower Discard lockwashers (6)
assembly (4) and cylinder block (M915/Big Cam I).
(2). Remove six lockwashers (6)
(M915/Big Cam I).
NOTE
Measuring thickness o f gasket o r gaskets fo r each cam follow er assem bly is required fo r
correct tim ing o f injectors due to individual differences between castings.
3-66
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
To avoid dam aging cam shaft bushings, use extreme caution when rem oving camshaft.
NOTE
Four cam shaft p ilo t to ols (3375268) may be used if available.
Camshaft (1) Remove from cylinder block (2) Have assistant help during
by slowly turning gear on removal. Remove camshaft pilot
camshaft (1) and lightly pulling tools from camshaft (1) if utilized.
at same time.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS: For repair of camshaft and cam follower assemblies (para. 3-40).
For installation of camshaft and cam follower assemblies (para. 3-70).
3-67
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Removal
WARNING
Eye protection m ust be w orn when using w ire brush fo r cleaning. Failure to do so may
result in inju ry to personnel.
NOTE
This task covers removal o f one piston, connecting rod, and bearing assem bly. Removal o f
the rem aining five assem blies is the same. Parts are not interchangeable and m ust be
identified w ith each assem bly as it is removed.
3-68
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-69
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal (Contd)
4. Connecting rod cap (7) and Remove from piston and Ensure connecting rod and cap
lower rod bearing half (6) connecting rod assembly (5) and are identified together by cylinder
crankshaft (10). number. Mark cylinder number
and letter L on flat surface of
bearing half (6).
5. Two nylon guide screws (12) Install on piston and connecting Use nylon guide screws (3375601)
rod assembly (5). to prevent damage to cylinder
liner (9).
6. Piston and connecting Push out of cylinder liner (9) Mark cylinder number on top of
rod assembly (5) while holding assembly so it will piston at camshaft side of cylin
not be dropped or damaged. der.
7. Two nylon guide screws (12) Remove from piston and Mark cylinder number and letter
connecting rod assembly (5). U on flat surface of tang on rod
bearing (6).
9. Compression ring (1), Remove from piston and Use piston ring expander
piston ring (2), compression connecting rod assembly (5). (ST-763) (13). Discard
ring (3), and piston ring (4) rings (1), (2), (3), and (4).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • For repair of piston, connecting rod, and bearings (para. 3-69).
• For installation of piston, connecting rod, and bearings (para. 3-39).
3-70
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-71
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Removal
CAUTION
If shim s are used under the cylind er liner, do not discard the shim s. The shim s w ill be
reused during assem bly. If more than one cylind er liner is to be removed, identify and tag
the location o f each cylind er liner and shim (if used).
NOTE
The follow ing procedure covers the removal o f one cylind er liner. The removal o f the
rem aining cylin d e r liners is the same.
1. Cylinder liner (1) Remove from cylinder block (6) Use universal cylinder liner
puller (7), and impact wrench.
Cylinder liner shim (2), gasket
(crevice seal) (3), black packing
ring (4), and red packing ring (5)
will remain on cylinder liner (1)
during removal.
Cylinder liner shim (2), a. Remove from cylinder liner (1). Discard gasket (crevice seal) (3),
gasket (crevice seal) (3), black packing ring (4), and red
black packing ring (4), and packing ring (5).
red packing ring (5)
b. Measure and record thickness
of cylinder liner shim (2).
3-72
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-73
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Removal
CAUTION
C ylinder b lo ck and main bearing caps are line bored. Before rem oving bearing caps, ensure
all bearing caps are marked so they can be matched w ith th e ir original p osition and location
on cylind er b lo ck d u rin g installation. Installing the w ro ng cap in w rong p osition o r location
w ill damage engine.
NOTE
When rem oving a bearing cap, hold onto the main bearing so it does not drop o ut o f the
bearing cap. Identify main bearing location w ith bearing cap.
4. Seven bearing caps (2) Remove from cylinder block (7). Use main bearing cap puller (3),
(ST-1178).
6. Seven main bearing Remove from bearing caps (2). Identify each for proper location.
halves (4)
7. Engine crankshaft (5) Remove from cylinder block (7). Use a hoist and hooks protected
with a rubber hose or a lifting
strap to remove engine crankshaft
(5). Be careful not to damage sur
face of engine crankshaft (5).
3-74
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-75
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Removal (Contd)
NOTE
During th ru s t bearing w asher removal, tag each th ru s t bearing w asher to identify location.
NOTE
Tape the m ating bearing halves together and label each pair and location fo r later reference.
9. Seven main bearing Remove from cylinder block (7). Identify each with the previously
halves (4) removed bearing halves (4).
NOTE
Prior to rem oving cylind er block from maintenance stand fo r cleaning, inspection, and
repair, remove all cylind er block plugs and cam shaft bushings.
10. Four mounting screws (10) Remove from maintenance stand Use a suitable chain and lifting
and cylinder block (7) (11). device.
3-76
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-77
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-32. GENERAL
a. This section provides repair for the engine and all major components and subassemblies. The procedures are for the engine
removed from the vehicle.
b. In cases where it may be necessary or more time-efficient to repair the engine while installed in vehicle, follow applicable
portions of tasks contained in this section to remove part or component.
c. In task summary listed below, a complete list of special tools, test equipment, materials, parts, and related information required
to perform engine repair is provided. To find a specific engine repair procedure contained in this section, see list of tasks below.
INITIAL SETUP:
3-78
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-79
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
List of Tasks
3-80
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-81
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-82
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-83
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
28. Fuel Pump Front Cover and Governor Repair 3-61 2-8
a. Removal 3-61a
b. Disassembly 3-61b
c. Cleaning 3-61c
d. Inspection 3-61d
e. Assembly 3-61e
f. Installation 3-61f
3-84
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
3-85
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
a. Disassem bly
1. Six cylinder sleeves (2), Remove from engine block (14) Refer to para. 3-30.
cylinder sleeve shims (31 if not removed during engine
through 36), gasket (3), disassembly.
black preformed packing (4),
and red preformed packing
(5)
2. Five plugs (7), four plugs Remove from engine block (14)
(26), plug (27), washer (28), if not removed during engine
two plugs (29), and five disassembly.
plugs (30)
3. Fourteen screws (18), Remove from engine block (14) Refer to para. 3-31.
washers (17), and seven if installed after crankshaft
bearing caps (19), (20), and removal.
(21)
4. Cap (25) Remove from engine block (14). Use a hammer and punch to
remove. Discard cap (25).
b. Cleaning
WARNING
Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
CAUTION
Do not immerse engine block in a hot cleaning solution w ith o u t rem oving bearing sleeve
and six cam shaft bushings. Permanent damage to bearing sleeve and cam shaft bearing
surface w ill result.
3-86
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
27
LEGEND:
1. CYLINDER SLEEVE ASSEMBLY (6) 19. N O . 7 BEARING CAP
2. CYLINDER SLEEVE (6) 20. N O . 2 , 4, A N D 6 BEARING CAP (3)
3. GASKET (6) 21. N O . 1, 3 , AND 5 BEARING CAP (3)
4 . BLACK PREFORMED PACKING (6) 22. N O . 7 BEARING SLEEVE
5. RED PREFORMED PACKING (6) 23. N O . 1, 2, 4 , A N D 6 CAMSHAFT BUSHING (4)
6 . HEAD-TO-BLOCK PIN (6) 24. N O . 3 A ND 5 CAMSHAFT BUSHING (2)
7 . PLUG (5) 25. CAP
8. SELF-LOCKING SCREW (6) 26. PLUG (4)
9. PISTON COOLING NOZZLE (6) 27. PLUG
10. PREFORMED PACKING (6) 28. WASHER
11. CAPTIVE WASHER SCREW (12) 29. PLUG (2)
12. WATER HEADER COVER (2) 30. PLUG (5)
13. GASKET (2) 31. CYLINDER SLEEVE SHIM 0 .0 0 7
14. ENGINE BLOCK 32. CYLINDER SLEEVE SHIM 0 .0 0 8
15. CAM FOLLOWER PIN (6) 33. CYLINDER SLEEVE SHIM 0 .0 0 9
16. REAR MAIN BEARING-TO-BLOCK PIN (2) 34. CYLINDER SLEEVE SHIM 0 .0 2 0
17. WASHER (14) 35. CYLINDER SLEEVE SHIM 0.031
18. SCREW (14) 36. CYLINDER SLEEVE SHIM 0 .0 6 2
3-87
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Cleaning (Contd)
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only w ith
effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves, etc.
Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
All remaining parts Clean with SD-3 solvent and dry. Scrape off any remaining
gasket material from mating sur
faces. Dry with compressed
air.
3-88
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-89
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
C ylinder sleeves do not require honing o r deglazing to provide proper ring seating. To
m inimize damage, liner deglazing and honing are not recommended.
8. Six cylinder sleeves (2) Inspect for the following: Refer to Appendix F for wear
limits.
NOTE
Piston cooling nozzles and w ater header covers were removed in para. 3-13.
9. Six piston cooling Inspect for cracks, chips, or Discard if cracked, chipped, or
nozzles (9) distortion. distorted.
10. Two water header covers Inspect for cracks, excessive Discard if cracked, corroded,
(12) corrosion, or distortion. or distorted.
11. Five plugs (7), four plugs Inspect threads for damage. Discard if damaged.
(26), two plugs (29), and
five plugs (30)
12. No. 7 bearing cap (19) Inspect two rear main bearing- Replace rear main bearing-to-
to-block pins (16) for damage. block pins (16) if damaged.
Remove by pulling out with grip
ping pliers. Install by tapping in.
13. Bearing cap (19), and Measure width of each and Discard if width exceeds 0.004 in.
three bearing caps (20) and compare measurement with (0.1016 mm).
(21) corresponding bearing support
area of engine block (14).
14. Fourteen screws (18) Inspect for stretched or damaged Discard if stretched or
threads. damaged.
3-90
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
2. CYLINDER SLEEVES (6) 16. REAR M A IN BEARING-TO-BLOCK PIN (2)
3. GASKET (6) 18. SCREW (14)
4 . BLACK PREFORMED PACKING (6) 19. N O . 7 BEARING CAP
5. RED PREFORMED PACKING (6) 20. N O . 2, 4, A N D 6 BEARING CAP (3)
7. PLUG (5) 21. N O . 1, 3, A N D 5 BEARING CAP (3)
9. PISTON COOLING NOZZLE (6) 26. PLUG (4)
12. WATER HEADER COVER (2) 29. PLUG (2)
14. ENGINE BLOCK 3 0. PLUG (5 1
3-91
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
15. Fourteen washers (17) Inspect carefully for any cracks Discard if any evidence or
or indication of cracks. indication of cracks exist.
16. Six self-locking screws (8) Inspect threads for damage. Discard if damaged.
and twelve captive washer
screws (11)
NOTE
Ensure engine b lo ck is checked on a flat surface to prevent d istortion. Do not inspect
engine b lo ck on m aintenance stand.
3-92
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-93
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
18. Bearing cap (19), Install on engine block (14) and Ensure bearing caps (19), (20),
three bearing caps (20) and tighten as follows: and (21) are in their correct
(21), fourteen washers (17), location and position.
and screws (18)
a. Tighten fourteen screws (18) to
85 lb-ft (115 N»m) in sequence
shown. Then tighten each screw
(18) to 250-260 lb-ft (339-353 N»rn).
19. Bores of installed bearing Install bore alignment checking Use bore alignment checking bar
caps (19), (20), and (21) of bar. Measure bore diameter of (ST-1157). For greater accuracy,
engine block (14) each at three different locations. place engine block (14) on end
before measuring bore diameter.
Minimum bore is 4.7485 in.
(120.6119 mm); maximum is
4.7505 in. (120.6627 mm). Discard
if maximum is exceeded.
CAUTION
Never use reamer in place o f a check bar. Damage to cylind er b lo c k w ill result.
20. Bore alignment of installed a. Install suitable bore alignment Bore alignment checking bar
bearing caps (19), (20), and checking bar. Inspect for burrs (ST-1157) should turn freely.
(21) of engine block (14) or slight binding. Remove burrs with emery cloth.
If a slight bind exists, perform
step b.
3-94
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-95
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Om it th is step if replacement caps are being used.
Reaming o f bearing cap bore requires bearing caps be installed and tightened to
specifications.
3-96
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-97
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
23. No. 7 bearing sleeve (22), Remove from engine block (14). Use camshaft bushing driver kit
four camshaft bushings (23), (3376633). Discard after removal.
or two camshaft bushings
(24)
NOTE
Before installation o f bearing sleeve and cam shaft bushing(s), inspect cam shaft bushing
bore o f cylind er block.
24. Camshaft bushing bore in Inspect for the following: Refer to Appendix F for wear
engine block (14) limits.
c. Install with oil holes aligned Use camshaft bushing driver kit
to holes in camshaft bushing (3376633). Apply a light coat of
bores. OE/HDO 10 lubricating oil to
inside diameter of No. 7 bearing
sleeve (22), camshaft bushing (23)
or (24) after installation.
3-98
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-99
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
a. Difference in measurement
around circumference must not
exceed 0.001 in. (0.0254 mm).
NOTE
When checking cylind er liner protrusion, ensure shim (s) and cylind er sleeve correspond to
cylind er being inspected as tagged during removal.
NOTE
C ylinder head surface o f engine block m ust be fla t and w itho ut damage o r d istortion. Use a
straightedge and a 0.002-in. feeler gauge to check cylind er head surface.
3-100
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-101
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
The cylind er sleeve counterbore m ust be altered o r repaired if:
3-102
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-103
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
• Never turn counterbore to o l counterclockw ise. Doing so w ill damage cu tte r blade.
• Do not remove more than a total o f 0.062 in. (1.575 mm) o f material when co un terb or
ing. Inside diam eter o f ledge should never be less than outside diam eter o f cylinder
sleeve. A ledge that drops tow ard center o f cylind er may cause cylind er sleeve to break
during installation.
28. Six cam follower Inspect for wear or damage. Replace if worn or damaged.
pins (15) Force may be required to remove
cam follower pins (15). They are a
press fit. Install using a brass
hammer.
29. Six head-to-block Inspect for wear or damage. Replace if worn or damaged.
pins (6) Force may be required to remove
head-to-block pins (6). They are a
press fit. Install using a brass
hammer.
d. Assem bly
NOTE
• Assem bly steps 30 through 34 w ill to be com pleted prior to m ounting engine block on
m aintenance stand.
• A p ply pipe sealant to threads o f plugs installed fo r w ater passages, and apply
lubricating oil to plugs installed fo r o il galleys.
30. Plug (7) Install on engine block (14). Tighten to 30 lb-ft (41 N^m).
31. Two plugs (29) Install on engine block (14). Balance of plugs are on opposite
side of block. Tighten to 45 lb-ft
(61 N^m).
3-104
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-105
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
32. Four plugs (26) Install on engine block (14). Balance of plugs are on opposite
side of block. Tighten to 15 lb-ft
(20 N»m).
33. Five plugs (30) Install on engine block (14). Tighten plugs (30) to 35 lb-ft
(48 N»m). One is shown; four are
on opposite side of block.
34. Plug (27) and washer (28) Install on engine block (14). Tighten plug (27) to 70 lb-ft
(95 N»m). When step 34 is
completed, mount engine block
(14) on suitable maintenance
stand.
CAUTION
• Prior to installation, engine block counterbore m ust be free o f sharp edges that w ould
cu t o r damage cylind er sleeve preform ed packings.
• If engine block counterbore and cylind er sleeve flange are not clean and free from oil
p rio r to installation, im proper sealing o r protrusion may result.
NOTE
Before final installation o f cylinder sleeves, ensure protrusion o f each cylinder sleeve is
correct. Refer to step 26 fo r checking protrusion.
35. Cylinder sleeve shims (31) Install on cylinder sleeve (2) as Amount of shims required was
through (36) required. determined during inspection.
36. New gasket (3), new black Install on cylinder sleeve (2). Install new gasket (3) with
preformed packing (4), chamfer down in top groove, new
and new red preformed black preformed packing (4) on
packing (5) center groove, and new red pre
formed packing (5) on bottom
groove. Repeat this step for
remaining cylinder sleeves (2).
3-106
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-107
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
• Do not lubricate preform ed packing until ready to install assembled cylinder sleeve.
Preformed packing w ill increase in size once in contact w ith OE/HDO 10 lubricating oil
fo r more than 10 minutes.
• Prior to installing a cylind er sleeve, apply a bead o f inner sealer on counterbore o f
cylind er sleeve flange. Do not use an excessive am ount o f sealer. Excessive amounts
can cause problem s in cooling system.
• Do not perm it lubricating oil once applied to preformed packing to come in contact w ith
liner sealant. Oil w ill prevent sealant from adhering to liner flange and counterbore
contact surface.
NOTE
Diameter o f applied sealer bead m ust be at least 3/64 in. (1.2 mm) and not more than 1/16 in.
(1.6 mm) wide. C ylinder sleeve m ust be installed w ithin five m inutes after sealer has been
applied.
37. Six cylinder sleeve Install on engine block (14) as Lubricate black preformed
assemblies (1) follows: packing (4), red preformed pack
ing (5), and gasket (3) with
OE/HDO 10 lubricating oil. Install
assembled cylinder sleeves (2)
within 10 minutes.
a. Place cylinder sleeve (2) on bore
of engine block (14) by hand.
3-108
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
27
LEGEND:
1. CYLINDER SLEEVE ASSEMBLY (6) 5. RED PREFORMED PACKING (6)
2. CYLINDER SLEEVE (6) 14. ENGINE BLOCK
3. GASKET (6) 37. CYLINDER SLEEVE CLAMP(2)
4. BLACK PREFORMED PACKING (6) 38. GAUGE BLOCK
3-109
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
38. Cap (25) Install on rear of engine block (14). Use suitable plug driver and pipe
sealant around outside diameter
of cap (25).
39. Fourteen screws (18), Install loosely on engine block (14). Bearing caps will be removed at
washers (17), No. 7 bearing assembly during crankshaft
cap (19), No. 2, 4, and 6 installation.
bearing caps (20), and No. 1,
3, and 5 bearing caps (21)
FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • Install engine crankshaft and main bearings (para. 3-68).
• Install pistons, connecting rods, and bearings (para. 3-69).
• Install camshaft and cam followers (para. 3-70).
• Install cylinder head assemblies and pushrods (para. 3-71).
• Install injector assemblies (para. 3-82).
• Perform injection timing (para. 3-72).
• Install accessory drive housing assembly (para. 3-73).
• Install oil pump (para. 3-74).
• Install front gear cover (para. 3-75).
• Install accessory drive pulley (para. 3-76).
• Install air compressor (para. 3-77).
• Install fuel pump (para. 3-78).
• Install vibration damper and crankshaft pulley (para. 3-79).
• Install flexplate or flywheel, flywheel housing, and rear cover (para. 3-80).
• Install oil pan (para. 3-81).
• Install and adjust valve crossheads (para. 3-83).
• Install rocker arm housing assemblies (para. 3-84).
• Adjust injectors and valves (para. 3-85).
• Install engine retarders (para. 3-86).
• Install air aftercooler (para. 3-87).
• Remove engine from maintenance stand (para. 3-88).
• Install starter motor and solenoid (TM 9-2320-273-20 or TM 9-2320-283-20).
• Install bracket, alternator, and belts (TM 9-2320-273-20 or TM 9-2320-283-20).
• Install engine on vehicle (TM 9-2320-273-34 or TM 9-2320-283-34).
3-110
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-111
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
a. Disassem bly
NOTE
This procedure covers repair o f any one o f three cylinder head assem blies. Quantities
shown in legend are fo r one cylind er head assembly.
3-112
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY 16. EXPANSION PLUG
2. VALVE COLLET (16) 17. EXPANSION PLUG (2)
3. VALVE SPRING GUIDE (8) 18. VALVE STEM GUIDE (8)
4 . VALVE SPRING (8) 19. INTAKE VALVE CROSSHEAD ASSE
5. VALVE SPRING GUIDE (8) 20. ADJUSTING SCREW (2)
6. INJECTOR PREFORMED PACKING (2) 21. LOCKING NUT (2)
7. INJECTOR SLEEVE (2) 22. INTAKE VALVE CROSSHEAD (2)
8. VALVE CROSSHEAD GUIDE (4) 23. FUEL CONNECTION (2)
9. CYLINDER HEAD 24. PREFORMED PACKING (2)
10. EXPANSION PLUG (6) 25. COVER PLATE
11. DOWEL (2) 26. SCREW (2)
12. INTAKE VALVE INSERT (4) 27. PIPE PLUG (4)
13. INTAKE VALVE (4) 28. EXHAUST VALVE CROSSHEAD (2)
14. EXHAUST VALVE (4) 29. LOCKING NUT (2)
15. EXHAUST VALVE INSERT (4) 30. ADJUSTING SCREW (2)
3-113
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use o nly w ith
effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves, etc.
Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
NOTE
Repeat steps 5, 6, and 7 fo r each intake o r exhaust valve.
Intake valve (13), exhaust Remove from cylinder head (9). As each valve is removed, place
valve (14), valve spring (4), on numbered board or stand. If
and valve spring guides spacers are used, cylinder head
(3) and (5), and spacers* has been resurfaced at one time.
(33), if used
NOTE
Step 8 does not apply to No. 2 cylind er head.
Two screws (26), cover plate Remove from cylinder head (9). Discard preformed packings (24).
(25), and two preformed
packings (24)
Four pipe plugs (27) Remove two from each end of No. 3 cylinder head has two pipe
cylinder head (9). plugs in forward end only.
10. Six expansion plugs (10), Remove from cylinder head (9). a. Using hammer and punch,
expansion plug (16), and hit outside diameter of expansion
two expansion plugs (17) plugs to force one side out.
b. Use screwdriver or pliers to
remove expansion plug from hole.
Discard expansion plugs (10), (16),
and (17).
3-114
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY 21. LOCKING NUT (2)
2. VALVE COLLET (16) 22. INTAKE VALVE CROSSHEAD (2)
3. VALVE SPRING GUIDE (8) 24. PREFORMED PACKING (2)
4. VALVE SPRING (8) 25. COVER PLATE
5. VALVE SPRING GUIDE (8) 26. SCREW (2)
8. VALVE CROSSHEAD GUIDE (4) 27. PIPE PLUG (4)
9. CYLINDER HEAD 28. EXHAUST VALVE CROSSHEAD (2)
10. EXPANSION PLUG (6) 29. LOCKING NUT (2)
13. INTAKE VALVE (4) 30. ADJUSTING SCREW (2)
14. EXHAUST VALVE (4) 3 1 . ROCKER LEVER SCREW HOLE
16. EXPANSION PLUG 32 . VALVE SPRING COMPRESSOR
17. EXPANSION PLUG (2) 33 . ‘ SPACER (USED IF CYLINDER HEAD WAS RESURFACED)
20. ADJUSTING SCREW (2)
3-115
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Cleaning
WARNING
Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
11. Cylinder head assembly (1) a. Clean by submerging in Circulate solvent to increase
solvent SD-3. effectiveness on salt, lime
deposits, and grease, etc.
b. Clean internal passages and Use fuel passage cleaning brush
flush passages with solvent SD-3 (ST-876). Ensure lubricating oil
to remove deposits. passages are open and clean.
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use o nly w ith
effective chip guarding and personal protective equipm ent goggles o r shield, gloves, etc.
Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
12. All other parts Clean by submerging in solvent Refer to para. 3-6 for additional
SD-3 and dry with compressed cleaning instructions.
air.
3-116
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY 16. EXPANSION PLUG
2. VALVE COLLET (16) 17. EXPANSION PLUG (2)
3. VALVE SPRING GUIDE (8) 18. VALVE STEM GUIDE (8)
4. VALVE SPRING (8) 19. INTAKE VALVE CROSSHEAD ASSEMBLY
5. VALVE SPRING GUIDE (8) 20. ADJUSTING SCREW (2)
6. INJECTOR PREFORMED PACKING (2) 2 1. LOCKING NUT (2)
7. INJECTOR SLEEVE (2) 22. INTAKE VALVE CROSSHEAD (2]
8. VALVE CROSSHEAD GUIDE (4) 23. FUEL C O N NECTIO N (2)
9. CYLINDER HEAD 24. PREFORMED PACKING (2)
10. EXPANSION PLUG (6) 25. COVER PLATE
11. DOWEL (2) 26. SCREW (2)
12. INTAKE VALVE INSERT (4) 27. PIPE PLUG (4)
13. INTAKE VALVE (4) 28. EXHAUST VALVE CROSSHEAD (2)
14. EXHAUST VALVE 29. LOCKING NUT (2)
15. EXHAUST VALVE INSERT (4) 30. ADJUSTING SCREW (2)
3-117
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
Do not use d isk sander to polish cylind er head. Disk sander could cause serious damage to
m ating surface o f head.
13. Cylinder head (9) a. Polish mating surface. Use crocus cloth or orbital sander.
Polish just enough to shine finish.
This allows for a more complete
inspection of mating surface.
f. Inspect four valve inserts (12) Refer to steps 15a through 15e for
and (15) for cracks, broken, or removal and installation. Discard
chipped areas. Remove if damaged valve inserts (12) and
damaged. (15).
i. Remove two injector sleeves (7) Refer to steps 18d and 18e.
from cylinder head (9).
3-118
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-119
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
14. Eight valve stem guides (18) a. Inspect for chips, cracks, burrs, Replace if damaged (refer to step
broken-out sections, and extensive 14d for replacement).
wear.
b. Measure protrusion. Use suitable micrometer. Replace
if not within 1.270-1.280 in.
(3.226-3.251 cm). (Refer to step
14d for replacement.)
c. Set small bore gauge to Replace if gauge goes into bore or
0.4552 in. (11.562 mm) and if bore is more than wear limit
attempt to insert it in bore of shown below. (Refer to step 14d
valve stem guide. for replacement.)
Wear Limit 0.4550 in (11.557 mm)
New Minimum 0.4525 in (11.494 mm)
New Maximum 0.4532 in (11.511 mm)
d. Replace valve stem guide (18) Do not replace unless damaged
as follows: or not within wear limits.
(1) Drive out valve stem guide Use suitable step punch. Discard
(18) from underside of cylinder valve stem guide.
head (9).
(2) Install new valve stem guide Use valve guide driver (3375282)
(18). (34). Ensure height of valve stem
guide is between 1.270-1.280 in.
(3.226-3.251 cm) after installation.
(3) Using new valve (13) or (14), If valve does not move freely in
check bore of new valve stem valve stem guide (18), ream valve
guide. stem guide (18) from bottom side
of cylinder head (9) to specifica
tions shown in step 14c.
15. Four intake valve inserts a. Check for looseness by
(12) and four exhaust valve carefully striking cylinder head
inserts (15) (9) with wood block or rubber
hammer.
3-120
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-121
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
15. Four intake valve inserts (5) Stake (peen) cylinder head (9). Use valve seat insert staking tool
(12) and four exhaust valve (ST-1124) (36) and driver (37)
inserts (15) (Contd) If valve seat insert staking tool
(36) and driver (37) are not
available, a punch with round end
can be used to stake cylinder
head (9).
(1) Clamp base of insert tool (40) Use valve seat insert tool (ST-257)
to cylinder head (9). (40).
(3) Using arbor (38), center cutter Use valve guide arbor (ST-663)
(39) on valve seat insert (12) or (38).
(15).
(4) Cut counterbore 0.006-0.010 in. This allows room for peening
(0.152-0.254 mm) deeper than of cylinder head (9) to secure
valve insert thickness. valve insert (12) or (15). Allow cut
ter to turn several revolutions to
make sure counterbore surface is
even. Remove valve seat insert
tool (40), valve seat insert cutter
(39), and valve guide arbor (38).
(5) Clean out all chips and debris
from valve insert counterbore.
3-122
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-123
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
16. Four valve crosshead a. Inspect each for straightness Replace valve crosshead guides (8)
guides (8) and for being at a right angle to that are not straight or square to
surface of cylinder head (9). cylinder head (9). (Refer to
step 16d for replacement.)
(1) Remove guide (8) from cylinder Use dowel pin extractor (ST-1134)
head (9). (41). Discard valve crosshead
guide (8).
(3) Install new valve crosshead Use arbor press and crosshead
guide (8) on cylinder head (9). guide spacer (ST-633) (42). Ensure
height of valve crosshead guide (8)
is between 1.860-1.880 in. (4.724
4.775 cm) after installation.
17. Two dowels (11) Inspect for cracks, breaks, Replace if damaged or loose.
bending, or looseness.
3-124
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-125
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
18. Two injector a. Inspect for scratches on cup Replace if any scratches are
sleeves (7) area and cracks at rolled seam. found. (Refer to step 18d for
replacement.)
NOTE
Ensure inje ctor assem bly is new o r condition o f injector assem bly cup is satisfactory prior
to checking seating pattern.
3-126
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
7. INJECTOR SLEEVE (2) 4 4 . INJECTOR CLAMP
9. CYLINDER HEAD 4 5 . INJECTOR CLAMP SCREW (2)
43. INJECTOR ASSEMBLY
3-127
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Ensure injector assem bly is new o r condition o f injector assem bly is known to be
satisfactory p rior to checking protrusion o f tip.
3-128
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
7 . INJECTOR SLEEVE (2) 45. INJECTOR CLAMP SCREW (2)
43. INJECTOR ASSEMBLY 4 7 . INJECTOR SLEEVE PULLER
44. INJECTOR CLAMP
3-129
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(5) Remove injector sleeve (7) Loosen nuts. Tap small end of
from injector sleeve puller (47). injector sleeve (7) to free from
puller (47). Discard injector sleeve
(7).
(7) Remove all foreign material Use suitable steel brush. Refer
from injector sleeve sealing area to para. 3-6 for additional
with steel brush. cleaning instructions.
NOTE
Perform step 18d, tasks 9 through 18, o nly if injector sleeve seat area is damaged o r bead is
not sm ooth.
(9) Install bead cutting tool (48), Use bead cutting tool (ST-788)
pilot (49), and holder (50) on drill (48). If drill press is not available,
press. bead cutting tool (48) may also be
turned by hand using tap wrench.
(10) Place cylinder head (9) on Adjust table height to allow for
drill press table. proper clearance so that end of
bead cutter (48) will protrude
below cylinder head (9) surface
into pilot hole of injector sleeve (7)
seat area.
3-130
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
6. INJECTOR PREFORMED PACKING (2) 48. BEAD CUTTING TOOL
7. INJECTOR SLEEVE (2) 49. PILOT
9. CYLINDER HEAD 50. HOLDER
47. INJECTOR SLEEVE PULLER
3-131
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(12) Lubricate cutter (48) with Raise cutter (48) high enough
cutting oil. to lubricate.
CAUTION
Use extreme caution when cutting injector sleeve seat.
Do not run d rill press at speeds higher than 75 rpm. Tool chatter may o ccur at speeds
higher than 75 rpm, dam aging injector sleeve bore.
NOTE
Do not cu t more than 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) deep into cylind er head.
(13) Turn on drill press motor When proper cut depth has
and make a very light cut. been reached, allow cutter (48) to
turn in position for about 10 sec
onds to ensure a good seat and
clean grooves.
(15) Remove bead cutting tool (48) Use injector seat cutting tool
from holder (50) and pilot (49), (ST-824) (51) to cut a 70° chamfer
and install injector seat cutting at top edge of 60° seat. Apply
tool (51). Prussian blue compound to 60°
seat to aid in determining amount
of chamfer needed.
(17) Rotate cutter (51) while Use tap wrench. Remove cutter
applying even pressure. (51), holder (50), and pilot (49)
when lower edge of 70° relief
chamfer is about 0.125 in.
(3.175 mm) from top of bead.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to injector sleeve during installation, ensure sleeve seat is free from oil,
carbon, o r any other foreign material.
3-132
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-133
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
18. Two injector (19) Apply a light coat of Shake off excess oil.
sleeves (7) (Contd) lubricating oil to new injector
preformed packing (6).
(23) Install holding tool (53) on Use injector sleeve holding tool
injector sleeve (7). (ST-1179) (53). Tighten nut on
holding tool (53) to 35-40 lb-ft
(48-54 N»m).
(24) Insert driver (52) in injector Tighten nut on holding tool (53)
sleeve (7), and strike with soft- again to 35-40 lb-ft (48-54 N»m).
nose hammer until injector
sleeve (7) is seated properly
against bottom of injector
sleeve bore.
CAUTION
To avoid d istorting injector sleeve, do not roll lower area o f sleeve.
Over-rolling or peening injector sleeve w ill deform injector O-ring groove o f sleeve.
NOTE
Ensure injector assem bly is new or is known to be satisfactory prior to checking protrusion
o f tip.
3-134
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-135
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
18. Two injector (2) Using gauge block (46), Use this measurement to
sleeves (7) (Contd) measure protrusion of injector determine amount that must be
assembly (43) tip. cut from sleeve. The protrusion
of injector tip must be 0.060
0.070 in. (1.524-1.778 mm).
(4) Install cutter (55) and pilot Use injector seat cutter (ST-884)
(49) on drill press and cut (55). Ensure enough cutting oil
injector sleeve (7). is used to allow cutter (55) to cut
freely without grabbing. When
proper cut depth is reached, allow
cutter (55) to turn in position for
about 10 seconds to ensure a
smooth seat.
19. Eight valve springs (4) a. Inspect for distortion, cracks, Discard valve spring (4) if
breaks, and collapsed coils. damaged.
3-136
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-137
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Repeat step 20 fo r each intake and exhaust valve.
21. Valve crosshead (22) or (28) a. Inspect for excessive wear, Discard if damaged.
distortion, grooving, scoring,
galling, stripped threads, broken
areas, and out-of-round.
3-138
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
2. VALVE COLLET (16) 2 2 . INTAKE VALVE CROSSHEAD (2)
13. INTAKE VALVE (4) 2 8 . EXHAUST VALVE CROSSHEAD (2)
14. EXHAUST VALVE (4)
3-139
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
21. Valve crosshead (22) or c. Use suitable bore gauge. Discard if not within wear limit
(28) (Contd) Measure crosshead bore shown below.
diameter.
Wear Limit .......................................................................... 0.440 in. (11.176 mm)
New Minimum 0.434 in. (11.024 mm)
New Maximum...................................................................... 0.436 in. (11.074 mm)
CAUTION
To prevent damage to valve crosshead, do not use plug gauge during next step.
22. Two fuel connections (23) Inspect for cracks, breaks, and Discard if cracked, broken, or
bends. bent.
23. All other parts a. Inspect for cracks, breaks, Discard if damaged or worn.
bends, excessive wear, and
other damage.
3-140
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
22. INTAKE VALVE CROSSHEAD (2) 2 8 . EXHAUST VALVE CROSSHEAD (2)
23. FUEL CONNECTION (2)
3-141
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Ensure all parts are clean prior to assem bling.
24. Six new expansion plugs a. Apply a coat of cup plug sealant
(10), new expansion plug to expansion plugs and to inside
(16), and two new diameter of water holes on
expansion plugs (17) cylinder head (9).
25. Four pipe plugs (27) a. Coat threads of each pipe plug
(27) with liquid thread sealant.
b. Install two on each end of No. 3 cylinder head has two pipe
cylinder head (9). plugs (27) in forward end only.
Tighten pipe plugs (27) to:
3-142
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-143
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Step 26 does not apply to No. 2 cylinder head.
26. Cover plate (25) and two a. Install on cylinder head (9).
new preformed packings
(24)
27. Four intake valves (13) and a. Dip valve stems into clean
exhaust valves (14) lubricating oil.
28. Cylinder head (9) Place on wooden bench or Wooden bench or protective
protective surface with machined surface will prevent damage to
surface down. machined surface.
NOTE
A m axim um o f tw o 0.031 in. (0.794 mm) spacers may be used under lower valve spring
guide when cylind er head has been resurfaced and valve seat has been reground. Do not
use spacers to com pensate fo r weak springs.
29. Eight upper valve spring a. Place over valve stem guides
guides (3), valve springs (18) on cylinder head (9).
springs (4), and lower valve
spring guides (5) (spacers b. Compress valve springs (4) Use valve spring compressor
(33) if necessary) and install sixteen new valve (ST-448) (32) and head holding
collets (2) on stems of valves (13) fixture (ST-583). Stud of valve
and (14). spring compressor (32) should
be installed on rocker lever
screw hole (31).
NOTE
Ensure valves and valve seats are clean and dry.
30. Cylinder head Check seal between valve (13) or Use valve vacuum tester
assembly (1) (14) and valve seat as follows: (ST-1257-A) (58).
3-144
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY 15. EXHAUST VALVE INSERT (4)
2. VALVE COLLET {16) 18. VALVE STEM GUIDE (8)
3. VALVE SPRING GUIDE (8) 24. PREFORMED PACKING (2)
4 . VALVE SPRING (8) 25. COVER PLATE
5. VALVE SPRING GUIDE (8) 26. SCREW (2)
9. CYLINDER HEAD 31. ROCKER LEVER SCREW HOLE
1 2. INTAKE VALVE INSERT (4) 32. VALVE SPRING COMPRESSOR
1 3. INTAKE VALVE (4) 33. SPACER
14. EXHAUST VALVE (4) 58. VALVE VACUUM TESTER
3-145
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Step 34 is fo r M915/Big Cam I vehicles only.
3-146
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY 21. NUT (2)
8. VALVE CROSSHEAD GUIDE (4) 22. INTAKE VALVE CROSSHEAD (2)
9. CYLINDER HEAD 28. EXHAUST VALVE CROSSHEAD (2)
12. INTAKE VALVE INSERT (4) 29. NUT (2)
13. INTAKE VALVE (4) 30. ADJUSTING SCREW (2)
14. EXHAUST VALVE (4) 36. VALVE SEAT INSERT STAKING TOOL
15. EXHAUST VALVE INSERT (4) 37. VALVE SEAT INSERT STAKING TOOL DRIVER
20. ADJUSTING SCREW (2) 58. VALVE VACUUM TESTER
3-147
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
a. Cleaning__________________________________________________ b. Inspection
INITIAL SETUP:
REFERENCES (TM)
None
a. Cleaning
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only
w ith effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles or shield, gloves,
etc. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
A pproved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
1. Vibration damper (1) Clean with solvent SD-3 and Refer to para. 3-6 for
and crankshaft dry with compressed air. additional cleaning
pulley (2) instructions.
b. Inspection
3-148
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(4) Inspect for oil leaks. Discard if any leaks are found.
(1) Using SD-3 solvent and 290- Do not use coarse emery cloth
grit emery cloth, remove paint or sharp tool to remove paint.
from four areas on each side.
FOLLOW-ON TASK: Install vibration damper and crankshaft pulley (para. 3-79).
LEGEND:
1. VIBRATION DAMPER
2. CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
3-149
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
a. Cleaning b. Inspection
INITIAL SETUP:
REFERENCES (TM)
None
a. Cleaning
WARNING
• Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only
w ith effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield,
gloves, etc. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
CAUTION
Avoid heavy use o f w ire wheel o r w ire brush to clean rod bearing and main bearing journal
surfaces. Failure to com ply may result in an out-of-round condition to crankshaft journals.
a. Remove pipe plugs and clean all Use SD-3 solvent to flush oil
oil holes with nylon bristle brush holes after cleaning.
soaked with s D-3 solvent.
3-150
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. STANDARD M A IN BEARING SET 5. RETAINING RING (7)
2. CRANKSHAFT 6. GEAR-TO-CRANKSHAFT KEY
3. THRUST RING (4) 7. CRANKSHAFT GEAR
4. THRUST RING PIN (2)
3-151
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
a. Cleaning (Contd)
NOTE
If inspection o r installation o f crankshaft w ill be performed later, coat all jou rn a l surfaces
w ith a heavy film o f OE/HDO 30 lubricating oil to prevent rust from form ing.
b. Inspection
NOTE
Main bearings are provisioned as a set. If one main bearing half is not w ithin specifications
o r is found to be defective, discard entire main bearing set.
3. Standard main bearing Inspect each main bearing There are 14 main bearing
set (1) half for the following: halves to a standard main bearing
set (1); inspect each half
a. Pits, scratches, or grooves. Discard if pitted, scratched, or
grooved.
CAUTION
Never remove any metal from bearing shells to change oil clearance. A fte r operation, a
bearing shell th a t is fitted co rrectly w ill be gray. Light areas on shell indicate that metal is
touching metal w ith o u t enough oil clearance. Dark areas on shell indicate that the
clearance is too large.
NOTE
Wear lim its fo r undersized bearing halves may be determ ined by adding the correct am ount
(0.010 in. (0.254 mm), 0.020 in. (0.508 mm), and 0.030 in. (0.762 mm) to the m inim um and
m axim um dim ension o f a standard bearing.
4. Four thrust rings (3) Measure thickness of each thrust Prior to taking measurements,
ring (3) at different locations. place crankshaft (2) on cylinder
block with corresponding bearing
halves and caps installed. A new
crankshaft (2) and new thrust ring
(3) will have an end clearance of
0.007-0.017 in. (0.179-0.432 mm).
If the clearance exceeds 0.022 in.
(0.559 mm), install oversize thrust
rings (3).
5. Two thrust ring pins (4) Inspect for damage or wear. Discard if damaged or worn.
3-152
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. STANDARD A M IN BEARING SET 4 . THRUST RING PIN (2)
2. CRANKSHAFT 5. RETAINING RING (7)
3. THRUST RING (4)
3-153
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Inspection (Contd)
NOTE
Perform step 6 fo r crankshaft dim ensions and measurements fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
3-154
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
1. 5 1 .8 1 2 5 IN. (1 3 1 6 .0 3 7 5 M M ) 9. 5 .9 9 8 -6 .0 0 0 IN. (1 5 2 .3 4 9 2 -1 5 2 .4 M M )
2. 4 .4 9 6 5 -4 .5 0 0 IN. (1 1 4 .2 6 2 -1 1 4 .3 MM ) 10. 5 .1 5 1 -5 .1 6 3 IN. (1 3 0 .8 3 5 4 -1 3 1 .1 4 0 2 MM )
3. 2 .4 3 7 5 IN . (6 1 .9 1 2 5 M M ) 11. 0 .1 7 2 8 -0 .1 9 5 8 IN. (7 9 .3 3 6 9 -7 9 .3 7 5 M M )
4. 2 .1 2 6 -2 .1 2 8 IN. (5 4 .0 0 0 4 -5 4 .0 5 1 2 MM ) 12. 3 .1 2 3 5 -3 .1 2 5 IN. (4 .3 8 9 -4 .9 7 3 M M )
5. 2 .0 0 0 IN. (50.8 MM ) 13. 3 .7 6 0 7 IN. (9 5 .5 2 1 8 M M )
6. 2 .5 0 0 IN. (63.5 MM ) 14. 0 .3 7 5 IN. (0 .9 5 2 5 MM )
7. 2 .0 0 0 IN. (50.8 MM) 15. 3 .6 2 5 -3 .6 2 6 IN. (9 2 .0 7 5 -9 3 .0 MM )
8. 3 .0 0 1 -3 .0 0 3 IN. (7 6 .2 2 5 4 -7 6 .2 7 6 2 MM )
3-155
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Inspection (Contd)
NOTE
Am pere tu rn s in amperage flow ing through coil are m ultiplied by num ber o f turns in coil; the
currents listed below are fo r 4-turn coil.
3-156
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-157
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Inspection (Contd)
7. Seven retaining rings (5) Inspect for wear, out-of-round, or Discard if worn, cracked, or
cracks. out-of-round.
NOTE
It is unnecessary to remove crankshaft gear fo r inspection; remove o nly if excessively w orn
o r damaged.
9. Crankshaft keyway (9) Inspect only if gear (7) and key (6)
are removed for the following:
3-158
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-159
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Inspection (Contd)
11. Critical region (6), Limits listed in the following Dimensional value of C is
crankpin centerline (8), steps must be maintained within vertical distance measured
crankpin wall (1) and (3) region C. Refer to Table 2. downward from crankpin center
line (8) extending longitudinally
for all webs (17) between crankpin
walls (1) and (3).
12. Centerline (8), fillets (4), Indications located less than
crankpin (2), main journal 1 in. (25 mm) from the major
walls (22) axis of centerline (8) of adjacent
web (17) (measured circumfer
entially) must not exceed the
following limits:
a. Light indications in or
entering fillets (4) are acceptable
if not more than 0.125 in.
(3.175 mm) long (open) or 0.250 in.
(6.35 mm) long (subsurface).
b. Light open indications on Light subsurface indications are
crankpin (2) and main journal acceptable.
walls (22) or bearing surface that
extend closer than 0.125 in.
(3.175 mm) to fillets (11), but do
not enter fillets, are acceptable if
0.1875 in. (4.763 mm) long or less.
3-160
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-161
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Inspection (Contd)
pass within 0.1875 in. (4.763 mm) indications are acceptable.
of a crankpin wall (1) hole are
acceptable if 0.50 in. (12.7 mm)
long or less and does not enter oil
hole chamfer or intersect 45° ± 10°
diagonal. Only those subsurface
indications that lay closer than
0.0625 in. (1.588 mm) to surface
(measured at the chamfer at 45° +
10 diagonal) are not acceptable.
14. Chamber of main bearing Light open indications that enter
oil hole (14) chamfer of any chamber of main
bearing oil hole (14) are acceptable
if they are 3.125 in. (79 mm) or less.
Subsurface indications ending in a
main bearing oil hole (14) are
acceptable.
15. Crankpin (2) Fine subsurface salt and pepper-
type indications are permitted on
upper and lower sides of
crankpins (2) on the trimming line.
16. Main bearing journal Open longitudinal indications
surfaces (15) of crankpins within main bearing journal surfaces
(2) (15) which are less than 1.125 in.
(29 mm) on main journals and
0.875 in. (22.225 mm) long on crank
pins (2) are acceptable after sharp
edges have been honed 0.002-0.004 in.
(0.051-0.102 mm) below journal surface.
17. Main bearing journal Longitudinal surface indications
surfaces (15) and connecting within area (15) or (19) are
rod bearing crankshaft acceptable.
journal surfaces (19)
18. Fillet (4) a. Parallel open indications that
meet requirement of fillet (4) and
other requirements on length and
frequency are acceptable.
b. Indications that contain loose or
foreign particles or voids left by
such particles are not acceptable.
19. Main bearing journal a. Not more than three open In addition to showing minimum
surfaces (15), crankpin (2), indications are to appear on any number of acceptable indications
and fillet (4) one journal surfaces (15) or crank- for whole crankshaft, part also
pin (2). Scattered small, open, or shows many widely scattered
subsurface indications, four per short indications, it must be
crankpin (2), and six per main rejected.
bearing journal surface (15),
0.125 in. (3.175 mm) long or less,
if not forming part of a long inter
mittent indicator or entering an
011 hole (1) or (14) or fillet (4), will
not be counted as indications in
arriving at the total number
permitted.
19. Main bearing journal b. An inclusion which is
3-162
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-163
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Inspection (Contd)
3-164
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-165
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Inspection (Contd)
CAUTION
When repairing threads, be careful not to cause damage to crankshaft oil seal area.
d. Grooved or worn rear oil seal Clean with fine-grit emery cloth.
contact area (10) or front oil If unable to remove groove, send
seal contact area (11). crankshaft (2) to a specialized
repair station.
3-166
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
13
3-167
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Inspection (Contd)
WARNING
Wear heat-resistant gloves when handling heated crankshaft gear. Failure to com ply may
result in inju ry to personnel.
CAUTION
Use caution when heating crankshaft gear. Make sure there is equal d istribu tio n o f heat in
oven. Do not let crankshaft gear become overheated. Overheating w ill change hardness o f
crankshaft.
NOTE
The crankshaft gear m ust be installed w ith tim in g mark facing out.
FOLLOW-ON TASK: Install engine crankshaft and main bearings (para. 3-68).
3-168
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
2. CRANKSHAFT 8. CRANKSHAFT GEAR STEP
6. GEAR-TO-CRANKSHAFT KEY 9. CRANKSHAFT KEYWAY
7. CRANKSHAFT GEAR
3-169
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
a. Cleaning b. Inspection
INITIAL SETUP:
PERSONNEL REQUIRED
a. Cleaning
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only
w ith effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield,
gloves, etc. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
1. All parts Clean with SD-3 solvent and Scrape off any remaining
dry with compressed air. gasket material from mating sur
faces.
b. Inspection
NOTE
Perform step 2 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform step 3 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
2. Flywheel (4) and spacer Inspect for distortion, cracks, Use magnetic crack detector
gear (5) and damaged gear teeth. (ST-1166). Discard if distorted,
cracked, or gear teeth are dam
aged.
3-170
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. REAR COVER (M 9 1 5 /B IG C AM I), COVER 5. SPACER GEAR (M 9 1 5 /B IG CAM I)
(M 9 1 5 A 1 /B IG C A M III) 6. WASHER BEARING
2 . FLYWHEEL INDEX HOLE COVER 7. FLEXPLATE AND RING GEAR (M 9 1 5 A 1 /B IG C A M III)
3. FLYWHEEL HOUSING 8. RETAINING PLATE
4. FLYWHEEL (M 9 1 5 /B IG CAM I) 9. DOWEL (2)
3-171
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Inspection (Contd)
6. Two dowels (9) Inspect for damaged surface or Discard if damaged or distorted.
damaged threads.
FOLLOW-ON TASK: Install flexplate or flywheel, flywheel housing, and rear cover (para. 3-80).
3-172
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. REAR COVER (M 9 1 5 /B IG C AM 1), COVER 5. SPACER GEAR (M 915/B IG C A M 1)
(M 915A 1/B IG C A M III) 6. WASHER BEARING
2. FLYWHEEL INDEX HOLE COVER
7. FLEXPLATE A N D RING GEAR {M 9 1 5 A 1 /B IG C A M III)
3. FLYWHEEL HOUSING 8. RETAINING PLATE
4. FLYWHEEL (M 9 1 5 /B IG C A M 1) 9. DOWEL (2)
3-173
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
PERSONNEL REQUIRED
Wear rubber gloves when removing piston pin to prevent burns from boiling water or hot piston.
NOTE
Use th is procedure to repair any one o f six piston, connecting rod, and bearing assemblies.
Q uantities shown in legend are fo r one piston, connecting rod, and bearing assembly.
a. Disassem bly
WARNING
Wear rubber gloves when rem oving piston pin to prevent burns from boiling w ater o r hot
piston. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to piston, do not use hammer o r any other to ol to remove piston pin.
Piston pin (2) and a. Heat piston (1) 210°F (98.9°C) Use tongs or hook to remove
connecting rod (5) for 10 minutes in boiling water or piston from hot water.
oven.
3-174
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. PISTON 6. CONNECTING ROD DOWEL (2)
2 . PISTON PIN 7. CONNECTING ROD CAP
3. PISTON PIN RETAINING RING (2) 8. ROD SCREW (2)
4. CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLY 9. ROD BUSHING
5. CONNECTING ROD 10. ROD BEARING HALF (2)
3-175
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
fingers.
NOTE
Prior to perform ing steps 3 and 4, clean and inspect rod bushing and connecting rod dowels
(steps 6, 16, and 18). Do not remove rod bushing o r connecting rod dow els unless they are
damaged o r not w ithin w ear lim its.
Rod bushing (9) Using connecting rod bushing New bushing requires boring out
driver (ST-1242) (11), remove from of inside diameter.
connecting rod (5).
b. Cleaning
CAUTION
Do not exceed w ater boiling point 212°F (100°C) when heating piston during cleaning.
Piston s k irt is coated w ith plating that may bliste r if overheated.
Piston pin (2), two Clean. Refer to para. 3-6 for cleaning
retaining rings (3), information and instructions.
connecting rod assembly (4), Do not remove dowels from
and two rod bearing connecting rod cap or rod bushing
halves (10) from connecting rod during
cleaning.
c. Inspection
NOTE
There are tw o ways to check piston ring grooves. If using piston ring groove gauge ST-560,
perform step 8b. If piston ring groove gauge ST-560 is not available, perform step 8c.
b. Using No. 2 piston ring groove Ensure ring grooves are clean.
gauge (12), check top and second Discard piston (1) if shoulder's
ring grooves. widest part of guide touches it.
3-176
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-177
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
gauge.
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
Point A 5.477 in ... 5.480 in.
(139.116 mm) (139.192 mm)
Point C 5.489 in...... 5.493 in.
(139.421 mm) (139.522 mm)
3-178
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. PISTON
3-179
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
9. Piston pin (2) Using suitable micrometer, Discard if out-of-round more than
measure outside diameter. 0.001 in. (0.025 mm), or if less
than wear shown below:
10. Connecting rod (5) Inspect surface area for nicks, Discard all connecting rods (5)
and connecting rod cap (7) dens, and gouges. that have cuts, scratches, or other
damage that is deeper than
approximately 0.03125 in.
(0.7938 mm) on I-beam.
(1) Check rods (5) for cracks Apply 1-1/2 percent wet solution
using 1800 ampere AC current or while current is on. Make visual
1500 ampere DC current applied inspection after each application
longitudinally between plates. of current. Pay particular atten
tion to shaded critical areas
shown in illustration. Discard con
necting rod assembly (4) if any
cracks are detected.
3-180
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
2. PISTON PIN
4. CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLY
5. CONNECTING ROD
7. CONNECTING ROD CAP
8. ROD SCREW (2)
3-181
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
12. Two rod screws (8) a. Inspect for distorted threads. Discard if threads are distorted.
b. Using suitable micrometer, Discard if less than wear limit
measure smallest diameter. shown below:
Thread O.D. Wear L im it 0.540 in. Pilot O.D. Wear L im it 0.6242 in.
.........................................................(13.72 mm) .....................................(15.855 mm) (Refer to
New Minimum................................0.541 in ................................................ 0.6245 in. item 8 in
.........................................................(13.74 mm) .....................................(15.862 mm) figure.)
New Maximum ............................ 0.545 in ................................................ 0.6250 in.
.........................................................(13.84 mm) .................................... (15.875 mm)
13. Connecting rod (5) Using suitable micrometer, Discard connecting rod assembly
measure pilot bore of holes (4) if pilot bore is more than
for rod screws (8). 0.6252 in. (15.880 mm).
NOTE
See A ppendix F fo r screw p ilo t outside diameter.
14. Connecting rod cap (7) Using suitable micrometer, Discard connecting rod assembly
measure pilot bore of holes (4) if pilot bore is more than
for rod screws (8). 0.6252 in. (15.880 mm).
15. Two connecting rod a. Inspect for cracking and Remove and discard if cracked or
dowels (6) bending. bent. Install new connecting rod
dowels (6) if needed.
b. Using suitable micrometer, Remove and discard if less than
measure diameter. 0.3127 in. (7.943 mm). Install new
connecting rod dowels (6)
if needed.
c. Using suitable micrometer, Remove and discard if not within
measure protrusion. limits shown below. Install new
connecting rod dowels (6) if
needed.
New Minimum . . 0.220 in. (5.588 mm)
New Maximum. ...0.250 in. (6.35 mm)
16. Connecting rod (5) Using suitable micrometer, Discard connecting rod assembly
measure diameter of dowel (4) if not within limits shown
holes (11). below:
New Minimum . 0.3128 in. (7.946 mm)
New Maximum. .0.3133 in. (7.957 am)
17. Rod bushing (9) a. Inspect for nicks, gouges, and Remove and discard if nicked,
scoring. gouged or scored. Install new rod
bushing (9) if needed.
b. Using suitable micrometer, Remove and discard if less than
measure inside diameter. wear limit shown below. Install
new rod bushing (9) if needed.
Wear Limit ........................................................................ 2.0022 in. (50.856 mm)
New Minimum ................................................................... 2.0010 in. (50.825 mm)
New Maximum.................................................................... 2.0015 in. (50.838 mm)
3-182
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
A. CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLY
5. CONNECTING ROD
6. CONNECTING ROD DOWEL (2)
7. CONNECTING ROD CAP
8. ROD SCREW (2)
9. ROD BUSHING
10. ROD BEARING HALF (2)
11. DOWEL HOLES
3-183
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
19. Connecting rod assembly Using suitable micrometer, Do not measure where connecting
(4) measure crankpin bore diameter. rod (5) and connecting rod cap (7)
meet. Discard if diameter is not
within 3.3157 in. (84.219 mm) and
3.3171 in. (84.254 mm) up to 30°
on either side of parting line,
3.3157 in. (84.219 mm) and
3.3167 in. (84.244 mm) 30° on
either side of parting line.
20. Connecting rod checking Calibrate. a. Use new connecting rod assembly
fixture (ST-561) (14) (4) that has been checked for cor
rect absolute center length of
12.00 in. (304.8 mm) between bore
centers.
b. Perform steps 18a and b.
c. Place new connecting rod
assembly (4) into fixture.
d. Place correct piston pin man
drel (15) into piston pin bore.
e. Install expanding arbor (16)
into crankpin bore and tighten
until snug. Ensure pin on expand
ing arbor (16) is down and locked
in position in center of new con
necting rod assembly (4).
f. Move dial holder until contact
points of indicators touch mandrel
(15) in piston pin bore.
g. Set indicator dials' checking fix
ture to zero.
h. Remove new connecting rod
assembly (4) from fixture. Turn
rod assembly horizontally 180°
and put back into fixture (14).
i. If dial indicators show any
change from first reading, adjust
dials to divide difference. Fixture
is now calibrated.
3-184
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
21. Connecting rod (5) (Contd) e. Using feeler gauge between Discard if twist is more than
piston pin mandrel (15) and 0.020 in. (0.508 mm) without
dial indicator holding plate, bushing (9) installed, or 0.010 in.
measure twist. (0.254 mm) bushing (9) installed
and machined to correct size.
3-185
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
CAUTION
If one rod bearing h a lf is damaged o r w orn, b o th rod bearing halves m ust be discarded.
Failure to do so could cause damage to equipm ent.
NOTE
Undersize bearing shells can be determ ined by adding correct am ount 0.010, 0.020, 0.030 in.
(0.254, 0.508, 0.762 mm) to m inim um and m axim um dim ension o f a standard bearing.
22. Rod bearing half (10) a. Inspect for chipping, flaking, Discard both if chipped, flaked,
or scoring. or scored.
b. Using suitable ballpoint Discard both if less than wear
micrometer, measure thickness. limit of standard connecting rod
bearing half (10) as shown below:
d. Assem bly
23. Rod bushing (9) Using connecting rod bushing Ensure oil holes are aligned and
driver (ST-1242) (11), install into that a 0.125 in. (3.175 mm)
connecting rod (5). diameter rod can move freely
through connecting rod (5)
and rod bushing (9).
25. Piston pin retaining ring Install only one retaining ring (3)
(3) into groove of piston pin bore
in piston (1).
WARNING
Wear rubber gloves when installing piston pin to prevent burns from boiling w ater o r hot
piston. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
26. Piston (1) and piston pin (2) a. Heat piston (1) for 15 minutes
in boiling water or in oven set at
210°F (100°C).
CAUTION
Never use a hammer to install piston pin. This can cause d istortion in piston and piston
seizure in cylind er liner. Ensure edges o f piston pin retaining rings are in groove o f piston
pin bore.
b. Install connecting rod (5) and The piston pin (2) cannot be
piston pin (2) into piston (1) installed when temperature of
before it cools to 70°F (21 °C). piston (1) is below 70°F (21 °C).
c. Install other piston pin retain
ing ring (3) in groove of piston pin
bore in piston (1), opposite the
one installed in step 25.
FOLLOW-ON TASK: Install piston, connecting rod, and bearings (para. 3-69).
3-186
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. PISTON 7. C O N NECTING ROD CAP
2. PISTON PIN 9. ROD BUSHING
3. PISTON PIN RETAINING RING (2) 10. ROD BEARING HALF
5. CONNECTING ROD . 11. C O N NECTING ROD BUSHING DRIVER
6. CONNECTING ROD DOWEL (2)
3-187
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
a. Disassem bly
CAUTION
Do not use heating torch to remove cam shaft gear from cam shaft if cam shaft gear is to be
reused. Heating w ill damage cam shaft gear.
NOTE
Prior to step 1, clean and inspect cam shaft and cam shaft gear (steps 6, 8, and 9). Do not
separate cam shaft and cam shaft gear unless damaged or not w ithin w ear lim its.
NOTE
Repeat steps 3, 4, and 5 fo r each cam follow er assembly.
3-188
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-189
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
4. Two expansion plugs (11) Remove from ends of cam Use punch with sharp point to
follower housing (13). make hole in center of one expan
sion plug (11). Hit edge of same
expansion plug to loosen it. Using
pliers, remove expansion plug
(11). Discard expansion plug (11).
5. Two cam follower shafts (12) Push out of cam follower Mark intake, exhaust, and injector
housing (13) and remove four cam followers (8) and (9) to identify
intake and exhaust cam their location in cam follower
followers (8) and two injector housing (13) as they are removed.
cam followers (9). Using mandrel and press, push
both cam follower shafts (12) out
opposite end of cam follower hous
ing (13), forcing out other expan
sion plug (11). Discard expansion
plug (11).
b. Cleaning
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only w ith
effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves, etc.
Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
Camshaft orifice plug (1), Steam clean and dry with Refer to para. 3-6 for additional
camshaft gear (2), thrust compressed air. cleaning instructions.
washer (3), gear-to-camshaft
key (4), and camshaft (5)
(assembled)
NOTE
Repeat step 7 fo r each cam fo llo w er and pushrod assembly.
7. Six intake, exhaust, and Clean. Refer to para. 3-6 for cleaning
injector pushrods (6) and (7), information and instructions. Be
intake exhaust and injector sure to clean out small oil
cam followers (8) and (9), passages in cam followers, and
shaft locking screws (10), ensure all gasket material
cam follower shafts (12), and has been removed from cam
three cam follower housings follower housing (13).
(13)
c. Inspection
3-190
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-191
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
8. Camshaft (5) (Contd) c. Inspect for cracks using Whole surface of camshaft (5) must
magnetic method. Apply 1500 be wetted with magnetic particle
amperes DC longitudinal magnetic suspension before magnetizing
current for locating open seams current is applied. Camshaft (5)
and presence of non-metallic must be magnetized by a single
inclusions. Apply 2000 amperes shot of current. Disassemble and
DC circular magnetizing current discard camshaft if not within
for detecting grinding checks. limits.
(1) Subsurface longitudinal
indications:
• None accepted on nose.
• Short longitudinal indications up
to 0.625 in. (15.875 mm) long
are acceptable in critical region
on cam surface 0.500 in.
(12.700 mm) before nose and
0.375 in. (9.525 mm) after nose.
• Not more than two indications
are allowable in critical region
of any one cam.
• Light longitudinal indications
not exceeding two in number
are allowable outside of critical
region.
• Parallel indications must be
separated by at least 0.625 in.
(15.875 mm) of metal.
(2) Open longitudinal indications
are not allowable except on base
circle. A maximum of two
longitudinal open indications
0.250 in. (6.350 mm) long or less
will be allowed on base circle
provided they are not closer than
0.250 in. (6.350 mm) and are visible
only as tightly closed lines when
surface is wiped clean. Open
indications shall not be closer than
0.1875 in. (4.763 mm) to edge
of cam (5). Circumferential
indications, lying at an angle
greater than 15° with longitudinal
centerline, are not allowable.
(3) Subsurface longitudinal
indications:
• 0.125 in. (3.715 mm) indications
are allowable on nose.
• Light longitudinal indications up
to 0.500 in. (12.700 mm) are
allowable on ramp.
• Not more than two indications
are allowable on ramp or nose
of any one cam (5).
3-192
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
5. CAMSHAFT
3-193
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
9. Camshaft gear (2) Inspect for chipping, cracking, Disassemble and discard
and visible wear. camshaft gear if chipped, cracked,
or visibly worn.
10. Thrust washer (3) Inspect for flaking, burrs, Discard if damaged or worn
distortion, and wear. thinner than 0.083 in. (2.108 mm).
3-194
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
2. CAMSHAFT GEAR
3. THRUST WASHER
5. CAMSHAFT
6. INTAKE A N D EXHAUST PUSHROD (12)
7. INJECTOR PUSHROD (6)
3-195
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
NOTE
Intake, exhaust, and injector pushrods are inspected the same way. Perform step 11 fo r any
intake, exhaust, o r inje ctor pushrod.
11. Pushrod (6) or (7) a. Using radius gauge, check Radius of ball end must be 0.619
ball end. 0.625 in. (15.723-15.875 mm).
Discard pushrod if ball end is
damaged or measures less than
0.619 in. (15.723 mm).
b. Using ball end of new rocker Apply a coat of Prussian blue
lever adjusting screw (14), check compound to adjusting screw. Put
diameter of socket. adjusting screw (14) into socket
and rotate 180°. Discard pushrod
if socket is damaged or has less
than 80 percent contact with
adjusting screw.
c. Inspect for bends or Discard if bent or out-of-round
out-of-round. more than 0.035 in. (0.889 mm).
d. Check both ends for wear Discard if there is extreme wear on
and looseness. either end. Do not install pushrod
with worn ball end into new cam
follower socket.
e. Check for lubricating Discard if pushrod (6) or (7) has
oil inside. begun to fill with oil.
NOTE
Repeat step 12 fo r each cam follow er shaft.
12. Cam follower shaft (12) a. Using suitable micrometer, Cam follower shaft (12) diameter
measure outside diameter. must measure 0.7485-0.7490 in.
(19.012-19.025 mm). Discard cam
follower shaft if outside diameter
measures less than 0.748 in.
(18.999 mm).
b. Inspect for cracks, breaks, Discard if damaged. Ensure
galling, surface imperfections, grooves on shaft locking screw (10)
and broken out areas. are clean.
3-196
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
6. INTAKE A N D EXHAUST PUSHROD (12)
7. INJECTOR PUSHROD (6)
10. SHAFT LOCKING SCREW (6)
12. CAM FOLLOWER SHAFT (6)
14. N EW ROCKER LEVER ADJUSTING SCREW (18)
3-197
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
NOTE
Repeat step 13 fo r each cam fo llo w er housing.
13. Cam follower housing (13) a. Inspect for cracks, breaks, Discard if damaged or worn.
gasket surface imperfections,
broken-out sections, distortion,
excessive wear, and other damage.
b. Inspect edges of expansion If holes were damaged, use 240-
plug holes for sharp edges, nick, grit aluminum paper to remove
and other damage. any sharp edges. Chamfer edge of
holes to aid in installation of cam
follower shaft (12).
NOTE
Intake, exhaust, and injector cam follow ers are inspected the same way. Do steps 14
through 19 fo r any intake, exhaust, o r injector cam follow ers.
14. Cam follower (8) or (9) a. Inspect cam follower bushing Discard cam follower (8) or (9) if
(15) for scratches, pitting, cam follower bushing (15) is
scoring, and other damage. damaged.
b. Using suitable micrometer, Cam follower bushing (15)
measure inside diameter of cam diameter must measure 0.7501
follower bushing (15). 0.7511 in. (19.053-19.078 mm).
Discard cam follower if cam fol
lower bushing (15) diameter meas
ures more than 0.752 in. (19.101
mm).
c. Inspect for cracks using Discard cam follower (8) or (9) if
magnetic method. Apply coil any cracks are found. Be sure to
magnetization; amperage at check carefully for cracks on areas
300-500 with residual Magnaglo. of cam follower (8) or (9) shown in
illustration.
3-198
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-199
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
16. Cam follower roller (19) a. Inspect for cracks, breaks, and Discard cam follower (8) or (9) if
other damage. cam follower roller (19) is dam
aged.
3-200
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-201
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
16. Cam follower roller (19) b. Using small bore gauge, Intake or exhaust cam follower
(Contd) measure inside diameter. roller (19) inside diameter must
measure 0.5005-0.5015 in.
(12.713-12.738 mm). Discard cam
follower (8) if inside diameter
measures more than 0.503 in.
(12.776 mm). Injector cam roller
inside diameter must measure
0.703-0.704 in. (17.856-17.882 mm).
Discard injector cam follower (9) if
inside diameter measures more
than 0.705 in. (17.907 mm).
c. Inspect cam follower roller (19) Discard cam follower (8) or (9) if
to ensure it is not out-of-round. roller (19) is out-of-round.
d. Using suitable micrometer, Outside diameter of roller (19)
measure outside diameter. must measure 1.2495-1.2505 in.
(31.737-31.763 mm). Discard
intake, exhaust, or injector cam
follower (8) or (9) if outside diame
ter measures less than 1.2485 in.
(31.712 ram).
e. Check concentricity of inside Discard cam follower (8) or (9) if
diameter with outside diameter. not within 0.0020 in. (0.051 mm).
f. Check squareness of sides Discard cam followers (8) or (9) if
with bore. sides are not parallel to each other
or not square to bore within
0.0040 in. (0.102 mm).
17. Roller pin (17) a. Inspect for cracks, breaks, and Discard cam followers (8) or (9) if
other damage. roller pin (17) is damaged.
b. Using suitable micrometer, Intake or exhaust roller pin (17)
measure outside diameter. outside diameter must measure
0.4997-0.500 in. (12.692
12.700 mm). Discard intake or
exhaust cam follower (8) if outside
diameter measures less than
0.497 in. (12.624 mm). Injector
roller pin (17) outside diameter
must measure 0.6997-0.7000 in.
(17.772-17.780 mm). Discard injec
tor cam follower (9) if outside
diameter measures less than
0.997 in. (17.704 mm).
3-202
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-203
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
18. Cam follower (8) or (9) Using suitable micrometer, Discard intake and exhaust cam
measure roller pin bore. follower (8) if roller pin bore is not
within 0.4990 and 0.4995 in.
(12.675 and 12.687 mm). Discard
injector cam follower (9) if roller
pin bore is not within 0.6992 and
0.6997 in. (17.760 and 17.772 mm).
d. Assem bly
19. Cam follower roller (19) and a. Install roller (19) on cam
roller pin (17) follower (8) or (9).
b. Hold 0.006 in. (0.152 mm) feeler
gauge between cam follower (8) or
(9) and cam follower roller (19).
c. Install roller pin (17) on cam
follower (8) or (9) and cam
follower roller (19).
d. Secure roller pin (17) to cam
follower (8) or (9) with roll pin (18).
NOTE
Repeat steps 20 through 22 fo r each cam fo llo w er assembly.
20. Four intake and exhaust Install on cam follower housing Ensure injector cam
cam followers (8), two (13). follower (9) is in center position,
injector cam followers (9), and that cam follower pushrod
and two cam follower sockets are on same side as dowel
shafts (12) holes in housing.
21. Cam follower shaft (12) Install dummy screw. Dummy screw is used to prevent
breaking shaft locking screw (10)
when expansion plugs (11) are
installed on cam follower housing
(13).
3-204
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-205
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
22. Cam follower housing (13) a. Apply light coat of cup plug
sealant to expansion plug hole in
each end.
b. Using suitable mandrel, Expansion plugs (11) should be at
install two new expansion least flush with edge of hole or not
plugs (11). more than 0.010 in. (0.254 mm)
below edge of hole.
c. Remove dummy screw and
install two shaft locking screws
(10).
23. Camshaft orifice plug (1) Install on camshaft (5). Torque 5-10 lb-f (7-13 N»m).
25. Camshaft gear (2) If removed in step 1, heat gear (2) Do not use cutting torch to heat
evenly in oven to 400° F. camshaft gear (2); damage to
gear (2) will result.
FOLLOW-ON TASK: Install camshaft and cam follower assemblies (para. 3-70).
3-206
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-207
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
a. Disassem bly
NOTE
Use th is procedure to repair any one o f the three rocker lever and housing assemblies.
Q uantities shown in legend are fo r one rocker lever and housing assembly.
3. Rocker lever shaft (20) and Using suitable punch, press shaft Be careful not to damage bore in
six rocker levers (5), (8), (11), (20) out of rocker arm housing rocker arm housing (21). Tag each
(13), and (15) (21) and remove rocker levers rocker lever as removed to ensure
(5), (8), (11), (13), and (15). correct assembly.
4. Two O-ring seals (18) Remove from plugs (17). Discard O-ring seals (18).
5. Two plugs (17) a. Put one plug (17) in vise. Do not put rocker lever shaft (20)
in vise.
b. Rotate and pull off rocker lever
shaft (20).
c. Repeat steps 5a and 5b for Discard plugs (17).
other plug (17).
3-208
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
6. Two special expansion Punch out of rocker lever Discard expansion plugs (19).
plugs (19) shaft (20).
3-209
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Cleaning
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only w ith
effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves, etc.
Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
8. All parts Clean in solvent SD-3 and blow Make sure all gasket material has
dry with compressed air. been removed from sealing surfaces
of rocker arm housing (21).
Refer to para. 3-6 for additional
cleaning instructions.
c. Inspection
10. All threaded parts Inspect for crossthreading, Discard damaged parts.
stripping, and other damage.
11. Rocker arm housing (21) a. Inspect opening of shaft bore Shaft bore opening should have
for sharp edges, nicks, or burrs. slight radius. Sharp edges can be
removed by using 240-grit aluminum
oxide paper over a split rod,
rotating in an electric drill.
3-210
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
20. ROCKER LEVER SHAFT
21. ROCKER ARM HOUSING
23. ROCKER LEVER OIL PASSAGE
24. BREATHER VENT HOLE
3-211
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
NOTE
Repeat step 12 fo r each exhaust, intake, o r injector rocker lever.
12. Rocker levers (5), (8), (11) a. Check for cracks using Use coil magnetization with
(13), or (15) magnetic inspection. amperage at 300 to 500 residual
Magnaglo. Most areas of crack
indication shown in illustration.
Replace rocker lever assembly (2)
(7), (12), (14), or (16) if rocker
lever has cracks. Demagnetize
levers that are to be reused.
b. Using new adjusting screw Discard rocker lever assembly if
(1) or (4), check condition of adjusting screw does not move
threads in rocker lever. freely in rocker lever.
3-212
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-213
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
CAUTION
• To avoid dam aging engine, do the fo llow ing:
• On injector and exhaust rocker levers, install bushing so o il holes to crosshead nose or
injector link and adjusting screw are open fo r oil flow.
• On intake valve rocker levers w ith o il drillin g to crosshead nose end, install bushing so
nose hole is closed and slo t hole is in line w ith adjusting screw oil hole.
• Do not cut a bore in steel bushings.
NOTE
Repeat step 13 fo r each adjusting screw.
13. Adjusting screws (1) or (4) a. Using a 0.250 in. (6.350 mm) Discard adjusting screw if ball end
radius gauge, check ball end. is out-of-round or flat at bottom.
b. Check thread condition. Check carefully for thread distortion
at assembly position of
adjusting screw nut (3). Discard
adjusting screws (1) or (4) if
threads are damaged, or if it does
not move freely in rocker levers
(5), (8), (11), (13), or (15).
14. Rocker lever shaft (20) a. Inspect for scoring or excessive Discard if damaged, worn, or if it
wear. has ridges due to action of rocker
levers (5), (8), (11), (13), or (15).
b. Using suitable micrometer, Discard if outside diameter is not
measure outside diameter within limits shown below:
of shaft (20).
3-214
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-215
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
d. Assem bly
15. Two adjusting screws (1), Screw into rocker levers (5), (8), Be sure to install adjusting screws
four adjusting screws (4), (11), (13), and (15). and nuts into correct rocker
and six adjusting screw levers.
nuts (3)
16. Two new special expansion Press one into each end of rocker
plugs (19) lever shaft (20).
17. Two new plugs (17) Using arbor press, install Install both plugs (17) into shaft
into rocker lever shaft (20). (20) at same time.
18. Rocker lever shaft (20) a. Coat with clean lubricating oil.
b. Slide shaft (20) through rocker Let about 0.500 in. (12.70 mm)
arm housing (21) and rocker of shaft (20) extend out of
lever assemblies (2), (7), (12), (14), housing (21).
and (16).
CAUTION
Ensure rocker lever shaft is installed correctly. Setscrew hole m ust be on top and seven oil
holes m ust be tow ard flat side o f rocker arm housing.
19. Rocker lever shaft (20) e. Align shaft and housing locking
holes and secure oil supply
screw (22).
f. Check all rocker levers (5), (8), This will prevent galling of shaft
(11), (13), or (15) for freedom of (20) and bushings (6) or (9).
movement on shaft (20).
NOTE
Install rocker arm housing assem bly (para. 3-84).
3-216
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-217
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
a. D isassem bly
NOTE
Perform steps 1 through 7 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform steps 8 through 16 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
1. Pipe plugs (7), (17), and (32), Remove from cover (15), housing
expansion plug (16) or (12), and cover (3).
elbow (31), and drainvalve
(10)
3-218
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-219
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
2. Screw (25), lockwasher (26), Remove from housing (12). Discard lockwasher (26), gasket
washer (27), head (28), (29), and preformed packing
gasket (29), and preformed (30).
packing (30)
NOTE
The pressure regulator valve is located on the oil cooler support. It co ntrols oil pressure
before oil passes through the filte r element.
5. Six screws (14), lockwashers Remove from housing (12). Discard lockwashers (8) and
(8), cover (15), and gasket gasket (13).
(13)
Two screws (1), bracket (2), Remove from housing (12). Discard lockwashers (8) and
four screws (9), lockwashers gasket (11).
(8), cover (3), and gasket
(11)
NOTE
To prevent hardening and drying o f foreign substances, clean element as soon as possible
after removal.
3-220
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-221
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Three screws (42), Remove from head (46). Screws (42), lockwashers (43),
lockwashers (43), washers washers (44), and bracket (45)
(44), and bracket (45) may have already been removed.
Discard lockwashers (43).
9. Three screws (60), Remove from housing (49). Discard preformed packing (47)
lockwashers (36), washers and gasket (48).
(51), head (46), preformed
packing (47), and gasket (48)
11. Spring (58), bypass valve Remove from housing (49) and
piston (57), spring (56), separate.
bypass valve plunger (55),
and pressure sensing
piston (54)
12. Six screws (50), lockwashers Remove from housing (49). Discard lockwashers (36) and
(36), washers (51), support gasket (34).
(41), and gasket (34)
NOTE
To prevent hardening and drying o f foreign substances, clean oil co oler core as soon as
possible after removal
13. Cooler core (33) and Remove from housing (49). Discard gasket (52).
gasket (52)
14. Two screws (35), lockwashers Remove from support (41). Discard preformed packing (38)
(36), valve (37), and and lockwasher (36).
preformed packing (38)
15. Pipe plugs (40) and (39) Remove from support (41).
3-222
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-223
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Cleaning
WARNING
• Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only
w ith effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves,
etc. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
NOTE
Cleaning procedures fo r the oil cooler assem bly are the same fo r M915/Big Cam I and
M915A1/Big Cam III. M915/Big Cam I is shown.
17. Housing (12) Clean lubricating oil and Use compressed air.
contaminants by forcing solvent
SD-3 through oil ports in reverse
direction of normal flow.
18. Filter element (6) a. Immerse in solvent SD-3 and Force solvent around tubes and
let stand for several minutes. clean using compressed air.
d. Immerse in solution.
19. All other parts Clean. Refer to para. 3-6 for cleaning
instructions.
3-224
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-225
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection
NOTE
Perform steps 20 and 21 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform steps 22 and 23 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
20. All parts Inspect for cracks, damaged Discard any part where cracks,
threads, and excessive corrosion. stripped threads, or excessive
corrosion is found.
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only w ith
effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves, etc.
Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
a. Seal one end of tube bundle. Refer to steps 21c and d for repair.
Install suitable air fitting on
opposite end and connect
compressed air supply line.
Immerse tube bundle in water and
apply approximately 40 psi (276 kPa)
air pressure. If air bubbles are
observed, mark bundle for repair
or replacement.
3-226
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-227
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
22. All parts Inspect for cracks, damaged Discard any part where cracks,
threads, and excessive corrosion. stripped threads, or excessive
corrosion is found.
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only w ith
effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves, etc.
Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
23. Cooler core (33) a. Seal one end and install Do not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa) for
suitable air fitting on opposite testing or cooler core (33) will
end. Connect compressed air rupture.
supply line and apply air pressure.
b. Immerse in water and observe. Discard cooler core (33) if air bubbles
are present.
3-228
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-229
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
d. Assem bly
NOTE
• Perform steps 24 through 31 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
• Perform steps 32 through 39 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
24. Filter element (6) Install as follows: Use OE/HDO 30 lubricating oil.
b. Carefully push filter element (6) Do not fully seat filter element
in housing (12), using aligning (6).
marks on housing (12) and filter
element (6).
25. New gasket (11), cover (3), Install on housing (12). Tighten screws (1) and (9) to
bracket (2), two screws (1), 30-35 lb-ft (41-48 N»m).
four lockwashers (8), and
screws (9)
26. New gasket (13), cover Install on housing (12). Tighten screws (14) to 30-35 lb-ft
(15), six new lockwashers (41-48 N»m).
(8), and screws (14)
3-230
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-231
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
29. New preformed packing (30) Lubricate and install on housing Use OE/HDO 30 lubricating oil
(12).
31. Pipe plugs (7), (17), and (32), Install on cover (3), cover (15),
expansion plug (16) or and housing (12).
pipe elbow (31), and
drainvalve (10)
3-232
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-233
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
32. Adapters (59) and (53) Install on head (46) and housing
(49).
33. Pipe plugs (39) and (40) Install on support (41). Tighten pipe plug (39) to
60-84 lb-in. (7-10 N»m). Tighten
pipe plug (40) to 15-25 lb-ft
(20-34 N»m).
34. New preformed packing Install on support (41). Apply light coat of OE/HDO 30
(38), valve (37), two new lubricating oil to preformed
lockwashers (36), and packing (38). Tighten to
screws (35) 30-35 lb-ft (41-48 N»m).
35. New gasket (52), cooler Install on housing (49). Tighten screws (50) to 30-35 lb-ft
core (33), gasket (34), (41-48 N»m).
support (41), six washers
(51), new lockwashers (36),
and screws (50)
36. Pressure sensing piston Install on housing (49). It will be necessary to hold in
(54), bypass valve plunger position at same time head (46)
(55), spring (56), bypass is installed.
valve piston (57), and
spring (58)
37. New preformed packing (47), Install on housing (49). Apply light coat of OE/HDO 30
new gasket (48), head (46), lubricating oil to preformed
three washers (51), new packing (47). Do not tighten
lockwashers (36), and screws (60).
screws (60)
38. Bracket (45), three washers Install on head (46) and housing Tighten screws (42) and (60) to
(44), new lockwashers (43), (49). 30-35 lb-ft (41-48 N»m).
and screws (42)
3-234
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-235
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-43. OIL PAN, DIPSTICK, OIL SUCTION TUBES, AND BREATHER TUBE REPAIR
INITIAL SETUP:
NOTE
• Repair o f oil pan is basically the same fo r M915/Big Cam I and M915A1/Big Cam III. Big
Cam I engines are equipped w ith a cast alum inum oil pan. Big Cam III engines are
equipped w ith a stamped steel oil pan.
• For M915/Big Cam I, it may be necessary to remove engine oil heater part o f optional
w interization kit. Refer to TM 9-2320-273-34. For engine o il heater therm ostat removal,
refer to TM 9-2320-273-20.
a. D isassem bly
NOTE
Perform steps 1 and 2 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
Perform steps 3 and 4 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
1. Plug (2), spacer (1), and plug Remove from oil pan (6).
(5)
2. Four screws (3) and strainer Remove from oil pan (6).
element (4)
3. Three nuts (14), washers (13), Remove from welded studs on oil
clamps (12), and tube (11) pan (10).
3-236
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-43. OIL PAN, DIPSTICK, OIL SUCTION TUBES, AND BREATHER TUBE REPAIR (Contd)
4. Two pipe plugs (7), plugs (8) Remove from oil pan (10).
and (17), spacer (16), and
pipe plug (9)
IS
M915/BIG CAM I OIL PAN M 9I5A 1/B IG CAM III OIL PAN
(CAST ALUMINUM) (STAMPED STEEL)
LEGEND:
1. SPACER 10. OIL PAN (M 9 1 5 A 1 /B IG C AM III)
2. PLUG 1 1 .TUBE
3. SCREW (4) 12. CLAMP (3)
4. STRAINER ELEMENT 13. WASHER (3)
5. PLUG 14. NUT (3)
6 . OIL PAN (M 9 1 5 /B IG CAM I) 15. ENGINE SHIPPING SUPPORT
7. PIPE PLUG (2) 16. SPACER
8. PLUG 17. PLUG
9. PIPE PLUG
3-237
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-43. OIL PAN, DIPSTICK, OIL SUCTION TUBES, AND BREATHER TUBE REPAIR (Contd)
b. Cleaning
WARNING
• Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only
w ith effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles or shield, gloves,
etc. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
5. All parts and mounting Clean with SD-3 solvent and dry It may be necessary to scrape
hardware with compressed air. gasket material from mating
surfaces.
c. Inspection
NOTE
Perform steps 7 and 8 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform steps 9 thru 11 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
7. Plugs (2) and (5), spacer (1), Inspect for damaged or worn Discard if threads are worn or
and four screws (3) threads and surface condition of damaged and if seating surface
drainplug spacer (1). of spacer (1) is worn.
9. Two pipe plugs (7), plug (8), Inspect for damage or worn Discard if threads are worn or
pipe plug (9), plug (17), threads and surface condition damaged and if seating surface of
and spacer (16) of drainplug spacer (16). drainplug spacer (16) is worn.
10. Engine shipping support (15) Inspect for cracks and distortion. Discard if cracked.
11. Oil suction tube (11), three Inspect for the following:
clamps (12), washers (13),
and nuts (14) a. Cracks. Discard if cracked.
b. Gasket and O-ring seal surfaces Remove burrs with emery cloth.
free from burrs or distortion.
3-238
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-43. OIL PAN, DIPSTICK, OIL SUCTION TUBES, AND BREATHER TUBE REPAIR (Contd)
15
3-239
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-43. OIL PAN, DIPSTICK, OIL SUCTION TUBES, AND BREATHER TUBE REPAIR (Contd)
c. Inspection (Contd)
12. Oil level dipstick (20), oil Inspect for the following:
level dipstick tube (19),
clamp (21), and cover (22) a. Cracks in area where clamp Discard if cracked.
(21) is positioned around
oil level dipstick tube (19).
b. Stress cracks in area where This requires careful
oil level dipstick tube (19) fits examination. Discard both if
in cover (22). cracked. Do not separate oil level
dipstick tube (19) from cover (22).
c. Tightened seal where oil level Discard oil level dipstick (20) if
dipstick (20) tightens against seal is worn.
inside of oil level dipstick tube
(19).
d. Cracks in oil level dipstick (20). Discard if cracked.
NOTE
Perform step 14 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform step 15 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
14. Oil suction hose (24) (M915/ Inspect for cracks or damage Discard if cracked, worn, or
Big Cam I), adapter (28), caused by rubbing from vibration. damaged.
bracket (27), spacer (26),
and clamp (25)
15. Oil suction tube (23) Inspect for cracks or other damage. Discard if cracked or damaged.
(M915A1/Big Cam III)
3-240
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-43. OIL PAN, DIPSTICK, OIL SUCTION TUBES, AND BREATHER TUBE REPAIR (Contd)
20
22
24
23
3-241
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-43. OIL PAN, DIPSTICK, OIL SUCTION TUBES, AND BREATHER TUBE REPAIR (Contd)
c. Inspection (Contd)
NOTE
Perform steps 16 and 17 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform steps 18 and 19 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
16. Breather tube (29), two Inspect for cracks and distortion. Discard if cracked or distorted.
clamps (30), and clamp (32)
17. Hose (31) Inspect for damage and Discard if worn or deteriorated.
deterioration caused by heat, oil,
and rubbing from vibration.
18. Breather tube (33), two Inspect for cracks and distortion. Discard if cracked or distorted.
clamps (34), tube (37),
clamps (38) and (39), and
aftercooler bracket (40)
19. Hoses (35) and (36) Inspect for damage and Discard if worn or deteriorated.
deterioration caused by heat, oil,
and rubbing from vibration.
20. All mounting hardware Inspect for stripped threads, Discard if damaged.
distortion, and extensive
corrosion.
3-242
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-43. OIL PAN, DIPSTICK, OIL SUCTION TUBES, AND BREATHER TUBE REPAIR (Contd)
30
37
32
3-243
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-43. OIL PAN, DIPSTICK, OIL SUCTION TUBES, AND BREATHER TUBE REPAIR (Contd)
d. Assem bly
NOTE
Perform steps 21 and 22 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform steps 23 and 24 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
22. Plug (5), spacer (1), and Install on oil pan (6).
plug (2)
23. Pipe plug (9), spacer (16), Install on oil pan (10).
plugs (17) and (8), and two
pipe plugs (7)
FOLLOW-ON TASK: Install oil pan and oil suction tube (para. 3-81).
3-244
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-43. OIL PAN, DIPSTICK, OIL SUCTION TUBES, AND BREATHER TUBE REPAIR (Contd)
15
3-245
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
a. Disassem bly
NOTE
Perform steps 1 through 10 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform steps 11 through 18 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
Gear (28) and woodruff key Remove from shaft (11). Use a suitable gear puller.
(9)
Screw (19), washer (18), Remove from body (7) and Discard lockwashers (25).
screw (22), washer (24), housing (16).
screw (26), three screws
(23), and lockwashers (25)
Housing (16) and gasket Remove from pin (10) and body Use a soft-nose hammer to
(15) (7). loosen housing (16).
3-246
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-247
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
5. Gear (14) Remove from shaft (27). Lift gear off shaft (27).
6. Shaft (11) and oil pumping Remove from body (7). Use suitable arbor press.
gear (12)
7. Shaft (11) Remove from oil pumping gear Use suitable arbor press.
(12).
8. Shaft (27) Remove from body (7). Use suitable arbor press.
WARNING
Remove pressure regulator assem bly slow ly to prevent spring tension from shooting
regulator assem bly from oil pump body. Wear eye protection. Failure to com ply may result
in damage to equipm ent o r injury to personnel.
3-248
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. SCREW 10. PIN
2. LOCKPLATE 11. SHAFT
3. RETAINING YOKE 12. OIL PUMPING GEAR
4. SPRING 14. GEAR
5. PLUNGER 15. GASKET
6. PIPE PLUG 16. HOUSING
7. BODY . 17. CONNECTOR
9. WOODRUFF KEY 27. SHAFT
3-249
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
12. Gear (54) and woodruff Remove from shaft (36). Use a suitable gear puller.
key (34)
13. Seven captive washer Remove from pin (35) and body Use a soft-nose hammer to loosen
screws (44), cover (40), (29). cover (40). Discard gasket (39).
and gasket (39)
14. Gear (46) Remove from shaft (47). Lift gear (46) off shaft (47).
15. Shaft (36) and gear (37) Remove from body (29). Use suitable arbor press.
16. Shaft (36) Remove from gear (37). Use suitable arbor press.
WARNING
Remove pressure regulator assem bly slow ly to prevent spring tension from shooting
assem bly from oil pum p body. Wear eye protection. Failure to com ply may result in
damage to equipm ent or injury to personnel.
18. Screw (53), washer (52), Remove from body (29). Discard preformed packings (50).
retainer (51), two preformed
packings (50), spring (49),
and plunger (48)
3-250
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-251
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
20. Bypass valve seat (33) Remove from body (29). Use caution not to damage bypass
valve disc (32), washer valve seat (33) during removal.
(31), and bypass valve
spring (30)
b. Cleaning
WARNING
• Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only
w ith effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles or shield, gloves,
etc. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
NOTE
Cleaning procedures are the same fo r M915/Big Cam I and M915A1/Big Cam III o il pump
assem blies. M915A1/Big Cam III is shown.
21. All parts Clean with SD-3 solvent and Refer to para. 3-6 for cleaning
dry with compressed air. instructions. Ensure all drilled
passages are opened and cleaned.
3-252
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-253
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection
NOTE
Inspection procedures are the same, including all corresponding m easurem ents, fo r
M915/Big Cam I and M915A1/Big Cam III oil pump assem blies. M915A1/Big Cam III is shown.
22. Gears (37) and (46) and Inspect for excessive wear, cracks, Replace if worn, cracked, chipped,
pump drive gear (54) chips, or missing gear teeth. or broken.
23. Two sleeve bearings (55) a. Measure inside diameter. If inside diameter exceeds
and sleeve bearing (38) 0.879 in. (22.327 mm), replace
sleeve bearing.
CAUTION
New sleeve bearings m ust be reamed to size after installation. Sleeve bearings in pump
cover and body m ust be line-reamed w ith cover installed on body to ensure accuracy.
NOTE
Perform steps 23b through 23d o nly if bushings w ill be replaced.
NOTE
Perform steps 24b and 24c if dowel pin is damaged and w ill be replaced.
26. Sleeve bearing (45) a. Measure inside diameter. One sleeve bearing (45) is located
on gear (46) on gear (46). If inside diameter
exceeds 0.879 in. (22.327 mm),
replace sleeve bearing (45).
3-254
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-255
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
NOTE
Perform steps 26b through 26d if gear sleeve bearing w ill be replaced.
28. Sleeve bearing (45) on a. Measure inside diameter. If inside diameter of sleeve
cover (40) bearing (45) exceeds 0.879 in.
(22.327 mm), replace sleeve bear
ing (45).
NOTE
Perform steps 28b through 28d if pump cover assem bly sleeve bearing w ill be replaced.
29. Drive shaft (36) and idler Inspect for the following:
shaft (47)
a. Galling, breaks, or cracks. Replace, if galled, broken, or
cracked.
b. Check outside diameter If outside diameter is less than
using micrometer. 0.874 in. (22.20 mm), discard.
c. Wear on woodruff key slot on Discard if woodruff key (34) fits
shaft (36). loosely.
30. Pressure regulator Verify it moves freely in bore of Discard if it sticks, binds, or is
plunger (48) body (29). excessively loose.
32. Bypass valve spring (30) Inspect for damage, breaks, or Discard if damaged, broken, or
weakness. weak.
33. Power steering pump Inspect for internal wear or Discard if worn or cracked.
coupling (43) cracks in spline area.
34. Woodruff key (34) Inspect for wear or cracks. Discard if any wear or cracks are
noticeable.
3-256
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
29. BODY 4 5. SLEEVE BEARING (2)
30. BYPASS VALVE SPRING 4 6 . GEAR
31. WASHER 4 7 . SHAFT
32. VALVE DISC 48. PLUNGER
33. BYPASS VALVE SEAT 49. SPRING
34. W OODRUFF KEY 50. PREFORMED PACKING (2)
36. DRIVE SHAFT 51. RETAINER
40. PUMP COVER 52. WASHER
42. RETAINING RING 53. SCREW
43. POWER STEERING PUMP COUPLING
3-257
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
d. Assem bly
NOTE
• Perform steps 35 through 42 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
• Perform steps 43 through 52 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
35. Gear (12) Install on shaft (11) 2.125-2.250 in. Use suitable arbor press.
(53.975-57.15 mm) from splined
end of shaft (11).
36. Shaft (11) Install on body (7). Place 0.060 Oil pumping gear-to-body
0.070 in. (1.52-1.78 mm) feeler clearance must be 0.060-0.070 in.
gauge between gear (12) and (1.52-1.78 mm).
body (7) and further press gear
(12) on shaft (11).
37. Shaft (27) Install on body (7) so that large Use suitable arbor press.
diameter end protrudes 0.9375
1.0 in. (23.81-25.40 mm) above
body on face of housing (16).
40. New gasket (15), housing Install on body (7). Tighten screws (23), (19), and (22)
(16), three new lockwashers to 35 lb-ft (48 N»m). Rotate shaft
(25), screws (23), washer (11) to ensure gears turn free.
(18), screw (19), washer
(24), and screw (22)
41. Woodruff key (9), drive gear Install on shaft (11) and check Use suitable arbor press. End
(28), coupling (20), and shaft (11) end play. play should be 0.002-0.008 in.
snapring (21) (0.05-0.20 mm).
42. Pipe plug (6) and connector Install on body (7) and housing Coat threads with liquid
(17) (16). thread sealant.
3-258
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-259
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Lubricate all m oving parts p rio r to assem bly w ith OE/HDO 10 lubricating oil.
43. Shaft (47) Press large diameter end until it Use suitable arbor press to install
protrudes a minimum of 0.705 in. shaft (47). The cover face is at the
(17.907 mm) and a maximum of opposite side of gasket surface.
0.735 in. (18.669 mm) from cover
face of body (29).
44. Oil pumping gear (37) Press on shaft (36) until it Use suitable arbor press to
protrudes a minimum of 1.990 in. install gear (37).
(50.546 mm) and a maximum of
2.010 in. (51.054 mm) from
gasket surface of body (29).
47. Bypass valve spring (30), Install on body (29). Use DFC pressure valve fixture
washer (31), valve disc (3376011) for installation.
(32), and bypass valve seat Ensure the prongs of valve disc
(33) (32) are pointing down during
installation.
3-260
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
2 9 . BODY 37. OIL PUMPING GEAR
3 0 . BYPASS VALVE SPRING 38. SLEEVE BEARING
31. WASHER 40. COVER
32. VALVE DISC 45. SLEEVE BEARING (2)
3 3 . BYPASS VALVE SEAT 46. GEAR
34. WOODRUFF KEY 47. SHAFT
35. PIN 54. GEAR
36 . SHAFT 55. SLEEVE BEARING (2)
3-261
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
48. New gasket (39) and Install on dowel pin (35) and It may be necessary to tap on the
cover (40) body (29). cover (40) lightly with a soft-nose
hammer to seat cover on dowel
pin (35).
49. Seven captive washer Install on cover (40) and body (29). Tighten captive washer screws
screws (44) (44) to 35 lb-ft (48 N»m). Rotate
shaft (36) to ensure gears turn
free.
50. Plunger (48), spring (49), Install on body (29). Tighten screw (53) to 35 lb-ft
two new preformed packings (48 N»m). Be certain pressure
(50), retainer (51), washer regulator plunger (48) slides
(52), and screw (53) freely within bore. Rotate shaft
(36) and check end play to ensure
it is within 0.002 in. (0.051 mm)
minimum and 0.005 in. (0.127 mm)
maximum range.
51. Pipe plug (41) Install on cover (40). Tighten pipe plug (41) to 30 lb-ft
(41 N»m). Coat threads with liquid
thread sealant.
3-262
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-263
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
a. Disassem bly
Three screws (3), washers Remove from aftercooler cover Discard lockwashers (2).
(M915/Big Cam I), or lock (14).
washers (M915A1/Big
Cam III) (2)
2. Water outlet connection (1) Remove from aftercooler cover Pry out if necessary. Discard
and gasket (15) (14). gasket (15).
NOTE
It may require som e force to separate aftercooler cover from intake m anifold.
4. Aftercooler cover (14) and Remove from intake manifold (12) Discard gasket (5).
gasket (5) (M915A1/Big and aftercooler element (13).
Cam III)
NOTE
Perform step 5 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
3-264
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Water inlet connection (8) Remove from intake manifold Discard gasket (7).
and gasket (7) (12).
Aftercooler element (13) and Remove from intake manifold (12). Discard gasket (5).
gasket (5) (M915/Big Cam I)
Four preformed packings (6) Remove from aftercooler element Discard preformed packings (6).
(13).
3-265
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Cleaning
WARNING
• Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only
w ith effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles or shield, gloves,
etc. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
10. Water outlet connection (1), Steam clean and dry with Use SD-3 solvent.
aftercooler cover (14), intake compressed air.
manifold (12), water inlet
connection (8), and all
mounting hardware
CAUTION
The aftercooler element is made from a copper alloy.Using a cleaning solution not made
fo r copper alloy may cause corrosion.
11. Aftercooler element (13) Clean and dry with compressed Use cleaning solution made
air. especially for copper alloy.
c. Inspection
12. Water outlet connection (1), Inspect for cracks, distortion, or Discard if cracked or distorted.
aftercooler cover (14), water damaged threads. Repair damaged threads with
inlet connection (8), and correct thread tap.
intake manifold (12)
3-266
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. WATER OUTLET CONNECTION
8. WATER INLET CONNECTION
12. INTAKE MANIFOLD
13. AFTERCOOLER ELEMENT
U . AFTERCOOLER COVER
3-267
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
d. Assem bly
14. Four new preformed Install on inlet and outlet Lubricate four new preformed
packings (6) fittings of aftercooler element (13). packings (6) with OE/HDO 10
lubricating oil prior to installa
tion.
NOTE
Perform steps 15b and 16 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
15. New gasket (5) (M915/Big Install on intake manifold (12) Ensure holes in new gasket (5)
Cam I) and aftercooler as follows: are aligned.
element (13)
NOTE
The aftercooler element has a precision fit in intake m anifold. Move element carefully
during installation.
CAUTION
When installing w ater inlet connection and w ater o utle t connection, be careful not to
damage or d isto rt new preformed packings.
18. New gasket (5) (M915A1/ Install on aftercooler element (13). Ensure holes in new gasket (5)
Big Cam III) and aftercooler are aligned.
cover (14)
3-268
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
TIGHTENING SEQUENCE
(M915A1 /BIG CAM III}
LEGEND:
5. GASKET 10. WASHER (8)
6. PREFORMED PACKING (4) 11. SCREW (8)
7. GASKET 12. INTAKE MANIFOLD
8. WATER INLET CONNECTION 13. AFTERCOOLER ELEMENT
9. SCREW (21 (M 9 1 5 /B IG C A M 1), CAPTIVE WASHER 14. AFTERCOOLER COVER
SCREW (2) [M 915A 1/B IG CAM 111)
3-269
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
19. Twenty-four screws (M915/ Install on aftercooler cover (14) Do not tighten at this time.
Big Cam I) or captive and intake manifold (12).
washer screws (M915A1/
Big Cam III) (4)
20. New gasket (15), water Install on aftercooler cover (14). Use caution not to damage new
outlet connection (1), preformed packings (6). Do not
three washers (M915/Big tighten screws (3) at this time.
Cam I) or new lockwashers
(M915A1/Big Cam III) (2),
and screws (3)
22. Twenty-four screws (M915/ Tighten to 25 lb-ft (34 N^m). Use tightening sequence shown.
Big Cam I) or captive washer
screws (M915A1/Big
Cam III) (4)
3-270
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
11
LEGEND:
1. WATER OUTLET CONNECTION 9. SCREW 12) (M 915/BIG CAM I), CAPTIVE WASHER
2. WASHER (3) (M 915/BIG CAM I), LOCKWASHER (3) SCREW (2) (M915A1 /BIG CAM III)
(M915A1 /BIG CAM III) 12. INTAKE MANIFOLD
3. SCREW (3) 14. AFTERCOOLER COVER
4. SCREW (24) (M 915/BIG CAM I), CAPTIVE WASHER 15. GASKET
SCREW (24) (M915A1/BIG CAM III)
3-271
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
NOTE
M915/Big Cam I engines utilize a conventional log-type exhaust m anifold. M915A1/Big Cam
III engines utilize a pulse-type exhaust m anifold and a new design exhaust m anifold w ith
tw o spacer inserts. Disassem bly and repair o f m anifolds is basically the same.
a. Disassem bly
1. Rear exhaust manifold (1), Separate (1), (2), and (4) on early Exertion of force may be required
center exhaust manifold (2), design and two spacer inserts (6) to separate the three sections.
and front exhaust manifold on new design for M915A1/
(4) Big Cam III only.
b. Cleaning
WARNING
Eye protection m ust be w orn when using w ire brush fo r cleaning. Failure to com ply may
result in inju ry to personnel.
Rear exhaust manifold (1), Remove carbon and rust with Use a suitable wire wheel to
center exhaust manifold (2), steam cleaner. clean mating surfaces.
and front exhaust manifold
(4)
3-272
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
M915/BIG CAM I
LEGEND:
1. REAR EXHAUST MANIFOLD 4. FRONT EXHAUST MANIFOLD
2. CENTER EXHAUST MANIFOLD 5. STUD (4)
3. PIPE PLUG (2) (M 9 1 5 /B IG C A M I ONLY) 6. SPACER INSERTS (2) NEW DESIGN EXHAUST MAN!
FOLD (M 9 1 5 A 1 /B IG C A M III ONLY)
3-273
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection
4. Rear exhaust manifold (1), Inspect for cracks or heat Discard if cracked or distorted.
center exhaust manifold (2), distortion at mating surfaces or
and front exhaust manifold flanges.
(4)
d. Assem bly
6. Two pipe plugs (3) (M915/ Install on center exhaust Apply pipe sealant to threads
Big Cam I only) manifold (2). of pipe plugs (3).
3-274
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
M915/BIG CAM I
LEGEND:
1. REAR EXHAUST MANIFOLD 4. FRONT EXHAUST MANIFOLD
2. CENTER EXHAUST MANIFOLD 5. STUD (4)
3. PIPE PLUG (2) (M 9 1 5 /B IG CAM 1 ONLY) 6. SPACER INSERTS (2) N EW DESIGN EXHAUST M ANI
FOLD (M 9 1 5 A 1 /B IG CAM III ONLY)
3-275
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
a. Disassem bly
NOTE
The turbocharger used on the M915A1/Big Cam III has been changed fo r greater efficiency.
The repair procedures fo r M915/Big Cam I and M915A1/Big Cam III turbocharger are the
same. Only size and part num bers have changed.
2. Housings (6), (14), and Mark (5), (6), (14), and (21) to help Make marks at convenient points
(21), and clamp (5) in alignment during reassembly. with chalk or felt-tip marking pen
(see illustration).
3. Two locknuts (7), screws (3), Remove from V-band clamp (5). Discard screws (3), washers (4),
and four washers (4) and locknuts (7).
4. V-band clamp (5) Remove from housing (14). Retain damp (5) for reassembly.
5. Impeller housing (6) Lift off housing (14). Use soft-nose hammer to loosen
impeller housing (6) from bearing
housing (14).
6. Turbine housing (21) and Position turbine housing (21) on Support bearing housing (14) with
bearing housing (14) workbench with mounting flange wood shim placed between
of exhaust manifold mating workbench surface and bearing
surface facing down. housing (14).
3-276
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-277
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
7. Wheel and shaft (20) Insert brass drift or wood block Heat may cause turbine housing
through exhaust outlet end of (21) and bearing housing (14) to
turbine housing (21) and hold seize. If necessary, install in
against balance lug nut on wheel press. Use shop rags to cushion
end of wheel and shaft (20). Tap on wheel and shaft (20), bearing
drift or wood block to separate housing (14), and turbocharger
bearing housing (14) from turbine impeller (1) as they drop from
housing (21). Hold turbine housing turbine housing (21).
(21) to prevent it from moving
when striking wheel and shaft (20).
Wheel and shaft (20), bearing
housing (14), and turbocharger
impeller (1) will separate from
turbine housing (21).
8. Turbocharger impeller (1) Partially remove impeller locknut Hold balance lug nut at wheel
and impeller locknut (2) (2). and shaft (20) end to keep
turbocharger impeller (1) from
turning.
9. Wheel and shaft (20), Hold bearing housing (14) and This will separate wheel and
bearing housing (14), and tap impeller locknut (2) with soft shaft (20) from bearing housing
turbocharger impeller (1) hammer or install in press. (14). If necessary to use press,
remove impeller locknut (2).
10. Turbocharger impeller (1) Remove and slide wheel and Discard impeller locknut (2).
and impeller locknut (2) shaft (20), insulated packing (17),
and heat shield (18) from bearing
housing (14).
CAUTION
Do not use sharp object to pry between d iffuse r plate and bearing housing. Failure to
observe caution can result in damage to oil seal and turbocharger.
11. Bearing housing (14) and Remove diffuser plate (10) from Use a 7/8-in. deepwell socket.
diffuser plate (10) bearing housing (14). Install at wheel and shaft (20)
end and tap with soft hammer
(see illustration).
12. Bearing housing (14), Remove bearing insert pad (12) Discard bearing insert pad (12).
bearing (13), and bearing and bearing (13).
insert pad (12)
13. Diffuser plate (10) and Remove sleeve (8). Push out sleeve (8) with thumbs.
sleeve (8)
14. Diffuser plate (10) and Remove O-ring (11). Discard O-ring (11).
O-ring (11)
3-278
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. TURBOCHARGER IMPELLER 13. BEARING
2. IMPELLER LOCKNUT 14. BEARING HOUSING
8. SLEEVE 17. INSULATED PACKING
10. DIFFUSER PLATE 18. HEAT SHIELD
11. O -R IN G 20. WHEEL A N D SHAFT
12. BEARING INSERT PAD 21. TURBINE HOUSING
3-279
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
15. Sleeve (8) and ring seal (9) Remove ring seal (9) by Discard ring seal (9).
spreading open with snapring
pliers or small screwdriver.
16. Wheel and shaft (20) and Remove two seals (19) with small Discard seals (19).
two turbocharger seals (19) screwdriver or snapring pliers.
17. All parts Place in a divided wire basket. Carbon deposits will form on
Clean with hot water and soap, turbocharger parts. Divided wire
mineral spirits, or steam clean. basket will keep parts from being
Use soft brush to clean parts. damaged during cleaning. Leave
parts in mineral spirits cleaning
solvent for 12 to 24 hours for max
imum cleaning.
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use o nly w ith
effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves, etc.
Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
CAUTION
Never use a caustic solution solvent that may attack alum inum , Stellite, o r nonresistant
alloys.
18. Cleaned parts Blow off excess water and dry with Place parts in clean basket to
moisture-free compressed air. avoid damage and dirt.
20. Impeller housing (6) Inspect for chips and scratches. Use crocus cloth to smooth out
small chips and scratches on
machined surfaces of impeller
housing (6).
3-280
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
21. Turbine housing (21) b. Cracks in mounting flange and Discard if cracked. Use straight
(Contd) V-band clamp (5) contact area. edge to check flange for distortion.
3-281
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
22. Bearing housing (21) (Contd) d. Measure from compressor Minimum length is 2.986 in.
housing stop to turbine housing (75.844 mm). Discard if distorted
stop at four equal locations. (see illustration).
3-282
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-283
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-284
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
20. WHEEL A N D SHAFT
3-285
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Assem bly
CAUTION
A ll parts and w ork area m ust be free o f grease, oil, and d irt to keep abrasives o ut o f
turbocharger during assembly.
30. Bearing housing (14) a. Install bearing (13). Lightly coat bearing surface with
OE/HDO 30 oil.
31. Sleeve (8) Install new ring seal (9). Lightly coat ring seal (9) with
OE/HDO 30 oil. Expand ring seal
(9) to clear sleeve (8). Do not
expand ring seal (9) more than
necessary.
32. Diffuser plate (10) Insert end of sleeve (8) with Lightly coat bore of diffuser plate
ring seal (9) installed into (10) with OE/HDO 30 oil before
bore of diffuser plate (10). Spiral insertion. Use finger pressure
grooves must face toward bearing when compressing ring seal
(13). (9). Push sleeve (8) in bore until
flush with turbocharger impeller
(1) end.
33. New O-ring (11) Install on diffuser plate (10). Lightly coat O-ring (11) with
OE/HDO 30 oil.
34. Diffuser plate (10) Install on bearing housing (14). Align bearing (13) flange with
Press on diffuser plate (10) with diffuser plate (10). Make certain
palms of hands. bearing insert pad (12) is centered
on bearing (13).
CAUTION
Do not rotate d iffuser plate after assem bly. A ny rotation w ill displace and damage bearing
insert pad.
NOTE
New insulated packing m ust be com pressed approxim ately 0.050 in. (1.27 mm). Lightly tap
packing at fo u r locations w ith soft-nose hammer but avoid insulation contact w ith bearing
housing.
35. Bearing housing (14) at Install new insulation Be sure flat side of insulated
wheel and shaft (20) end packing (17). packing (17) is up.
36. Heat shield (18) Install on top of insulated Align locating lugs on heat shield
packing (17). (18) with depressions on bearing
housing (14) at wheel and shaft
(20) end.
37. Wheel and shaft (20) Install two new turbocharger Expand seals (19) to install.
seals (19). Rotate ring gaps 180° apart. Do
not expand turbocharger seals (19)
more than necessary.
3-286
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-287
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
WARNING
The machined edges on the turbine wheel are very sharp. Wear protective gloves to avoid
being cut.
38. Bearing housing (14) a. Insert wheel and shaft (20) Ensure sleeve (8) and heat
through bore in bearing (13). Hold shield (18) remain in position.
sleeve (8) to keep it from slipping
out.
39. Wheel and shaft (20) at Install new impeller locknut (2) Use a suitable socket and
turbocharger impeller and tighten to 20-24 lb-ft breaker bar at other end to
(1) end (27-32 N»m). prevent assembly from turning.
NOTE
Place turbine housing assem bly on exhaust o utle t end to perform steps 40, 41, and 42.
Before installing bearing housing, lubricate turbine housing bore w ith antiseize com pound.
40. Turbine housing (21) Insert bearing housing (14) Align marks made before
assembly into turbine housing (21). disassembly.
41. Turbine housing (21) and Install impeller housing (6) on Align marks made before
bearing housing (14) bearing housing (14). disassembly.
CAUTION
Do not exceed recommended torque. This causes V-band clam p d istortion and loosening.
Do not torque V-band clam p again during operation.
42. Turbocharger assembly a. Install V-band clamp (5), two There must be a minimum of
new screws (3), four new washers 0.035 in. (0.889 mm) clearance
(4), and two new locknuts (7). between turbine housing (21) and
Tighten to 58-68 lb-in. V-band clamp (5).
(6.6-7.7 N»m).
43. Turbocharger impeller (1) Inspect for clearance between Push the shaft toward impeller
impeller (1) wheel vanes and housing (6) bore.
side of impeller housing (6)
bore. Minimum clearance is
0.006-0.025 in. (0.152-0.635 mm).
3-288
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-289
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
44. Turbine housing (21) Turn assembly over, and inspect Push wheel and shaft (20) toward
for clearance between wheel side of turbine housing (21) bore.
and shaft (20) and turbine
housing (21) bore. Minimum
clearance is 0.005-0.043 in.
(0.127-1.092 mm).
45. Impeller housing (6) Check rotor end clearance with Position dial indicator across
dial indicator. Clearance must be impeller housing (6) opening and
within 0.006-0.018 in. (0.152 wheel and shaft (20). Measure
0.457 mm). by moving wheel and shaft (20) in
and out.
CAUTION
Remove tape from openings before installing turbocharger on vehicle.
3-290
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
6. IMPELLER HOUSING
20. WHEEL A N D SHAFT
2 1 . TURBINE HOUSING
3-291
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
a. Disassem bly
1. Oil seal (1) Remove from gear cover (4). Use puller/installer (ST-1259).
Discard oil seal (1).
2. Crankshaft oil seal (6) Remove from gear cover (4). Use puller/installer (ST-1259).
Discard crankshaft oil seal (6).
3. Three captive washer Remove from gear cover (4). More than one shim may be used.
screws (7), camshaft support Retain shims (9), (10), (11), and
(8), shims (9), (10), (11), and (12). Discard packing (13) if
(12), and preformed packing present.
(13)
4. Three pipe plugs (3), (5), Remove from gear cover (4).
and (14)
b. Cleaning
c. Inspection
Gear cover (4) Inspect for distortion and cracks. Discard if cracked or distorted.
Remove imperfections on mating Use surface plate to eliminate
surface with crocus cloth. high and low areas on gear cover
(4) mating surface.
3-292
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-293
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
Sleevebearing (2) a. Inspect for scoring and pitting. Discard if scored or pitted.
b. Using suitable micrometer, Remove and discard if inside
measure inside diameter. diameter is not within limits
shown below. Use suitable arbor
press to remove sleeve.
Minimum.............................................................................. 1.565 in. (39.751 mm)
Maximum............................................................................. 1.569 in. (39.853 mm)
L im it.......................................................................................1.571 in. (39.903 mm)
CAUTION
Discard cam shaft su pp ort if removal o f shim s w ill not allow fo r correct cam shaft end play.
10. Three pipe plugs (3), (5), Inspect for damaged threads. Discard if threads are damaged.
and (14)
d. Assem bly
CAUTION
A ll surfaces in contact w ith oil seals m ust be com pletely free o f oil. Oil on a Teflon seal w ill
destroy its sealing properties.
11. New sleeve bearing (2) Install on gear cover (4). Use mandrel (ST-1173) for
and new oil seal (1) installation of sleeve bearing (2).
Ensure oil holes are aligned. Oil
seal must be flush with gear cover
(4).
12. New crankshaft oil seal (6) Install on gear cover (4). Use puller/installer (ST-1259) and
oil seal expander (3375151).
13. Three pipe plugs (3), (5), Apply liquid thread sealant and
and (14) install on gear cover (4).
14. New preformed packing (13), Install on gear cover (4). The number of shims used
shims (9), (10), (11), and (12), will be determined by camshaft
camshaft support (8), and three end play. Tighten captive washer
captive washer screws (7) screws (7) to 25 lb-ft (34 N»m).
3-294
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-295
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
a. Disassem bly
1. Self-locking screw (8) Remove from accessory drive Install self-locking screw (8) to
and washer (9) shaft (6). prevent damage to shaft (6) when
using puller (3376663).
2. Spline coupling hub (10) Remove from accessory drive Use puller (3376663). Remove
shaft (6). and discard self-locking screw (8)
after removal of spline coupling
hub (10).
3. Washer (11) and thrust Remove from accessory drive
bearing (12) shaft (6).
6. Accessory drive gear (4) Remove from accessory drive Use suitable arbor press. Put
and thrust bearing (5) shaft (6). housing side of gear (4) on a sup
port.
7. Rear dowel pin (7) Remove from accessory drive
shaft (6).
3-296
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. KEYWAY SEAL 11. WASHER
2. ACCESSORY DRIVE PULLEY 12. THRUST BEARING
3. HOUSING GASKET 13. BUSHING
4 . ACCESSORY DRIVE GEAR 14. PLUG
5 . THRUST BEARING 15. ACCESSORY DRIVE HOUSING
6. ACCESSORY DRIVE SHAFT 16. WEAR SLEEVE
7. DOWEL PIN (2) 17. SCREW
8. SELF-LOCKING SCREW 18. FLANGE NUT
9. WASHER 19. WASHER
10. SPLINE COUPLING HUB 20. ACCESSORY DRIVE PULLEY
3-297
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Cleaning
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use o nly w ith
effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves, etc.
Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
9. All parts Clean in SD-3 cleaning solvent Remove housing gasket (3)
and dry with compressed air. material from accessory drive
housing (15) assembly.
c. Inspection
10. Accessory drive housing Inspect for the following: Refer to Appendix F for wear
(15), bushing (13), and limits and tolerances.
plug (14)
a. Cracks around area of Discard if cracked.
bushing (13).
b. Inside diameter of bushing (13). Remove and discard if dimension
exceeds 1.321 in. (33.553 mm).
Use suitable arbor press.
12. Accessory drive gear (4) Inspect for cracked or chipped Discard if cracked, chipped, or
and spline coupling hub (10) teeth and uneven wear. uneven wear is detected.
13. Thrust bearings (5) Inspect for wear or galling. Discard if worn or galled.
and (12) and washer (11)
NOTE
A ccessory drive pulleys on M915/Big Cam I and M915A1/Big Cam III are sim ilar. M915A1/Big
Cam III configuration is shown.
3-298
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
15. Wear sleeve (16) Inspect for wear in grooves. Discard if worn. To remove wear
sleeve (16), use a round-nose
punch through one of the threaded
puller holes and drive wear sleeve
(16) off. Installation requires the
use of a mandrel and arbor press.
Press to 0.015 in. (0.381 mm)
below face of accessory drive pul
ley (2) with chamfered end away
from pulley (2).
3-299
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
16. Keyway seal (1), washer Inspect for distortion, Discard and replace if distorted
(19), flange nut (18), and burrs, or damaged threads. burred, or damaged.
six screws (17)
d. Assem bly
18. Accessory drive gear (4) Install on accessory drive Use suitable arbor press. Press
shaft (6). until accessory drive gear (4) is
against shoulder.
NOTE
Perform step 19 if original bushing was removed.
CAUTION
Install grooved side o f th ru st bearings away from housing. The steel backing against cast
iron housing w ill keep th ru s t bearings from turning. Incorrect installation w ill result in
excessive wear and increased end play, w hich causes early failure o f the accessory drive
housing assembly.
NOTE
A p ply a thin coat o f OE/HDO 10 lubricating oil to parts listed in steps 20 and 21 p rior to
installation on accessory drive housing.
20. Thrust bearing (5) Install on accessory drive housing Ensure grooved side of thrust
(15). bearing (5) is away from housing
(15).
3-300
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. KEYWAY SEAL 11. WASHER
2. ACCESSORY DRIVE PULLEY 12. THRUST BEARING
3. HOUSING GASKET 13. BUSHING
4. ACCESSORY DRIVE GEAR 14. PLUG
5. THRUST BEARING 15. ACCESSORY DRIVE HOUSING
6. ACCESSORY DRIVE SHAFT 16. WEAR SLEEVE
7. DOWEL PIN (2) 17. SCREW (6)
8. SELF-LOCKING SCREW 18. FLANGE NUT
9. WASHER 19. WASHER
10. SPLINE COUPLING HUB 2 0 . ACCESSORY DRIVE PULLEY
3-301
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
22. Accessory drive housing Turn over so accessory drive Ensure thrust bearing (5) remains
(15) gear (4) is face down. in position.
23. Thrust bearing (12) Install on accessory drive Grooved side of thrust bearing (5)
shaft (6). is away from housing (15).
CAUTION
Exercise caution not to damage threads on accessory drive shaft when pressing on spine
coupling hub.
25. Spline coupling hub (10) Install on accessory drive shaft Use suitable arbor press.
(6).
26. Accessory drive gear (4) and Using feeler gauge, check end Allowable end clearance is
accessory drive housing (15) clearance between gear (4) and 0.002-0.012 in. (0.051-0.305 mm).
housing (15).
27. Washer (9) and new Install on accessory drive shaft (6). Tighten to 30-35 lb-ft (41-48 N^m).
self-locking screw (8)
3-302
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-303
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
PERSONNEL REQUIRED
Automotive repairman MOS 63H
NOTE
A ll three engine retarders are disassem bled and repaired the same way. This procedure
covers repair o f one engine retarder.
a. Disassem bly
WARNING
C ontrol valve cover is under pressure by control valve outer spring. Move cover down
when rem oving screw. Wear suitable eye protection. Failure to com ply may result in injury
to personnel.
1. Two screws (2) and control Remove from brake housing (20).
valve covers (1)
3. Two control valve inner Remove from control valve (21). Retain control valve inner
springs (23) springs (23) for testing.
4. Two control valves (21) Remove from brake housing (20). Use needle-nose pliers to remove.
Pull control valves (21) straight
up and out of their bores.
6. Solenoid valve assembly (4) Remove from brake housing (20). Use solenoid valve wrench
(011494).
3-304
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-305
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
7. Center seal ring (6) and Remove from brake housing Discard seal rings (5) and (6).
upper seal ring (5) assembly (20).
8. Lower seal ring (7) Remove from solenoid valve Discard lower seal ring (7).
assembly bore on brake housing
assembly (20).
10 Two master pistons (11) Remove from brake housing Slide out of bores.
assembly (20).
12. Two setscrews (9) Remove from brake housing Keep locknuts (8) on setscrews (9).
assembly (20).
WARNING
Retaining ring, spring, and slave piston retainer are under heavy com pression. Wear eye
protection. Use deepwell socket and C-clamp (or vise) to remove. Failure to com ply may
result in inju ry to personal.
13. Two retaining rings (15) Remove from brake housing Slowly remove tension on retaining
assembly (20). rings (15) by using deep-well
socket and C-clamp (or vise).
3-306
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-307
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
14. Two slave piston retainers Remove from brake housing (20).
(16)
15. Two slave pistonsprings (17) Remove from two pistons (18) or Retain slave piston springs (17)
(19). for testing.
16. Two slave pistons (18) or (19) Remove from brake housing (20). Piston (19) is for milled cylinder
heads.
18. Terminal (10) Remove from brake housing (20). Inspect. Discard if insulation is
cracked.
b.
19. Two control valve Mount in spring tester Load at 1.625 in. (4.128 cm)
inner springs (23) (3375182) (25) and check. 62.5-69.5 lb (28.4-31.6 kg). Load at
1.478 in. 71.5-80.5 lb (32.5
36.6 kg). Free length 2.58 in.
(6.553 cm). Number of coils is
approximately 13. If operation
does not meet specifications,
replace control valve inner spring
(23).
20. Two slave piston springs (17) Mount in spring tester Load at 0.5 in. (12.7 mm): 4.7-5.3
(3375782) (25) and check. lb (2.1-2.4 kg). Load at 0.812 in.
(2.062 cm) 0.7-1.3 lb. Free length
0.9 in. (2.286 cm). Number of coils
is approximately 15. If operation
does not meet specifications,
replace slave piston spring (17).
21. Two control valves (21) Must move freely in their bores. Replace if worn or damaged.
22. Two slave pistons (18) or (19) Must move freely in their bores. Replace if worn or damaged.
23. Two slave piston retainers Check for wear and damage. Replace if worn or damaged.
(16)
24. Two control valve outer Check for wear and damage. Replace if worn or damaged.
springs (22)
3-308
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-309
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Assem bly
25. Two slave pistons (18) or (19) Install on brake housing (20). Slave piston (19) is for milled
cylinder heads.
26. Two springs (17), retainers Depress slave piston springs (17) Make certain slave piston
(16), and retaining rings (15) and slave piston retainers (16) retainers (16) are positioned in
with deepwell socket and C-clamp. grooves of slave pistons (18) or
Install retaining rings (15). (19).
27. Two setscrews (9) and Install on brake housing (20). Setscrews (9) and locknuts (8) are
locknuts (8) tightened during clearance adjustment
during engine assembly.
29. Two master piston Install on master pistons (11) and Assemble spring (12) to piston (11)
springs (12), washers (13), brake housing (20). with concave part of spring (12)
and screws (14) toward piston (11) and centered
on turned boss on piston (11) top.
30. Three new rings (5), (6), and Lubricate with OE/HDO 30
(7) lubricating oil.
31. New lower seal ring (7) Install on bottom of bore on brake
housing (20).
33. Solenoid valve assembly (4) Install on brake housing (20) and Use solenoid valve wrench
tighten with solenoid valve (011494). Do not disturb position
wrench. of upper seal ring (5) or center
seal ring (6).
40. Two control valve covers (1) Position control valve covers (1)
and screws (2) over valve bore and secure with
screws (2).
FOLLOW-ON TASK: Install engine retarder and adjust slave piston (para. 3-86).
3-310
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-311
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
1. Air compressor (2) Install on air compressor Use air compressor mounting
mounting plate (50) and ball plate (ST-749) (50) and ball joint
joint vise (51). vise (ST-302) (51).
3. Preformed packings (6) and Remove from valve body (5). Discard preformed packings (6)
(7) and cap (8) and (7).
4. Spring (9) Remove from cover (22). Spring (9) may have come out
with valve body (5).
3-312
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. DRIVE COUPLING 19. SCREW (4) 37. HOUSING
2. AIR COMPRESSOR 20. LOCKWASHER (4) 38. CAPTIVE WASHER SCREW (2)
3. CAPTIVE WASHER SCREW (2) 21. WASHER (4) 39. PLATE
4. WASHER (2) 22. COVER 40. SCREW (2)
5. VALVE BODY 23. GASKET 41. CRANKSHAFT ASSEMBLY
6. PREFORMED PACKING 24. CYLINDER HEAD 42. PIPE PLUG
7. PREFORMED PACKING 25. GASKET 43. CRANKSHAFT
8. CAP 26. RING 44. GASKET
9. SPRING 27. RING 45. SUPPORT
10. SEAT 28. RING 46. LOCKWASHER {4}
11. VALVE 29. PISTON 47. SCREW (4)
12. SPRING 30. RETAINING RING (2) 48. THRUST BEARING
13. PREFORMED PACKING 31. PIN 49. HALF COUPLING
14. SEAT 32. CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLY 50. AIR COMPRESSOR M O UNTING
15. PREFORMED PACKING 33. BUSHING PLATE
3-313
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
6. Cylinder head (24) Unscrew and remove four Discard gasket (23).
screws (19), lockwashers
(20), washers (21), cover (22),
and gasket (23).
7. Cylinder head (24) Remove from housing (37). Discard gasket (25).
and gasket (25)
8. Seat (14) Press out from bottom side of Preformed packings (13) and
cylinder head (24). (15) are attached to seat (14)
when removed.
3-314
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-315
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
9. Preformed packings (13) Remove from seat (14). Discard preformed packings
and (15) (13) and (15).
10. Disc (16), spring (17), and Remove from cylinder head (24). Disc (16) might be attached to
shim (18) seat (14).
NOTE
A ssista nt may be required fo r the fo llo w in g step.
12. Half coupling (49) Remove from crankshaft (43). Use coupling half puller (ST-1249)
or (3376663) (52). Use locating key
in puller (52) to index puller teeth
behind coupling (49) teeth.
14. Two captive washer screws Unscrew and remove four Discard lockwashers (46) and
(38) and four screws (47) lockwashers (46), support gasket (44).
(45), and gasket (44) from
housing (37).
15. Crankshaft (43) a. Rotate until piston (29) is Piston (29) and crankshaft (43)
about 90° before or after must be in this position before
top dead center. crankshaft (43) can be removed.
3-316
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. DRIVE COUPLING 37. HOUSING
13. PREFORMED PACKING 38. CAPTIVE WASHER SCREW (2)
14. SEAT 43. CRANKSHAFT
15. PREFORMED PACKING 44. GASKET
16. DISC 45. SUPPORT
17. SPRING 46. LOCKWASHER (4)
18. SHIM 47. SCREW (4)
24. CYLINDER HEAD 48. THRUST BEARING
29. PISTON 49. HALF COUPUNG
34. CONNECTING ROD 52. COUPLING HALF PULLER
3-317
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
17. Housing (37) Using a suitable ridge reamer, Make sure carbon deposits and
remove any carbon deposits or ridges are removed before air
worn ridges from top of compressor piston (29) is pushed
cylinder. through cylinder of housing (37).
19. Two retaining rings (30) Remove from piston (29). Discard retaining rings (30) if
damaged during removal.
CAUTION
D riving piston pin from piston pin bore could damage piston. If piston pin cannot be
removed by hand pressure, place piston in hot w ater to expand piston pin bore and allow
piston pin to be removed.
20. Piston pin (31) Remove by pushing through Use gloves if piston (29) has been
connecting rod (34) and in hot water.
piston (29) with hand pressure.
3-318
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-319
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
Be very careful not to score o r scratch piston when rem oving rings. Scoring and scratching
can cause damage to piston.
22. Three rings (26), (27), and (28) Remove from piston (29). Discard rings (26), (27), and (28).
b. Cleaning
WARNING
• Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only
w ith effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves,
etc. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only w ith
effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves, etc.
Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
26. All parts Inspect for cracks, breaks, Discard any damaged parts.
and other damage.
27. Cylinder head (24) and Inspect mating surfaces for Discard if damaged. Do not grind
cover (22) scratches, scoring, and other top surface of cylinder head (24).
damage. Top surface is contoured and
grinding will cause cylinder head
(24) to leak.
3-320
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
14. SEAT 28. RING
22. COVER 29. PISTON
24. CYLINDER HEAD 34. CONNECTING ROD
26. RING 42. PIPE PLUG
27. RING 43. CRANKSHAFT
3-321
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
29. Seat (10) Using suitable micrometer, Discard if height is less than
measure height of seating area. 0.270 in. (6.858 mm).
30. Seat (14) and disc (16) a. Using Prussian blue compound, Do step 30b only if surfaces are
check seating surfaces. not 100 percent true.
31. Seat (10) and valve (11) Repeat steps 30a and 30b.
32. Cap (8) a. Inspect upper part where Discard if damaged or worn.
preformed packing (7) seats for
scoring and excessive wear.
33. Valve body (5) and cap (8) a. Install new preformed packing Position so the 'V' is at top of
(7) on valve body (5). valve body (5).
b. Move cap (8) in and out of If top of cap (8) sticks to bottom
valve body (5) to check for of valve body (5), file a cross on
smooth operation. top of cap (8) (see illustration).
Discard cap (8) if it has already
been filed and still sticks.
3-322
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
5. VALVE BODY 11. VALVE
7. PREFORMED PACKING 14. SEAT
8. CAP 16. DISC
10. SEAT
3-323
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
34. Springs (9), (12), and (17) Test each spring on a spring Discard any spring not within
tester that is capable of limits shown below.
very accurate measurements
of spring length and load.
35. Crankshaft assembly (41) a. Inspect for scratches and Discard if damaged.
scoring.
New Minimum:
Front Support Journal (53) .................... ..................... 1.872 in. (47.549 mm)
Connecting Rod Journal (54) ................. ................. 1.9345 in. (49.1363 mm)
Rear Coupling Journal (55) ................... ..................... 1.872 in. (47.549 mm)
Half Coupling Shaft (56).......................... ..................... 1.003 in. (25.476 mm)
New Maximum:
Front Support Journal (53) .................... ..................... 1.873 in. (47.574 mm)
Connecting Rod Journal (54) ................. ................. 1.9355 in. (49.1617 mm)
Rear Coupling Journal (55) ................... ..................... 1.873 in. (47.574 mm)
Half Coupling Shaft ( 5 6 ) ......................... ................. 1.0035 in. (25.4889 mm)
Wear Limit:
Front Support Journal (53) .................... ..................... 1.871 in. (47.523 mm)
Connecting Rod Journal (54) ................. ................. 1.9330 in. (49.0982 mm)
Rear Coupling Journal (55) ................... ..................... 1.871 in. (47.523 mm)
3-324
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-325
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
37. Thrust bearing (48) Using suitable micrometer, Discard if not within 0.2400
measure thickness. 0.2480 in. (6.096-6.2992 mm).
38. Drive coupling (1) a. Inspect for excessive Discard if worn or damaged.
and half coupling (49) wear, scoring, and other damage.
3-326
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-327
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
40. Piston pin (31) Using suitable micrometer, Discard if not within limits measure
outside diameter. shown below.
41. Piston (29) a. Inspect for scoring, cracks, Discard if damaged or worn.
wear, and other damage.
(3) Compress ring into ring Discard piston (29) if ring goes
groove. below piston land surface with
feeler gauge in place.
(1) Install new rings (26), (27), Use piston head to seat rings
and (28) on cylinder bore of squarely on an unworn portion
housing (37). of cylinder bore. Repeat this
step until all three rings have
been installed.
(2) Measure piston ring end Discard any ring with gap not
gap with feeler gauge. within 0.010-0.020 in.
(0.254-0.508 mm).
3-328
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
26. RING 31. PISTON PIN
27. RING 33. BUSHING
28. RING 37. HOUSING
29. PISTON
3-329
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
42. Crankcase assembly (35) a. Inspect for scoring and other Discard if damaged.
damage.
b. Hone cylinder bore as required
to remove glaze. Clean with
SD-3 solvent.
c. Using suitable dial bore Discard if not within limits
gauge, check cylinder bore shown below.
for out-of-round and wear.
CAUTION
To avoid damage, always su pp ort housing when rem oving o r installing bearing.
3-330
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
35. CRANKCASE ASSEMBLY 37. HOUSING
36. BEARING 57. AIR COMPRESSOR BUSHING MANDREL
3-331
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
d. Assem bly
43. Piston (29), two retaining a. Install one retaining ring (30)
rings (30), pin (31), and on retaining ring groove on piston
connecting rod assembly (32) (29).
b. Position and align connecting
rod assembly (32) with piston
(29).
CAUTION
D riving pin in pin bore could damage piston. If pin cannot be installed by hand pressure,
pace piston in hot w ater to expand pin bore and allow pin to be installed.
c. Install pin (31) through pin Use gloves if piston (29) has been
bore and connecting rod assembly in hot water.
(32) until it seats against installed
retaining ring (30).
d. Install other retaining ring (30)
on retaining ring groove on piston
(29).
44. New ring (28) Install on bottom piston Be careful not to scratch piston
ring groove. (29) as ring (28) is installed.
45. New rings (26) and (27) Install in top and middle Be careful not to scratch piston
piston ring grooves. (29) as rings (26) and (27) are
installed. Rings are installed with
word "top" toward crown of piston
(29). Top and middle rings are dif
ferent and are not interchangeable.
46. New rings (26), (27), and Stagger ring gaps until they are
(28) about 180' apart and are
not located over pin bore.
CAUTION
A ny d ifficu lty in installing piston and connecting rod assem bly into cylinder bore o f housing
may indicate that a ring is in a bind. To avoid cracking a ring and dam aging cylinder wall,
do not force piston into cylind er bore.
3-332
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-333
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
To avoid dam aging air com pressor support, make sure crankshaft is properly secured
before using press.
3-334
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-335
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
54. New preformed packings Install seat (14). Lubricate preformed packings
(13) and (15) (13) and (15) with clean
lubricating oil.
55. Shim (18), spring (17), Install on cylinder head (24). Use thumb pressure to press
and seat (14) seat (14) in position with cylinder
head (24).
56. Spring (12), valve (11), and Install seat (14) on cylinder
seat (10) head(24).
3-336
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-337
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
58. New preformed packings Install on cap (8). Lubricate preformed packing
(6) and (7) (6) with clean lubricating oil, and
use antiseize compound on
preformed packing (7).
61. Valve body (5) and cap (8) a. Install over spring (9) and Align three prongs on cap (8) with
on cover (22). openings on seat (10).
b. Secure with two captive washer Tighten captive washer screws (3)
screws (3) and two washers (4). to 96-132 lb-in. (11-15 N»m).
3-338
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-339
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
a. Disassem bly
NOTE
Injector barrels and plungers are not interchangeable.
Use th is procedure to repair any o f the six fuel injector assemblies.
5. Filter screen clip (14), filter Remove from top-stop adapter (7). Discard gasket (16). Discard filter
screen (15), and gasket (16) screen (15) only if damaged.
NOTE
Do not remove o r turn adjustable orifice plug located behind filte r screen. The orifice plug
has been pre-set. Fuel delivery is adjusted by changing orifice plug o r by burnishing plug in
its operating position.
Top-stop adapter (7) and Loosen. Secure injector assembly (1) into
cup retainer (11) injector stand (ST-1298). Using
body and injector cup wrench
(ST-995), loosen retainer (11) but
do not remove. When loose,
remove injector from stand.
3-340
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. INJECTOR ASSEMBLY 9. BARREL
2. PLUNGER 10. INJECTOR CUP
3. TOP-STOP SCREW 11. CUP RETAINER
4. TOP-STOP LOCKNUT 12. CHECK BALL
5. WASHER 13. ROLL PIN (2)
6. INJECTOR SPRING 14. FILTER SCREEN CLIP
7. TOP-STOP ADAPTER 15. FILTER SCREEN
8. GASKET (3) 16. GASKET
3-341
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
• Do not pry against machined surface when rem oving tw o roll pins. Damage to machine
surface may result
• Do not lose check ball.
CAUTION
Do not use d rills o r other instrum ents to clean cup holes that w ill alter size o f holes. Wires
may be used if a sm aller size w ire is used than spray hole. Do not use a w ire brush or
crocus cloth to clean cup tip area, o r damage to cup tip may result.
NOTE
Most inje ctor failures o ccu r because o f dirt. Clean parts th orou g hly before assembly.
b. Cleaning
WARNING
Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
3-342
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-343
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Cleaning(Contd)
CAUTION
Injector barrels and plungers are not interchangeable. To avoid equipm ent damage, do not
m ix inje ctor barrels and plungers.
10. Plunger (2), barrel (9), and Clean. The use of an ultrasonic cleaner is
injector cup (10) recommended for plunger, barrel,
and injector cup.
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only w ith
effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves, etc.
Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
11. All cleaned parts Dry with compressed air. Place all cleaned injector assembly
(1) part under cover to prevent
contamination.
c. Inspection
CAUTION
Handle injector plunger w ith care to prevent damage.
14. Injector cup (10) Inspect spray holes and tip for: Use magnifying glass. Compare to
new cup.
a. Abrasive wear. Internally and externally.
b. Corrosion and erosion. If hole size has not changed,
reuse.
c. Enlarged or distorted spray Discard if holes are enlarged.
holes.
3-344
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-345
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
CAUTION
The injector plunger m ust seat in cup from 1/4 o f upper cone area to fu ll cone area. Reject a
cup that seats in lower 14 cup tip area. If a cup seats in the tip area, it m ust seat more than
1/2 o f cone area to be accepted.
NOTE
If injector passes leakage test, barrel is usable. If leakage is high, barrel and plunger m ust
be replaced.
3-346
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-347
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
d. Assem bly
CAUTION
Be certain all mating surface parts are clean and free o f burrs o r defects w hich w ill result in
incorrect flo w o r torque.
CAUTION
Be aware that check ball could fall o ut during assem bly o f barrel and injector cup w hich
could render injector useless.
21. Barrel (9) and injector cup Insert in top-stop adapter (7). Apply a light coat of OE/HDO 10
(10) lubricating oil to barrel (9) and
injector cup (10).
22. Cup retainer (11) and top- Screw down finger-tight. Loosen
stop adapter (7) 1/4 turn.
WARNING
Do not perform fuel system procedures w hile sm oking o r w ithin 50 ft (15.2 m) o f sparks or
open flame. Diesel fuel is flam m able and may explode. Failure to com ply may result in
injury to personnel.
23. Plunger(2) Insert in injector assembly (1). Immerse plunger (2) in clean
diesel fuel.
CAUTION
When rem oving injector from injector stand, do not hit cup retainer on stud.
3-348
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-349
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
Do not allow plunger to fall o ut when holding injector assem bly w ith cup facing up.
d. With one hand, turn injector If plunger (2) does not slide out
assembly (1) so injector cup (10) immediately, injector assembly
faces upward. Plunger (2) should (1) is not aligned and must be
slide out immediately. reassembled as outlined in steps
19 through 25.
27. New gasket (16), filter Install on top-stop adapter (7). Replace gasket (16) if required.
screen (15), and filter
screen clip (14)
NOTE
A fte r assem bly, store injector in a clean place until ready fo r testing and calibration.
28. Injector spring (6) and Install on plunger (2) and insert Do not install top-stop locknut (4)
washer (5) in top-stop adapter (7) on and top-stop screw (3) at this
injector assembly (1). time. Store with injector
assembly (1).
FOLLOW-ON TASK: Perform fuel injector testing; Test No. 1 (para. 3-53).
3-350
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-351
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
NOTE
The assembled inje ctor is tested and calibrated w itho ut the top-stop screw and top-stop
locknut.
Injector assembly (1) a. Align injector delivery orifice Lubricate three gaskets (12) with
(11) with burnishing hole (5). OE/HDO 10 lubricating oil.
b. Using hand pressure, press into
adapter (4) until it bottoms.
c. Insert and tighten locating
screw (3) in adapter (4).
d. Plug fuel inlet port. Use plug (ST-668-14).
3-352
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-353
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
4. Knurled knob (17) Adjust to obtain proper Do not adjust locknut (18).
clearance with feeler gauge (19).
5. Transfer line (24) Install and tighten on drain This is port on right when
port of injector assembly (1). facing front of leakage tester (13).
7. Retractor lever (16) Shift from position A to Ensure plunger retracts. The
position B. plunger may stick in cup seat.
NOTE
Disregard presence o f bubbles in bubble checker. Read air flo w meter at to p o f ball flat.
8. Spacer (22) a. Rotate in clockwise direction Do not touch plunger top under
in small increments while reading spacer (22) or any part of the
air flow meter (25). Stop rotating cleaning mechanism while
when highest reading is obtained. taking reading. External forces
will disturb plunger from its nor
mal position and may affect bar-
rel-to-plunger leakage in cup area.
b. Air flow meter (25) should not If reading is over 4.5, replace
indicate over 4.5. plunger and barrel in injector
assembly (1).
10. T-handle clamp (15) a. Loosen. This will apply 200 lbs (889 kg)
load to spacer (22).
b. Check for injector cup leakage
as follows:
(1) Observe bubble checker (23).
Bubbles should not appear during
first 10 seconds of testing.
(2) Once a bubble does appear, If bubbling is too high, replace
observe time it takes for next cup in injector assembly (1).
one to appear. Not more than
one bubble can appear every five
seconds.
3-354
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-355
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
19. Air flow meter (25) Observe reading. Maximum reading of 12 units is
acceptable. If reading exceeds 12,
rework injector seat. In some
cases, replacing check ball is all
that is required.
FOLLOW-ON TASK: Perform fuel injector testing: Test No. 2 (para. 3-54).
3-356
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-357
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
1. Injector assembly (5) a. Remove plunger (2), injector Store plunger (2), spring retainer
spring (4), and spring retainer (3). (3), and injector spring (4) in a
safe place.
b. Install on adapter (14).
2. Injector plunger bore of Install plunger bore plug with The correct type of plunger bore
injector assembly (5) rubber seal. plug and rubber seal is
determined by the type of injector.
4. Seat bracket bore (11) Install applicable seat spacer. Use an 18° cup with spacer mark
ing H-18. Seat spacer is part of
spray test fixture.
5. Target ring (12) Place in spray pattern Select correct target ring (12).
adapter base (10). Target rings (12) are marked on
handle.
8. Spray pattern tester (8) Locate near or on injector test Any source of 22 psi (152 kPa)
stand (1). constant fuel pressure will operate
spray pattern tester.
3-358
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. INJECTOR TEST STAND 9. DRAIN HOSE
2. PLUNGER 10. ADAPTER BASE
3. SPRING RETAINER 11. SEAT BRACKET BORE
4. INJECTOR SPRING 12. TARGET RING
5. INJECTOR ASSEMBLY 13. KNURLED PLUG
6. KNOB 14. ADAPTER
7. INLET HOSE CONNECTOR 15. HOLDDOW N BRACKET
8. SPRAY PATTERN TESTER
3-359
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Spray Pattern
11. Injector test stand (1) Apply 22 psi (152 kPa) fuel
pressure.
12. Target ring (12) a. Shift so one spray stream hits This can be observed through
center of No. 1 or index window. window and is next to target
slide handle.
FOLLOW-ON TASK: Perform fuel injector testing; Test No. 3 (para. 3-55).
3-360
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-361
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
PERSONNEL REQUIRED
Fuel and electrical systems repairman
MOS 63G
a. Setting Up Test
NOTE
Check fluid levels on injector te st stand. The cam box is filled to the to p level o f sig h t glass
w ith OE/HDO 30 lubricating oil. Refill when o il level drops to bottom levelo f sig h t glass. Fill
hydraulic fluid reservoir to bulb level w ith type A autom atic transm ission fluid. Becareful
not to allow oil to enter standpipe in center o f reservoir. The te st oil level in stand m ust be
kept atleast 3/4 fu ll o f te st fuel.
CAUTION
Do not operate test stand w ith load cell in position o r damage may result.
4. Air pressure regulator (22) a. Adjust by turning knurled Load cell tester (17) must be
knob (24) until load cell tester (17) between 370 and 390 when
registers within coded range adjusted within marked band on
markings. dial.
3-362
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
20
LEGEND: 9. SOLENOID 19. DRAIN PAN
1. HYDRAULIC FLUID LEVEL SIGHT 10. COUNTER 20. HYDRAULIC VALVE
BULB 11. TIMING WHEEL 21. AIR VALVE
2. AIR GAUGE 12. SIGHT GLASS 22. AIR PRESSURE REGULATOR
3. FUEL PRESSURE GAUGE 13. CAM BOX 23. LOCKNUT
4. VIAL GRADUATE 14. INLET 24. KNURLED KNOB
5. VIAL LIGHT SWITCH 15. PRESSURE REGULATOR 25. HYDRAULIC FLUID SIGHT
6. START-STOP SWITCH 16. OUTLET GLASS
7. FLOW START SWITCH 17. LOAD CELL TESTER 26. HYDRAULIC FLUID RESERVOIR
8. TEMPERATURE GAUGE 18. ORIFICE HOLDER 27. INJECTOR TEST STAND
3-363
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
6. Air valve (21) Open with cylinder at top of its If air is indicated, tighten all line
travel; no air should show in connections.
hydraulic fluid sight glass (25).
CAUTION
The m aster injector is precalibrated and m ust never be reset or accuracy o f te st w ill be
affected.
Adapter (28) Place on master injector (31). Ensure timing marks are aligned
at timing wheel (step 1).
CAUTION
Ensure injector seat contains 0.020 in. (0.508 mm) restricto r o rifice o r damage to injector
seat may result.
8. Test stand link (29) Position over plunger link (35). Tip back until test stand link (29)
Place master injector (31) in is below test stand pushrod (34)
injector seat (32). and not rubbing.
9. Air valve (21) Open to clamp master injector (31) Ensure test stand link (29) is
in place. aligned.
3-364
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-365
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
Test o il m ust be a m inim um 90°F (32°C). If tem perature is not up to 90°F (32°C), test stand
m ust be warmed up on a standard injector, not a master injector. If tem perature exceeds
95°F (35°C), increase cold w ater flow. If tem perature exceeds 135°F (57°C), drain and
replace w ith new test oil.
13. Start-stop switch (6) Place in start position. Temperature gauge (8) should
read 90-95°F (32-35°C).
14. Pressure regulator (15) Adjust by turning until fuel Pressure must be maintained at
pressure gauge (3) reads 120 psi 120 psi (827 kPa) during injector
(827 kPa). calibration.
16. Flow start switch (7) Press in and out until counter (10) Stir fuel with a rod to settle out
reads 1,020 strokes. foam. Check amount of fuel col
lected in vial graduate (4) at end
of 1,020 counter strokes.
17. Vial graduate (4) Look directly into vial graduate (4) Look directly into vial graduate
and observe reading. (4) at fuel to avoid parallax.
Correct reading is 178 cc at 80
percent of stroke travel.
NOTE
Reading o f 178 cc at 80 percent o f stroke travel indicates te st stand is in calibration. If
reading is more than 178 cc, test stand is not set up properly. Repeat set-up steps if
reading is below 178 cc.
18. Counter (10) a. Roll counter (10) back. Refer to step 15.
20. Flow start switch (7) Press in and out until counter (10)
sets strokes to obtain 178 cc.
NOTE
If counter is set beyond 1,050 strokes to obtain 178 cc, te st stand is not properly calibrated.
Repeat set-up steps. If counter reads 1,050 o r below, te st stand is in calibration.
3-366
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
i >
H s ra r
I - .
LEGEND:
3. FUEL PRESSURE GAUGE 15. PRESSURE REGULATOR
4. VIAL GRADUATE 20. HYDRAULIC VALVE
6. START-STOP SWITCH 21. AIR VALVE
7. FLOW START SWITCH 36. THUMBSCREW
8. TEMPERATURE GAUGE 37. WHITE COUNTER WHEELS
9. SOLENOID 38. SILVER COUNTER WHEELS
10. COUNTER
3-367
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
26. Test stand link (29) Slide off plunger link (35).
3-368
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-369
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
• The top-stop adjustm ent is made after top-stop type injector is calibrated.
• Install 0.020 in. (0.508 mm) restriction o rifice in cup seat and tighten to 6 lb-in. (0.9 N^m).
31. Adapter (28) Lubricate inside with diesel Lubrication permits O-rings to
fuel. slide more easily in adapter (28).
3-370
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-371
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Hold injector in hand; do not place in test stand holding device.
34. Plunger (40) Hold plunger (40) down in injector Injector assembly (39) must be in
assembly (39). vertical position.
37. Orifice plug inlet opening Check for leakage. Plunger (40) must be seated
(45) in cup. If leakage is observed,
check ball must be replaced.
Slight seepage is acceptable.
3-372
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
3. FUEL PRESSURE GAUGE 30. FUEL INLET CONNECTOR
6. START-STOP SWITCH 39. INJECTOR ASSEMBLY
15. PRESSURE REGULATOR 40. PLUNGER
28. ADAPTER 45. ORIFICE PLUG INLET OPENING
3-373
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
44. Test stand link (29) Place on adapter (28) so contact Use test stand link (29) 6.50 in.
is made with top plunger (40). (165 mm) long.
NOTE
A ll tests on te st stand are performed w ith o u t an inlet screen in injector.
3-374
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-375
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
47. Burnishing tool needle (50) Retract by pulling small knob With needle (50) retracted,
(49) out. burnishing tool (51) may be left in
adapter during all test operations.
48. Fuel inlet connector (30) Connect to adapter (28) inlet hole. Connect by turning in large knob
(48).
50. Injector assembly (39) Run through test cycle. Check cc delivery. If 600 stroke
delivery is lower than 175-176 cc
with top-stop set at 0.224 in.
(5.670 mm), turn knob with indi
cator point until it is spaced 0.375
in. (9.525 mm) from large knob.
3-376
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-377
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
The follow ing instru ction s are fo r ST-790 test stand only. Refer to operating instructions fo r
any other te st stand.
CAUTION
When seating burnishing tool, use care not to push sm all knob in too hard or overtighten
indicator knob. Stop when s lig h t contact is made. Damage can be caused to injector
assem bly. Test stand m ust be running w hile burnishing.
3-378
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
39 /
51
LEGEND:
39. INJECTOR ASSEMBLY 51. BURNISHING TOOL
48. LARGE KNOB 52. INDICATING KNOB
49. SMALL KNOB
3-379
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
• If fuel delivery is more than 176 cc, a new adjustable orifice m ust be installed in the
injector. Tighten orifice plug to 8-10 lb-in. (11-14 N^m).
• Orifice plugs have flanges and require a gasket between flange and adapter.
52. Fuel inlet connector (30), Disconnect from adapter (28). Turn out large knob (48) on
fuel drain connector (33), burnishing tool (51).
and burnishing tool (51)
53. Injector assembly (39) Remove from test stand link (29).
57. Two pins (46) and retainer Remove from adapter (28).
plate (47)
58. Filter and screen clip (43) Install on orifice plug inlet opening
and filter screen (44) (45) of injector assembly (39).
3-380
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
46
LEGEND:
28. ADAPTER 45. ORIFICE PLUG INLET OPENING
29. TEST STAND LINK 46. PIN (2)
30. FUEL INLET CONNECTOR 47. RETAINER PLATE
33. FUEL DRAIN CONNECTOR 48. LARGE KNOB
39. INJECTOR ASSEMBLY 49. SMALL KNOB
40. PLUNGER 50. BURNISHING TOOL NEEDLE
42. INJECTOR SPRING 51. BURNISHING TOOL
43. FILTER AND SCREEN CLIP
44. FILTER SCREEN
3-381
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
e. Top-stop Injector
60. Top-stop screw (53) and top- Install on injector assembly (39). Install with two threads of top-
stop locknut (54) stop screw (53) protruding above
top-stop locknut (54). This is a ref
erence point only.
61. Injector assembly (39) Install on setting fixture (55) and Be certain that seat and cup
tighten. of injector assembly (39) is cen
tered over cup retainer (56).
63. Plunger (40) a. Bottom in cup seat (60) with Set dial indicator at zero. Weight
fixture handle (57). (61) should be 10.1875 in.
(258.76 mm) from centerline of
dowel (62).
64. Top-stop locknut (54) Using torque wrench (59), tighten Recheck travel after torquing.
to 55 lb-ft (75 N^m).
3-382
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
— —
o o
:p4n r:
cr
° n 0 \
59
3-383
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
REFERENCES (TM)
None
Ball joint vise (4) Install fuel pump (2) and fuel pump Fuel pump mounting plate
mounting plate (3) on ball joint (3375133) (3) may be mounted on
vise (4) with two screws. ball joint vise (ST-302) (4) before
installing fuel pump (2).
b. Cleaning
WARNING
• Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only
w ith effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves,
etc. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
NOTE
Fuel pum ps used on M915/Big Cam I and M915A1/Big Cam III diesel engines are very sim ilar
but not identical. A d ju st fo r change accordingly.
3-384
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
Cleaning solvent can cause damage if it gets inside fuel pump. Ensure all fuel pump port
plugs are secure so cleaning solvent does not get inside.
2. Fuel pump (2) Clean outside with SD-3 solvent Refer to para. 3-6 for additional
and dry with compressed air. cleaninginstructions.
LEGEND:
1. FUEL PUMP-TO-COMPRESSOR SPIDER COUPLING 6. FUEL PUMP DAMPER A N D HEAD
2. FUEL PUMP 7. FUEL GEAR PUMP
3. FUEL PUMP M O UN TIN G PLATE 8. FUEL PUMP GOVERNOR SPRING PACK
4. BALL JOINT VISE 9. FUEL PUMP M A IN HOUSING
5. SOLENOID VALVE 10. FUEL PUMP FRONT COVER AND GOVERNOR
3-385
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection
Fuel pump (2) Inspect for cracks, breaks, bending, Repair component parts if
corrosion, and other damage. necessary.
Solenoid valve (5) re p a ir........................................................................Para. 3-57
Fuel pump damper and head (6) repair ............................................... Para. 3-58
Fuel gear pump (7) re p a ir......................................................................Para. 3-59
Fuel pump governor spring pack (8) re p a ir......................................... Para. 3-60
Fuel pump front cover and governor (10)re p a ir................................... Para. 3-61
Fuel pump main housing (9) rep air....................................................... Para. 3-62
1. Fuel pump mounting plate (3) Remove two screws and fuel pump Fuel pump (2) may be removed
(2) with fuel pump mounting plate from mounting without removing
(3) from ball joint vise (4). plate (3) from ball joint vise (4).
3-386
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. FUEL PUMP-TO-COMPRESSOR SPIDER COUPLING 6. FUEL PUMP DAMPER A N D HEAD
2. FUEL PUMP 7. FUEL GEAR PUMP
3. FUEL PUMP M O UN TIN G PLATE 8. FUEL PUMP GOVERNOR SPRiNG PACK
4. BALL JOINT VISE 9. FUEL PUMP M A IN HOUSING
5. SOLENOID VALVE 10. FUEL PUMP FRONT COVER AND GOVERNOR
3-387
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
a. Removal d. Inspection
b. Disassem bly e. Assem bly
c. Cleaning f. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
PERSONNEL REQUIRED
Fuel and electrical systems repairman
MOS 63G
a. Removal
Two screws (1), lockwashers Remove from fuel pump (17). Discard rectangular ring seal (16)
(2), washers (3), solenoid and lockwashers (2).
valve (4), and rectangular
ring seal (16)
b. Disassem bly
3. Shutoff valve shield (7), Remove from valve body (14). Discard rectangular ring seal (8).
rectangular ring seal (8),
shutoff valve spring (9),
and valve disk (10)
4. Shutoff valve knob (15) Remove from shutoff valve shaft This is done by turning knob and
(12). shaft clockwise. Threads on shaft
will act as a puller.
Shutoff valve shaft (12), Remove from valve body (14). Discard O-ring seal (11).
plug (13), and O-ring seal
(11)
3-388
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND
1. SCREW (2) 10. VALVE DISK
2. LOCKWASHER (2) 11. O-RING SEAL
3. WASHER (2) 1 2. SHUTOFF VALVE SHAFT
4. SOLENOID VALVE 13. PLUG
5. SOLENOID M O U N TIN G SCREW (4) 14. VALVE BODY
6. ELECTRICAL SOLENOID 15. SHUTOFF VALVE KNOB
7. SHUTOFF VALVE SHIELD 1 o. RECTANGULAR RING SEAL
8. RECTANGULAR RING SEAL 17. FUEL PUMP
9. SHUTOFF VALVE SPRING
3-389
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Cleaning
6. Electrical solenoid (6) Wipe clean with lint-free cloth. Do not use solvent.
WARNING
• Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only
w ith effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves,
etc. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
7. All parts except electrical Clean with SD-3 solvent and Refer to para. 3-6 for additional
solenoid (6) dry with compressed air. cleaning instructions.
d. Inspection
8. All parts Inspect for cracks, breaks, Discard any parts that are
excessive wear, and other damage. damaged or worn.
9. Valve body (14) a. Inspect valve seat for wear, Discard if damaged or worn.
bonding separation, failure, and
corrosion.
10. Electrical solenoid (6) Using multimeter, check Discard electrical solenoid
resistance between long terminal if resistance is not within
and base. 28-32 ohms.
e. Assem bly
11. New O-ring seal (11) Install on shutoff valve shaft (12). Apply a light coat of lubricating
oil on O-ring seal (11) at installa
tion.
12. Shutoff valve shaft (12) a. Turn in valve body (14) until
it reaches bottom of bore.
3-390
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. SCREW (2) 10. VALVE DISK
2. LOCKWASHER (2) 11. O-RING SEAL
3. WASHER 12. SHUTOFF VALVE SHAFT
4. SOLENOID VALVE 13. PLUG
5. SOLENOID M O UN TIN G SCREW (4) 14. VALVE BODY
6. ELECTRICAL SOLENOID 15. SHUTOFF VALVE KNOB
7. SHUTOFF VALVE SHIELD 16. RECTANGULAR Rih'G SEAL
8. RECTANGULAR RING SEAL 17. FUEL PUMP
9. SHUTOFF VALVE SPRING
3-391
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
15. Shutoff valve spring (9) Place in valve body (14) with
concave side up.
17. New rectangular ring seal Install on solenoid valve (4). Apply a light coat of lubricating oil
(16) on rectangular ring seal (16) at
installation.
18. Solenoid valve (4) a. Install on fuel pump (17).
3-392
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. SCREW (2) 10. VALVE DISK
2. LOCKWASHER (2) 11. O-RING SEAL
3. WASHER (2) 1 2. SHUTOFF VALVE SHAFT
4. SOLENOID VALVE 13. PLUG
5. SOLENOID M O U N T IN G SCREW (4) 14. VALVE BODY
6. ELECTRICAL SOLENOID 15. SHUTOFF VALVE KNOB
7. SHUTOFF VALVE SHIELD 1 6. RECTANGULAR RING SEAL
8. RECTANGULAR RING SEAL 17. FUEL PUMP
9. SHUTOFF VALVE SPRING
3-393
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
a. Removal d. Inspection
b. Disassem bly e. Assem bly
c. Cleaning f. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
PERSONNEL REQUIRED
Fuel and electrical systems repairman
MOS 63G
a. Removal
1. Two screws (10), screws Remove filter head (2) and Discard lockwashers (9) and
(11) and (13), four lock- rectangular ring seals (14) and rectangular ring seals (14) and
washers (9), and washers (15) from fuel pump (16). (15).
(8)
b. Disassem bly
Two captive washer screws Remove plate (7), nylon washer Discard rectangular ring seals (3)
(1) (6), rectangular ring seal (5), and (5).
fuel pump damper diaphragm (4),
and rectangular ring seal (3) from
filter head (2).
3-394
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND
1. CAPTIVE WASHER SCREW (2) 9. LOCKWASHER (4)
2. FILTER HEAD 10. SCREW (2)
3. RECTANGULAR RING SEAL 11. SCREW
4. FUEL PUMP DAMPER DIAPHRAGM 12. PIPE PLUG
5. RECTANGULAR RING SEAL 13. SCREW
6. NYLON WASHER 14. RECTANGULAR RING SEAL
7. PLATE 15. RECTANGULAR RING SEAL
8. WASHER (4) 16. FUEL PUMP
3-395
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Cleaning
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only
w ith effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves,
etc. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
4. All parts Clean with SD-3 solvent and Refer to para. 3-6 for additional
blow dry with compressed air. cleaning instructions.
d. Inspection
All parts Inspect for corrosion, excessive Discard damaged or worn parts.
wear, and cracks.
6. Fuel pump damper Check for hidden cracks by Diaphragm (4) should have a clear
diaphragm (4) dropping on a hard, flat surface. ring. Discard if it has a flat
sound.
e. Assem bly
10. Fuel pump damper a. Coat with lubricating oil. Ensure diaphragm (4) is clean.
diaphragm (4)
b. Install in plate (7).
12. New rectangular ring seals Install on filter head (2). Apply a light coat of lubricating
(14) and (15) oil on rectangular ring seals (14)
and (15) at installation.
13. Filter head (2) a. Install on fuel pump (16).
b. Secure with two screws (10), Screw (13) is longest and screw
and screws (11) and (13), four (11) is shortest. Tighten all
new lockwashers (9), and washers screws to 11-13 lb-ft (15-18 N^m).
(8).
3-396
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND
1. CAPTIVE WASHER SCREW (2) 9. LOCKWASHER (4)
2. FILTER HEAD 10. SCREW (2)
3. RECTANGULAR RING SEAL 1 1 .SCREW
4. FUEL PUMP DAMPER DIAPHRAGM 12. PIPE PLUG
5. RECTANGULAR RING SEAL 13. SCREW
6. NYLON WASHER 14. RECTANGULAR RING SEAL
7. PLATE 15. RECTANGULAR RING SEAL
8. WASHER (4) 16. FUEL PUMP
3-397
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
a. Removal d. Inspection
b. Disassem bly e. Assem bly
c. Cleaning f. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
a. Removal
Four screws (4), lockwashers Remove from fuel pump (20). Tap sides of fuel gear pump
(3), fuel gear pump assembly assembly (7) with plastic-faced
(7), and gasket (19) hammer to help loosen. Discard
lockwashers (3) and gasket (19).
b. Disassem bly
NOTE
The fuel supply elbow contains a check ball. Do not replace w ith a standard elbow.
2. Fuel supply elbow (1) and Remove from gear body (13).
adapter (2)
3. Two screws (5), washers (6), Remove from gear body (13). Discard lockwashers (3).
and lockwashers (3)
5. Idler shaft (12), drive shaft Remove from gear body (13). Do not separate gears (11) from
(17), and two gears (11) shafts (12) and (17) at this time.
3-398
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
6. Pressure valve (18), dowel Remove from gear cover (9) Only remove dowel ring (8) and
ring (8), and four bearing and gear body (13). bearing sleeves (15) if damaged
sleeves (15) or loose.
3-399
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Cleaning
WARNING
• Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only
w ith effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves,
etc. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
8. Fuel gear pump assembly Clean with SD-3 solvent and Refer to para. 3-6 for additional
(7) and all mounting dry with compressed air. cleaning instructions.
hardware
d. Inspection
9. Idler shaft (12) and drive a. Check for scoring, wear, and If bearing sleeves (15) are worn or
shaft (17) other damage. damaged, remove gears (11) and
discard shaft (12) or (17) and bear
ing sleeves (15).
10. Two gears (11) a. Inspect for scoring, wear, and Remove and discard if damaged
other damage. or worn.
11. Gear cover (9) and gear a. Inspect for scoring, wear, and Discard fuel gear pump
body (13) other damage. assembly (7) if scored, damaged,
or worn.
12. All other parts Inspect for cracks, breaks, and Discard any damaged parts.
other damage.
3-400
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-401
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
e. Assem bly
NOTE
Prior to assembly, place gear cover and gear body on bench.
13. Four bearing sleeves (15) Install on gear cover (9) and gear Perform this step only if bearing
and dowel ring (8) body (13). sleeves (15) and dowel ring (8)
were removed from gear body (13)
and gear cover (9).
14. Pipe plug (14) Install on gear body (13). Tighten plug (14) to 10-13 lb-ft
(14-18 N^m).
15. Two gears (11) Press on idler shaft (12) and drive Perform this step only if gear was
shaft (17) 0.680-0.690 in. (17.272 removed from shaft. Repeat this
17.526 mm) away from gear step for each gear.
body end of shaft.
16. Pressure valve (18) Using pressurizing valve driver, Use pressurizing valve driver
install on gear cover (9). (3375959). Pressure valve must be
even to 0.015 in. (0.381 mm) below
face of gear cover (9). If valve is
damaged at all during installation,
replace with new valve.
NOTE
Location o f notches o r ridges and drive shaft determ ine pum p rotation.
When a right-hand rotation pum p is being assem bled, place driven gear shaft of gear
pum p in pocket nearest locating notches o r ridges. Place driving gear shaft in other
pocket. The dowel ring is always located around drive shaft.
17. Idler shaft (12), drive shaft Lubricate and install on gear Ensure all parts are clean.
(17), and two gears (11) body (13).
18. Gear cover (9) and new a. Install on gear body (13). Ensure location notches are
gasket(16) aligned.
b. Install two screws (5), washers (6),
and new lockwashers (3).
NOTE
Drive shaft m ust protrude 2.370-2A12 in. (60.198-61.265 mm) from gear body. End clearance
should not exceed 0.0015 in. (0.0381 mm), n or be less than 0.0009 in. (0.0228 mm). Gaskets
are available in 0.0020 and 0.0015 in. (0.0509 mm and 0.0381 mm). If pump binds, has
excessive play o r gear backlash, check fo r e rro r in assem bly w hich m ust be corrected to
prevent early pum p failure. Total gear backlash m ust be 0.001-0.004 in. (0.0254-0.1016 mm).
3-402
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
f. Installation
19. Fuel supply elbow (1) and Install on gear body (13).
adapter (2)
NOTE
Use correct gasket in step 20 and ensure that it is positioned correctly. Be certain main
housing fuel holes match gear pump holes.
20. Fuel gear pump assembly (7) a. Install on fuel pump (20). Locate notch to upper right-hand
and new gasket (19) corner (looking from behind fuel
pump).
b. Secure with four screws (4) Tighten screws (4) and (5) to
and new lockwashers (3). 11-13 lb-ft (15-18 N^m). Check
that gear pump shaft rotates
freely.
LEGEND:
1. FUEL SUPPLY ELBOW 12. IDLER SHAFT
2. ADAPTER 13. GEAR BODY
3. LOCKWASHER (6) 14. PIPE PLUG
4. SCREW (4) 15. BEARING SLEEVES (4)
5. SCREW (2) 16. GASKET
6. WASHER (2) 17. DRIVE SHAFT
7. FUEL GEAR PUMP ASSEMBLY 18. PRESSURE VALVE
8. DOWEL RING 19. GASKET
9. GEAR COVER 20. FUEL PUMP
11. GEAR (2)
3-403
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
a. Removal c. Inspection
b. Cleaning d. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
REFERENCES (TM)
None
a. Removal
1. Adjusting screw seal and Remove. Discard adjusting screw seal and
wire (10) wire (10).
2. Three captive washer Remove from fuel pump (17). Discard gasket (6).
screws (9), screw (12), four
washers (8), spring pack
cover (7), and spring pack
cover-to-fuel pump gasket
(6)
4. Snapring (13) Remove from fuel pump (17). Discard snapring (13) if damaged
during removal.
5. High-speed spring retainer Remove from guide (4).
(14), shim (15), and com
pression spring (16)
8. Idle spring plunger (1), Remove from guide (4). Lead seal (18) is used on M915/
idling spring (2), adjusting Big Cam I only.
screw washer (3), and lead
seal (18)
3-404
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. IDLE SPRING PLUNGER 10. ADJUSTING SCREW SEAL AND WIRE
2. IDLING SPRING 11. COVER PLUG
3. ADJUSTING SCREW WASHER 12. SCREW
4. GUIDE 13. SNAPRING
5. IDLE ADJUSTING SCREW 14. HIGH-SPEED SPRING RETAINER
6. SPRING PACK COVER-TO-FUEL PUMP GASKET 15. SHIM (AS REQUIRED)
7. SPRING PACK COVER 16. COMPRESSION SPRING
8. WASHERS (4) 17. FUEL PUMP
9. CAPTIVE WASHER SCREW (3) 1 8. LEAD SEAL (M 9 1 5 /B IG CAM I ONLY)
3-405
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Cleaning
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only
w ith effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves,
etc. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
Approved solvents may be flamm able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
9. All parts Clean with SD-3 solvent and Refer to para. 3-6 for
dry with compressed air. additional cleaning instructions.
c. Inspection
10. All parts Inspect for cracks, breaks, Discard any damaged parts.
and other damage.
11. All threaded parts Inspect for crossthreading, Discard any damaged parts.
stripped threads, and other
damage.
d. Installation
14. Idling spring (2) Slide in guide (4) and over idle
adjusting screw (5).
15. Idle spring plunger (1) Place in guide (4) against idling
spring (2).
16. Compression spring (16), Slide on guide (4). Final number of shims (15),
shim (15), and high-speed is determined at calibration.
spring retainer (14)
18. Idle adjusting screw (5) Turn clockwise by hand until Final adjustment is made at
contact is made with seat. calibration.
20. Cover (7) and new spring a. Install on fuel pump (17).
pack cover-to-fuel pump
gasket (6) b. Secure with three captive Put screw with lockwire hole in
washer screws (9), screw (12), and lower right corner. Torque all
four washers (8). screws to 9-11 lb-ft (12-15 N^m).
3-406
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
21. New adjusting screw seal Do not install at this time. Final calibration and on-engine
and wire (10) fuel pump adjustments must be
made prior to installation of seal
and wire (10).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS: Perform fuel pump testing and calibration (para. 3-63).
Perform on-engine fuel pump adjustments (para. 3-93).
3-407
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
a. Removal f. Installation
b. D isassem bly (M915A1/Big Cam III) g. D isassem bly (M915/Big Cam I)
c. Cleaning h. Inspection (M915/Big Cam I)
d. Inspection (M915A1/Big Cam III) i. Assem bly (M915/Big Cam I)
e. A ssem bly (M915A1/Big Cam III)
INITIAL SETUP:
a. Removal
NOTE
Steps 5 through 36 are performed in repairing fuel pum p fro n t cover and governor fo r fuel
pum ps used on the M915A1/Big Cam III engine.
Steps 37 through 58 are performed in repairing fuel pump fro n t cover and governor fo r
fuel pum ps used on the M915/Big Cam I engine.
Fuel pump front cover Install on fuel pump mounting Use fuel pump mounting plate
assembly (1) plate (32) and ball joint vise (33). (3375133) (32) and ball joint vise
(ST-302) (33).
Screw (30) and plastic Remove from fuel pump front Discard plastic bushing seal (31).
bushing seal (31) cover assembly (1).
Screw (29), washer (27), and Remove from fuel pump front
lockwashers (28) cover assembly (1).
4. Five captive washer screws Remove from fuel pump front Tap fuel pump main housing (34)
(26), fuel pump main cover assembly (1). with plastic-face hammer to
housing (34), and cover-to- loosen. Discard cover-to-fuel
fuel pump gasket (21) pump gasket (21).
3-408
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. FUEL PUMP FRONT COVER 12. FUEL PUMP DRIVE GEAR 24. SPRING
ASSEMBLY 25. GOVERNOR ASSEMBLY
13. COUPLING
2. TACHOMETER DRIVE SHAFT
14. SHAFT SEAL (2) 26. CAPTIVE WASHER SCREW (5)
3. TACHOMETER DRIVE HOUSING
15. COUPLING KEY 27. WASHER
4. TACHOMETER DRIVE SEAL 28. LOCKWASHER
16. SCREW
5. TACHOMETER DRIVE SPACER 29. SCREW
17. WASHER
6. TACHOMETER DRIVE BUSHING 30. SCREW
18. FUEL PUMP DRIVE COUPLING
7. TACHOMETER DRIVE GEAR 19. TACHOMETER DRIVE GEAR 31. PLASTIC BUSHING SEAL
8. COVER ASSEMBLY 32. FUEL PUMP M O U N T IN G PLATE
20. FUEL PUMP DRIVE SHAFT
9. GOVERNOR BUSHING 21. COVER-TO-FUEL PUMP GASKET 33. BALL JOINT VISE
10. BEARING 22. WEIGHT ASSIST PLUNGER 34. FUEL PUMP M A IN HOUSING
11. RETAINING RING 23. SHIM (3)
3-409
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
Exercise caution when rem oving w eight-assist plunger. A s lig h t nick can cause extensive
damage. A fte r rem oval, place plunger w here it w ill not be damaged.
Governor assembly (25) a. Before removing, check shaft of Shaft has excessive wear if it can
governor assembly (25) for exces be moved from side to side in
sive wear. governor bushing (9). Discard gov
ernor assembly (25) and governor
bushing (9) if there is excessive
wear.
6. Weight-assist plunger (22), Remove from governor assembly Be careful not to lose spring (24)
shims (23), and spring (24) (25). and shims (23) during removal of
plunger (22). Keep plunger (22),
shims (23), and spring (24) togeth
er.
7. Screw (16) and washer (17) Remove from fuel pump drive
coupling (18) and fuel pump
drive shaft (20).
9. Retaining ring (11) Remove from fuel pump drive Use hose clamp pliers.
shaft (20).
10. Fuel pump drive shaft (20), Press out of cover assembly (8).
bearing (10), fuel pump
drive gear (12), and coupling
(13) (assembled)
11. Two shaft seals (14) Press out of cover assembly (8) Discard two shaft seals (14).
or remove from fuel pump drive
shaft (20).
12. Coupling (13) and gear (12) Press from fuel pump drive shaft Do not press bearing (10) from
(20). fuel pump drive shaft (20) at
this time.
14. Shaft (2), seal (4), spacer Using brass punch, remove Discard tachometer drive seal (4).
(5), bushing (6), and gear (7) from cover assembly (8).
15. Gear (7) and bushing (6) Remove from tachometer drive
shaft (2).
3-410
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-411
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Cleaning
WARNING
Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use o nly w ith
effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves, etc.
Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
16. All parts Clean with solvent SD-3 and dry Refer to para. 3-6 for additional
with compressed air. cleaning instructions.
d. Inspection (M915A1/Big Cam)
17. All parts Inspect for cracks, breaks, Discard any damaged or worn
excessive wear, and other damage. parts.
18. Governor bushing (9) Using suitable micrometer, Remove from cover assembly (8)
measure inside diameter. and discard if more than 0.504 in.
(12.801 mm).
19. Fuel pump drive shaft (20) a. Inspect shaft (20) for scoring, Remove bearing (10) (step 20c.)
and bearing (10) wear grooves, and other damage. and discard fuel pump drive shaft
(20) if damaged. Install bearing
(10) (step 20d.) on new shaft (20)
as needed.
b. Inspect bearing (10) for rough Remove bearing (10) (step 20c.)
ness and ease of operation. and discard if rough or not easy to
operate. Install new bearing (10)
(step 20d.) as needed.
c. Press bearing (10) from fuel
pump drive shaft (20).
d. Lubricate shaft (20) with clean Main shaft gear and bearing
diesel fuel and, using main installation tool are part of front
shaft gear and bearing cover and main shaft assembly
installation tool, press bearing (10) tool kit (3375175). Be sure to
onto fuel pump drive shaft (20). press against inner race of bear
ing.
3-412
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
8. COVER ASSEMBLY
9. GOVERNOR BUSHING
10. BEARING
20. FUEL PUMP DRIVE SHAFT
3-413
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
22. Tachometer drive spacer (5) Install on top of tachometer drive Spacer (5) must bottom on
bushing (6) with slotted edge bushing (6).
down.
23. Tachometer drive seal (4) Using front cover tachometer Front cover tachometer seal
seal driver (36), install with spring driver (36) is part of front cover
side down. and main shaft assembly tool kit
(3375175).
24. Tachometer drive housing Screw into cover assembly (8). Do not overtighten housing. This
(3) will compress tachometer drive
spacer (5) too much and will
reduce its effectiveness.
25. Fuel pump drive gear (12) Using main shaft gear and Use front cover and main shaft
bearing installation tool (35), assembly tool kit (3375175). Flat
press onto fuel pump drive shaft side of gear should face away from
(20) until against bearing (10). bearing.
3-414
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-415
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
27. Two new shaft seals (14) a. Using main shaft seal driver (37), Main shaft seal driver (37) is part
press first shaft seal on cover of front cover and main shaft
assembly (8) with lip toward assembly tool kit (3375175).
back of cover assembly (8).
b. Using main shaft seal driver (37), Use front cover and main shaft
press second shaft seal on cover assembly tool kit (3375175). Shaft
assembly (8) with lip toward front seals must be spaced so weep hole
of cover assembly. is not covered.
28. Fuel pump drive shaft (20) a. Install oil seal assembly tool (38) Use oil seal assembly tool
and attached parts on shaft (20). (ST-419) (38).
29. Retaining ring (11) Install on fuel pump drive shaft Look through holes in gear to
(20) between fuel pump drive gear ensure retaining ring (11) is in
(12) and bearing (10). groove.
31. Tachometer drive gear (19) a. Position on fuel pump drive Ensure tachometer gear teeth
and fuel pump drive shaft (20). are aligned.
coupling (18)
b. Press slowly and straight onto
shaft (20).
c. Secure with screw (16) and Hold fuel pump drive coupling
washer (17). (18) in copper-jawed vise. Tighten
screw to 5 lb-ft (7 N»m).
32. Governor assembly (25) a. Slide on governor bushing (9).
33. Weight-assist plunger (22), a. Install between governor Always install weight-assist
shims (23), and spring (24) weights in bore of governor plunger (22) with smallest end
assembly (25). toward governor weights.
3-416
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
8. COVER ASSEMBLY 18. FUEL PUMP DRIVE COUPLING
9. GOVERNOR BUSHING 19. TACHOMETER DRIVE GEAR
10. BEARING 20. FUEL PUMP DRIVE SHAFT
11. RETAINING RING 22. WEIGHT-ASSIST PLUNGER
12. FUEL PUMP DRIVE GEAR 23. SHIMS (3)
14. SHAFT SEAL (2) 24. SPRING
15. COUPLING KEY 25. GOVERNOR ASSEMBLY
16. SCREW 37. MAIN SHAFT SEAL DRIVER
17. WASHER 38. OIL SEAL ASSEMBLY TOOL
3-417
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
34. New cover-to-fuel pump Place on dowel pins of fuel pump See illustration.
gasket (21) main housing (34).
35. Fuel pump main housing a. Install on fuel pump front Position governor weight housing
(34) with cover-to-fuel pump cover assembly (1). carrier horizontally and hold
gasket (21) governor weights while installing
fuel pump main housing (34).
Ensure governor weights are prop
erly engaged with tang on gover
nor plunger.
b. Secure with screw (30), new Tighten all screws to 9-11 lb-ft
plastic bushing seal (31), (12-15 N»m).
screw (29), lockwasher (28),
washer (27), and five captive
washer screws (26).
3-418
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. FUEL PUMP FRONT COVER ASSEMBLY 28. LOCKWASHER
8. COVER ASSEMBLY 29. SCREW
21. COVER-TO-FUEL PUMP GASKET 30. SCREW
22. WEIGHT-ASSIST PLUNGER 31. PLASTIC BUSHING SEAL
23. SHIM (3) 32. M O UN TIN G PLATE
24. SPRING 33. BALL JOINT VISE
26. CAPTIVE WASHER SCREW (5) 34. FUEL PUMP MAIN HOUSING
27. WASHER 39. PLUNGER PROTRUSION CHECKING TOOL
3-419
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
37. Governor drive shaft (12) a. Before removing, check drive Drive shaft (12) has excessive wear
shaft (12) for excessive wear. if it can be moved from side to side
in governor housing (14). Discard
governor housing (14) if there is
excessive wear.
40. Drive gear (2) and support Remove from reservoir (21).
(3) Remove drain plug, dipstick, vent
plug, and elbow.
41. Locknut (22) and washer (23) Remove from shaft (31).
42. Coupling gear (24) Press on small end of sham (31) Use coupling puller (ST-1249).
to remove shaft from support (3)
and large end of shaft to remove
drive gear (26).
45. Snapring (27) and support Remove and invert support and
(3) press out rear bearing (28) and
oil seal (29).
NOTE
A fte r disassem bly, check bearing fo r w orn race o r rough action. Check gears fo r chipped,
broken teeth, o r uneven wear. Inspect governor shaft housing o il holes to make certain they
are open and clear o f foreign matter.
46. Support (3) and reservoir Inspect for cracks, breaks, or Replace all damaged, worn, or
(21) rough mating surfaces. defective parts as necessary.
3-420
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
BIG CAM I
3-421
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
47. Oil seal (29) and support (3) Lubricate outside of seal (29) and Open end of seal must be facing
press into support from large end. down.
48. Bearing (28) and snapring Lubricate rear bearing (28) and
(27) press into support (3). Insert snap
ring (27) with flat side down.
49. Drive shaft (31) and keys (32) Lubricate drive shaft (31) and place
key (32) in drive shaft (31) keyway.
Press drive shaft (31) into flat side
of drive gear (2) until shoulder
seats on gear face.
50. Support (3) and drive gear Press small end of shaft assembly
(26) into large end of support (3). Press
governor drive gear (26) onto drive
shaft (31) until it bottoms on
bearing (28).
51. Ball key (30) and coupling Insert key (30) and press on
gear (24) coupling gear (24). Shoulder of
coupling goes against drive gear
(26) unless a spacer (25) is used.
53. Reservoir (21) and studs (17) Position reservoir (21) in vise and,
with governor's drive studs (17) up,
install dipstick, vent plug, drain
plug, and elbow.
NOTE
Use the fo llo w in g assem bly instructions fo r governors w ith 2:1 gear ratio.
54. Drive shaft (12) and a. Install drive shaft (12), with
snapring (11) splined end up, and collar (13) on
housing (14).
b. Lubricate ball key (30) and Align ball key (30) with collar
insert in drive shaft (31) and (13).
install snapring (11).
55. Gear (9) Invert assembly and press on Allow clearance of 0.003-0.006 in.
gear (9). (0.08-0.15 mm).
3-422
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-423
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Use the fo llo w in g assem bly instructions fo r governors w ith 3:1 gear ratio.
56. Drive shaft (12) a. Press governor two-piece Note relief in washer to start
drive shaft (12) on washer flush shaft.
with bottom side.
57. Gasket (8) Position and install drive Large oil hole in housing must
gear and housing assembly on be at top.
serial number side of reservoir
(21).
FOLLOW-ON TASK: For M915/Big Cam I engines only, proceed to follow-on tasks listed at the end of para. 3-62.
3-424
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
BIG CAM I
LEGEND:
1. SLINGER 13. COLLAR
8. GASKET 14. GOVERNOR HOUSING
11. SNAPRING 21. RESERVOIR
12. DRIVE SHAFT 30. BALL KEY
3-425
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
a. Disassem bly
3. Retaining ring (55) Remove from throttle shaft (50). Discard retaining ring (55) if
damaged during removal.
4. Throttle shaft (50) and Remove from housing (38). Discard O-ring (51).
and O-ring (51)
5. Throttle shaft ball (53) Drill out of throttle shaft (50). Be careful not to damage throttle
shaft (50) when drilling. Discard
ball (53).
3-426
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-427
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
6. Fuel adjusting screw (49) Remove from throttle shaft (50). Discard O-ring (48).
and O-ring (48)
13. Filter screen cap (28), Remove from filter housing (38). Discard cap seal ring (27).
cap seal ring (27), filter
spring (26), and fuel
filter screen (25)
14. Check valve (58) Remove from fuel control cover (4).
15. Two screws (1), drilled Remove fuel control cover (4)
head screw (2), and three from housing (38).
washers (3)
17. Spring (14) and AFC shim Remove from housing (38).
(15)
18. Retaining ring (16) Remove from housing (38). Discard retaining ring (16) if
damaged during removal.
19. Barrel (20) and four(59). Remove from housing (38). Use AFC barrel puller (3375599)
O-rings (17), (18), and (19) Discard O-rings (17), (18), and (19).
20. Barrel spring (21) Remove from housing (38). Earlier pump models did not
require a barrel spring (21).
22. Throttle plunger (13) and Remove from air fuel control Discard O-ring (30).
O-ring (30) piston insert (6).
23. Nut (5), air fuel control Remove nut (5) from air fuel control Discard gasket washer (7) and
piston insert (6), gasket piston insert (6) and separate bellows (9).
washer (7), retainer washer all parts.
(8), AFC piston (10), and
piston spacer (11)
3-428
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-429
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
25. Torque spring (56) and Remove from governor plunger It may be necessary to twist
shims (34) assembly (33), spacer (35), and spring (56) off plunger (36) to
driver (37). remove it. Do not pull spring off.
Pulling spring will expand it
beyond its elastic limit, requiring
its replacement.
b. Cleaning
WARNING
• Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only
w ith effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent such as goggles o r shield, gloves,
etc. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
27. All parts Clean with SD-3 solvent and Refer to para. 3-6 for additional
dry with compressed air. cleaning instructions.
28. Tachometer drive bushing a. Inspect for scoring, burrs, and Replace bushing (43) if damaged
(43) other damage. (refer to step 28b.1 for
replacement).
(1) Remove bushing (43). Using 1/2 in. pipe tap, put a
thread in bushing (43). Install
punch through rear of housing
(38) until it is against pipe tap.
Hit punch and remove bushing
(43).
(3) Using arbor press, drive Bushing (43) must be even with
bushing (43) into housing (38). housing bore.
3-430
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
28. Tachometer drive bushing (4) Using ream fixture (60) Use reamer fixture (ST-490).
(43) (Contd) and well oiled 0.750-in. (19.05 mm) Check bushing inside diameter
reamer line, ream bushing (43) after reaming. Bushing must be
to 0.7495-0.7505 in. (19.037 less than 0.7525 in. (19.114 mm).
19.063 mm).
3-431
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
29. Governor barrel (42) a. Inspect for wear. Governor barrel (42) is hardened
and wears very little. If barrel is
worn or if governor plunger
assembly (33) shows signs of
damage, governor barrel (42) and
spring pack housing (41) must be
replaced (refer to step 29b. for
replacement).
(1) Remove roll pin (39). Using a wire hook, pull roll pin
(39) out through plug hole in
bottom of housing (38).
(2) Heat housing (38) in oven to This will permit governor barrel
300°F (149°C). (42) to be pressed out with less
damage to housing bore.
(3) Press out of housing (38). Discard housing (38) if bore is not
at least 0.002 in. (0.051 mm)
smaller than governor barrel (42)
outside diameter.
(5) Check bore of housing (38) Remove slight score marks with
for score marks. crocus cloth. Discard housing (38)
if deeply scored.
NOTE
Steps 29b.(6) and 29b.(7) refer to M915/Big Cam I older-style fuel pum ps only.
NOTE
Check through-plug hole in bottom o f pump fo r spring dowel w hich secures barrel in fuel
pum ps before attem pting to remove governor barrel. Som etim es a w ire hook, inserted into
hole provided, w ill pull the spring dowel.
(7) Check barrel bore in Check the bore for score marks;
housing (38) to determine whether remove marks if found.
standard and 1.5020-1.5025 in.
(38.15-38.16 mm) or 0.020 in.
(0.51 mm) oversize must be used.
Minimum 0.002 in. (0.05 mm)
interference fit is required.
3-432
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
33. GOVERNOR PLUNGER ASSEMBLY 41. SPRING PACK HOUSING
38. HOUSING 42. GOVERNOR BARREL
39. ROLL PIN
3-433
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
29. Governor barrel (42) (Contd) (8) Scribe a centerline on new This mark is used to line up fuel
governor barrel (42) and housing passages so fuel flow will not
(38) as shown in figures A and B. have any restrictions.
(9) Heat housing (38) in oven to
300°F (149°C).
(10) Apply a thin coat of high-
pressure lubricant on new
governor barrel (42).
(11) Place spring pack housing
(41) into housing (38).
(12) Place governor barrel (42) in Line up location scribe marks on
bore of housing (38) with chamfered barrel (42) and governor housing
end first and location pin on (38).
bottom side.
(13) Press into housing (38) using Ensure retaining pin holes of
an arbor press if necessary, until barrel (42) and housing (38) are
it bottoms against spring pack aligned.
housing (41).
(14) Using governor barrel Use lock-clip driver (3376136).
lock-clip driver (61), install roll Slot of roll pin (39) must be
pin (39) with ST-853 driver toward front of housing (38).
through plug hole in bottom of
housing (38) with the slot of the
pin to front of housing.
30. Governor plunger a. Inspect for damage or wear. If governor plunger (36) outside
assembly (33) If only the thrust washer is worn, diameter is worn, replace it with a
drive retainer from end of plunger new plunger of the same class
assembly (33) and pull the governor size as etched on barrel face.
plunger drive from the plunger Replace damaged or worn plunger
assembly (33). If it is necessary to assembly (33).
remove the stop sleeve, press the
stop sleeve off the shaft.
b. Selecting a new class size Select a new class 2 (green color
plunger (36). See chart. code) plunger and attempt to fit it
in the barrel; if plunger enters, try a
class 3 (yellow). Keep trying larger
sizes until one will not fit, then
select a plunger two sizes smaller.
The plunger must drop into the bore
of its own weight. Remark governor
barrel with the new class size of the
plunger.
31. Housing (38) Inspect throttle shaft sleeve in Discard housing (38) if throttle
shaft housing (38) for damage. sleeve is damaged.
3-434
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
34. Fuel filter screen (25) Inspect for holes or embedded Discard if damaged.
metal particles in mesh.
35. All parts Inspect for cracks, breaks, and Discard any damaged parts.
other damage. Do not remove two AFC plug
balls (44) from housing (38).
Discard housing (38) if balls (44)
are damaged.
3-435
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
d. Assem bly
36. Five pipe plugs (22) and (57) Install on housing (38). Tighten to 5-8 lb-ft (7-11 N»m).
37. Torque spring (56) and Install on governor plunger Put small diameter of spring (56)
and shims (34) assembly (36). on shoulder end of plunger (33)
with twisting motion to avoid
damaging spring.
NOTE
For fuel pum p used in M915/Big Cam I engine, perform step 38a.
CAUTION
The governor plunger has a Lubrite finish. Protect it by laying governor plunger on a
copper-jawed vise or V-block to prevent damage to finish when installing pin.
NOTE
The chamfered side o f governor spacer m ust be installed next to driver. There m ust be at
least 0.002-0.005 in. (0.05-0.13 mm) clearance between spacer face and driver so spacer w ill
"flo a t."
d. Install the torque spring (56) Put small end of spring (56) on
and shims (34) as required. shoulder end of plunger (36) with
a twisting motion to avoid
distorting spring (56).
3-436
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
22. PIPE PLUG (4) 38. HOUSING
33. GOVERNOR PLUNGER ASSEMBLY 42. GOVERNOR BARREL
34. SHIMS 44. AFC PLUG BALL (2)
35. GOVERNOR SPACER 4 5. THROTTLE SHAFT ASSEMBLY
36. GOVERNOR PLUNGER 56. TORQUE SPRING
37. GOVERNOR PLUNGER DRIVER 57. PIPE PLUG
3-437
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
39. New gasket washer (7), a. Install on air fuel control piston Round end of retainer washer (8)
retainer washer (8), new insert (6). must be against bellows (9) when
bellows (9), AFC piston (10), assembled. If bellows has a part
and piston spacer (11) number, it must face toward
piston (10).
40. Throttle plunger (13) Install on air fuel control piston Lubricate O-ring (30). Threaded
and new O-ring (30) insert (6). end of plunger (13) should be flush
with outer edge of piston insert (6).
NOTE
• For M915A1/Big Cam III engine fuel pumps, proceed to step 43 after com pleting step 42d.
• For M915/Big Cam I engine fuel pumps, perform steps 42e through 42o. Do not perform
steps 43 o r 44.
3-438
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-439
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
If barrel is loose, remove barrel and place barrel spring behind barrel. Secure w ith fla t
retaining ring (see illustration below).
3-440
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
14. SPRING 20. BARREL
15. AFC SHIM 21. BARREL SPRING
17. O-RING 38. HOUSING
18. O-RING 55. RETAINING RING
1 9 .0 -R IN G
3-441
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
If barrel contains a 15° plunger lead in chamfer, do not use glide ring form ing tool.
j. Hold assembly by hex on air fuel Tighten nut (5) to 30-40 lb-in.
control piston insert (5) and center (3.4-4.5 N»m).
bellows AFC piston (10) and retainer
washer (8) without twisting bellows
(9). Ensure parts are centered.
(2) Compress spring 0.300 in. Discard spring (14) if not within
(7.62 mm) more than dimension of step 1. 37.5-42.4 lb (17.0-19.2 kg) of step 1.
3-443
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
44. Throttle plunger (13) (with Install on barrel (20). Insert very carefully to avoid
attached parts) damage to plunger (13).
45. Bellows (9) a. Carefully push down between Ensure bellows (9) is flat where it
AFC piston (10) and housing (38). touches housing (38).
b. Line up holes in bellows (9) Ensure bellows (9) is flat where
with holes in housing (38). it touches housing (38).
52. AFC needle valve (29) and a. Lubricate O-ring (30) and
new O-ring (30) install on AFC needle valve (29).
b. Install on housing (38) until
AFC needle valve (29) bottoms out.
55. Throttle shaft (50) and new a. Lubricate O-ring (51) and
O-ring (51) install on throttle shaft (50).
b. Insert throttle shaft (50) into Setscrew (46) in stop (47) faces
housing (38) with counterbore upward.
of fuel port facing down.
c. Tighten setscrew (46) to 7-9 lb-ft
(9-12 N»m).
3-444
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. SCREW (2) 29. AFC NEEDLE VALVE
2. DRILLED-HEAD SCREW 30. O-RING (2)
3. WASHER (3) 32. THREADED STUD
4. FUEL CONTROL COVER 38. HOUSING
9. BELLOWS 46. SETSCREW
10. AFC PISTON 47. STOP
12. JAMNUT (3) 4 8 .0 -R IN G
13. THROTTLE PLUNGER 49. FUEL ADJUSTING SCREW
20. BARREL 50. THROTTLE SHAFT
25. FUEL FILTER SCREEN 5 1 .0 -R IN G
26. FILTER SPRING 54. TAPERED STUD
27. CAP SEAL RING 58. CHECK VALVE
28. FILTER SCREEN CAP
3-445
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
57. New throttle shaft ball (53), Do not install at this time. These parts will. be installed after
throttle shaft cover (52), fuel pump has been calibrated.
and two drive screws (24)
FOLLOW-ON TASKS: Install fuel pump front cover and governor (para. 3-61).
Install fuel pump governor spring (para. 3-60).
Install fuel gear pump (para. 3-59).
Install solenoid valve (para. 3-57).
Remove fuel pump from mounting plate and ball joint vise (para. 3-56).
Perform fuel pump testing and calibration (para. 3-3).
3-446
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
24. DRIVE SCREW (2)
50. THROTTLE SHAFT
52. THROTTLE SHAFT COVER
53. THROTTLE SHAFT BALL
55. RETAINING RING
3-447
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
a. Calibration Data
1. PT (type G) AFC fuel pump Test and calibrate on fuel pump Fill fuel pump test stand with
(see page 3-461 and 3-462 for test stand (see pages 3-450 through calibration fluid (if calibration
identification of fuel pump 3-460) using the following fluid is not available, use diesel
major components) calibration data: fuel).
3-448
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. TEST STAND 14. FUEL RETURN 27. LUBE OIL PRESSURE OUTLET
2. FUEL PRESSURE GAUGE 15. START COUNT BUTTON 28. PRIMER PRESSURE OUTLET
3. N O . 2 VACUUM GAUGE 16. COUNT "O N " LIGHT 29. N O . 1 ACCUMULATOR
4. FUEL TEMPERATURE GAUGE 17. COUNT SELECTOR SWITCH 30. FUEL INPUT CONNECTOR
5. DUMPING LEVER 18. FUEL HEAT "ON" LIGHT 31. FUEL OUTLET CONNECTOR
6. BURETTES 19. FUEL HEAT SWITCH 32. PRESSURE GAUGE OUTLET
7. TACHOMETER 20. SPEED SHIFTING CRANK 33. AUXILIARY RETURN
8. PRESSURE GAUGE 21. POWER "O N " LIGHT 34. LEAK TEST CONNECTOR
9. PRESSURE REGULATOR 22. MOTOR SWITCH 35. BYPASS VALVE
10. MANIFOLD INLET 23. SLOW SWITCH 36. SELECTOR VALVE
11. DRIVE SHAFT COUPLING 24. STOP BUTTON 37. FLOW CONTROL VALVE
12. MOUNTING RAILS 25. FAST BUTTON 38. FLOWMETER GLASS TUBE
13. LUBE OIL RETURN 26. START BUTTON
3-449
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Pump code; Date; CPL ..................................................................................3894-F; 6-82; 0531 (Big Cam III)
Test Hp Rated R P M .......................................................................................400 @ 2100
Engine Fuel ..................................................................................................... 148-164 PSI(1020-1130 kPa)
Fuel Rate lb /h r................................................................................................139-145
Auto Governor Cut Off RPM .......................................................................... 2130-2150
Throttle Leakage cc/1000 RPM .................................................................... 45 to 69
Throttle Travel Degrees................................................................................. 27-29
Idle Speed @ RPM .........................................................................................32 PSI(220 kPa) @ 500
Intake Manifold ............................................................................................... 39-47
Calibration @ RPM (F lo w )............................................................................. 157 PSI (1082 kPa) @ 2100 (470)
Check Point 1
PSI @ RPM (F lo w ).......................................................................................109-115 PSI(751-793 kPa) @ 1,000
1300 (380)
Check Point 2
PSI @ RPM (F lo w ).......................................................................................76-84 PSI(524-579 kPa) @ 1,000
(300)
AFC Setting
In-Hg RPM ..................................................................................................... 10 @ 1,600
Fuel (Flow) ..................................................................................................... 85 PSI(586 kPa) (325)
No-Air Set RPM F lo w .....................................................................................1600 39 PSI(269 kPa) (220)
Weight Assist Setting ..................................................................................... 0.800 in.
Weight Assist Spring ...................................................................................... P/N 143854
Idle P lu n g e r.................................................................................................... Code 25 - P/N 141631
Idle Spring ....................................................................................................... P/N 3018767
Torque Spring.................................................................................................. P/N 3002048
Torque Spring Shims (Thickness)................................................................. 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) P/N 101841
0.010 in. (0.254 mm) P/N 101842
0.020 in. (0.508 mm) P/N 101843
Governor M ig h t...............................................................................................P/N 146437
Governor Spring ............................................................................................. P/N 143753
AFC Spring ...................................................................................................... P/N 179826
3-450
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Pump code; Date; CPL ..................................................................................4333-B 89; 0891 (Big Cam III)
Test Hp Rated R P M ....................................................................................... 400 @ 2100
Engine Fuel ..................................................................................................... 155-172 PSI(1068-1185 kPa)
Torque Rise % C u rve ..................................................................................... 25%
Fuel Rate lb /h r................................................................................................ 142-148
Auto Governor Cutoff R P M ............................................................................ 2130-2150
Throttle Leakage cc/1000 RPM .................................................................... 110 cc/mim
Throttle Travel Degrees..................................................................................27-29
Idle Speed @ RPM ......................................................................................... 37 PSI (255 kPa) @ 500
Idle Speed cc @ R P M ....................................................................................210-215cc @ 630
Intake Mfd. P re ss ...........................................................................................42-50 In./Hg.
Calibration @ RPM (F lo w )............................................................................. 164 PSI(1130 kPa) @ 2100
Calibration Flow Lb./H r...................................................................................482
Check Point 1
PSI @ R PM ....................................................................................................108-116 (744-799 kPa) @ 1300
Calibration Flow Lb./H r...................................................................................390
AFC Setting
In-Hg PSI........................................................................................................ 8
AFC or Aneroid R P M ....................................................................................1600
Fuel (Flow) ..................................................................................................... 59 PSI (406 kPa) (272)
Certified-Year-By ............................................................................................ 1989-EPA
Engine Model ..................................................................................................NTC-400 Big Cam III
No-Air Set RPM (F lo w )...................................................................................1600 42 PSI(289 kPa) (224)
Weight-Assist Setting- Spring......................................................................... 0.800 in. (20.3 mm)
Weight-Assist S p rin g ...................................................................................... P/N 143854
Idle P lu n g e r.....................................................................................................Code 27- P/N 141632
Auto. Idle Spring ............................................................................................. P/N 3018767
Torque Spring Shims(Thickness).................................................................. 0.020 in. (0.508 mm) P/N 139586
Auto Governor Spring .................................................................................... P/N 153238
Gear Pump Size ............................................................................................. 3/4 in.
Auto. Governor W e ig h ts............................................................................... P/N 146437
Auto. Governor Plunger ................................................................................P/N 3040750
AFC S p rin g ......................................................................................................P/N 179834
3-451
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Pump code; Date; CPL ..................................................................................0324 9-77; 4-78; 3643 (Big Cam I)
Test Hp Rated R P M ....................................................................................... 400 @ 2100
Engine Fuel ..................................................................................................... 149-155 PSI (1027-1068 kPa)
Fuel Rate lb /h r................................................................................................ 144-150
Auto Governor Cutoff R P M ............................................................................ 2130-2150
Throttle Leakage cc/1000 R P M ..................................................................... 12 1/2 to 16 12 cc/mim
Throttle Travel Degrees ..................................................................................27-29
Idle Speed @ RPM ......................................................................................... 20 PSI (138 kPa) @ 500
Calibration @ RPM (F lo w )............................................................................. 155 PSI (1068 kPa) @ 2100 (495)
Check Point 1
PSI @ RPM (F lo w )....................................................................................... 115-121 PSI (793-834 kPa) @
1500 (410)
Check Point 2
PSI @ RPM (F lo w )....................................................................................... 51-63 PSI (351-434 kPa) @
1000 (265)
AFC Setting
In-Hg RPM ..................................................................................................... 6 @ 1600
Fuel (F lo w ).....................................................................................................72 PSI (496 kPa) (335)
No-Air Set RPM (F lo w )................................................................................... 1600 32 PSI (220 kPa) (200)
Weight-Assist Setting ..................................................................................... 0.870 in. (22.09 mm)
Weight-Assist S p rin g ...................................................................................... P/N 143849
Idle P lu n g e r.....................................................................................................Code 37 - P/N 140418
Idle Spring........................................................................................................ P/N 3018767
Torque Spring.................................................................................................. P/N 138780
Torque Spring Shims (Thickness)................................................................. 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) P/N 101841
0.010 in. (0.254 mm) P/N 101842
0.020 in. (0.508 mm) P/N 101843
Governor Might ............................................................................................... P/N 143251
Governor Spring ............................................................................................. P/N 143751
AFC Spring....................................................................................................... P/N 179820
3-452
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-453
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Pump code; Date; CPL .............. 0324 9-77; 4-78; 3894 (Big Cam I)
Test Hp Rated RPM .................... 400 @ 2100
Engine Fuel .................................. 148-164 PSI(1020-1130 kPa)
Fuel Rate lb/hr ............................. 140-146
Auto Governor Cutoff R P M .......... 2130-2150
Throttle Leakage cc/1000 RPM ... 12 1/2 to 16 1/2 cc/mim
Throttle Travel Degrees .............. 27-29
Idle Speed @ RPM ....................... 32 PSI (220 kPa) @ 500
Calibration @ RPM (F lo w )........... 162 PSI (1117 kPa) @ 2100 (473)
Check Point 1
PSI @ RPM (Flow) .................... 112-118 PS I(772-813 kPa) @
1300 (389)
AFC Setting
In-Hg R P M .................................. 10 @ 1600
Fuel (Flow) .................................. 85 PSI (586 kPa) (325)
No-Air Set RPM (F lo w )................ 1600 39 PSI (269 kPa) (220)
Weight-Assist Setting ................... 0.800 in. (20.3 mm)
Weight-Assist S p rin g .................... P/N 143854
Idle Plunger .................................. Code 22- P/N 141630
Idle Spring .................................... P/N 3018767
Torque Spring .............................. P/N 3002048
Torque Spring Shims (Thickness) 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) P/N 101841
0.010 in. (0.254 mm) P/N 101842
0.020 in. (0.508 mm) P/N 101843
Governor Might ............................ P/N 146437
Governor Spring .......................... P/N 153235
AFC Spring ................................... P/N 179826
3-454
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Pump code; Date; CPL ................ 0324 9-77; 4-78; 4128 (Big Cam I)
Test Hp Rated R P M ..................... 400 @ 2100
Engine Fuel ................................... 154-170 PSI (1061-1172 kPa)
Fuel Rate lb /h r.............................. 144-150
Auto Governor Cutoff R P M .......... 2130-2150
Throttle Leakage cc/1000 RPM ... 12 1/2 to 16 1/2 cc/mim
Throttle Travel Degrees ................ 27-29
Idle Speed @ RPM ...................... 38 PSI (262 kPa) @ 500
Calibration @ RPM (Flow) ........... 165 PSI (1137 kPa) @ 2100 (490)
Check Point 1
PSI @ RPM (Flow) ..................... 128-136 PSI (882-937 kPa) @
1500 (430)
AFC Setting
In-Hg R P M ................................... 12 @ 1600
Fuel (Flow) ................................... 65 PSI (448 kPa) (267)
No-Air Set RPM (F lo w )................. 1600 45 PSI (310 kPa) (220)
Weight-Assist Setting ................... 0.870 in. (22.09 mm)
Weight-Assist S p rin g .................... P/N 143847
Idle Plunger ................................... Code 25- P/N 141631
Idle Spring 144195 Torque Spring P/N 138783
Torque Spring Shims (Thickness) 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) P/N 101841
0.010 in. (0.254 mm) P/N 101842
0.020 in. (0.508 mm) P/N 101843
Governor Might ............................. P/N 146437
Governor Spring ........................... P/N 3001148
AFC Spring .................................... P/N 179834
3-455
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Pump code; Date; CPL .............. 0324 9-77; 4-78; 3449 (Big Cam I)
Test Hp Rated R P M ..................... 400 @ 2100
Fuel Rate lb/hr............................... 149-165
Auto Governor Cutoff R P M .......... 2130-2150
Throttle Leakage cc/1000 RPM ... 12 1/2 to 16 1/2 cc/mim
Throttle Travel Degrees............... 27-29
Idle Speed @ RPM ..................... 32 PSI (220 kPa) @ 500
Calibration @ RPM (F lo w )........... 155 PSI (1068 kPa) @ 2100 (500)
Check Point 1
PSI @ RPM (Flow)..................... 117-123 PSI (806-848 kPa) @
1500 (425)
Check Point 2
PSI @ RPM (Flow)..................... 69-77 PSI (475-530 kPA) @
1000 (315)
AFC Setting
In-Hg R P M .................................. 12 @ 1600
Fuel (Flow) .................................. 65 PSI (448 kPa) (267)
No-Air Set RPM (F lo w )................ 1600 45 PSI (310 kPa) (235)
Weight-Assist Setting ................... 0.900 in. (22.8 mm)
Weight-Assist Spring..................... P/N 143848
Idle Plunger .................................. Code 40 - P/N 137370
Idle Spring .................................... P/N 144195
Torque Spring .............................. P/N 138769
Torque Spring Shims (Thickness) 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) P/N 101841
0.010 in. (0.254 mm) P/N 101842
0.020 in. (0.508 mm) P/N 101843
Governor Might............................. P/N 146437
Governor Spring .......................... P/N 143251
3-456
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Pump code; Date; CPL ............... 4567-A 87; 0531 (Big Cam III)
Engine Fuel .................................. 148-164 PSI (1020-1130 kPa)
Torque Rise % C u rve ................... 25%
Fuel Rate lb /h r.............................. 140-146
Idle Speed @ RPM ...................... 40 PSI (275 kPa) @ 500
Idle Speed cc @ RPM ................. 190-195cc @ 650
Intake Mfd. P re ss ........................ 39-47 In./Hg.
Calibration @ RPM (F lo w )........... 162 PSI(1117 kPa) @ 2100
Calibration Flow Lb./H r................ 473
Check Point 1
PSI @ R PM ................................. 111-118 PSI (765-813 kPa) @
1300
Calibration Flow Lb./H r................ 389
AFC Setting
In-Hg PSL ................................... 10
Fuel (Flow) .................................. 85 PSI (586 kPa) (325)
Certified-Year-By ......................... 1987-EPA
Engine Model .............................. NTC-400 Big Cam III
No-Air Set RPM (F lo w )................ 32 (220 kPa) (220)
Idle Plunger .................................. Code 22 - P/N 141630
Torque Spring Shims (Thickness) 0.025 m (0.635 mm) P/N 3002058
Auto Governor Spring .................. P/N 3000941
AFC Spring ................................... P/N 179826
3-457
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-458
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LOCATION/ITEM___________________________ACTION_____________________________________ REMARKS_______
NOTE
For o ther pump codes not listed, use Cum m ins Fuel Pump PT (Type G) Calibration Values.
3-459
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Pump code; Date; CPL ..................................................................................0324 9-77; 4-78; 3257 (Big Cam I)
Test Hp Rated R P M ....................................................................................... 400 @ 2100
Engine Fuel ..................................................................................................... 154-170 PSI (1061-1172 kPa)
Fuel Rate lb /h r................................................................................................ 144-150
Auto Governor Cutoff R P M ............................................................................ 2130-2150
Throttle Leakage cc/1000 RPM .................................................................... 12 1/2 to 16 1/2 cc/mim
Throttle Travel Degrees..................................................................................27-29
Idle Speed @ RPM .........................................................................................38 PSI (262 kPa) @ 500
Calibration @ RPM (F lo w )............................................................................. 165 PSI (1137 kPa) @ 2100 (480)
Check Point 1
PSI @ RPM (F lo w )....................................................................................... 130-136 PSI (896-937 kPa) @
1500 (410)
Check Point 2
PSI @ RPM (F lo w )....................................................................................... 71-77 PSI (489-531 kPa) @
1000 (290)
AFC Setting
In-Hg RPM ..................................................................................................... 14 @ 1600
Fuel PSI (Flow) ............................................................................................. 65 PSI (448 kPa) (267)
No-Air Set RPM (Flow).................................................................................... 1600 PSI (310 kPa)
45 PSI (310 kPa) (220)
Weight-Assist Setting ..................................................................................... 0.870 in. (22.09 mm)
Weight-Assist S p rin g ...................................................................................... P/N 143847
Idle P lu n g e r..................................................................................................... Code 25 -P/N 141631
Idle Spring ....................................................................................................... P/N 144195
Torque S p rin g ..................................................................................................P/N 138783
Torque Spring Shims (Thickness)................................................................. 0.005 in. (0.127 mm) P/N 101841
0.010 in. (0.254 mm) P/N 101842
0.020 in. (0.508 mm) P/N 101843
Governor M ig h t............................................................................................... P/N 146437
Governor Spring ............................................................................................. P/N 143752
AFC S p rin g ...................................................................................................... P/N 179834
3-460
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
40 41
58
LEGEND:
39. CHECK VALVE
40. SHUTDOWN SOLENOID VALVE
41. AFC SIGNAL ATTENUATOR
42. RESTRICTOR
43. AFC CASE VENT
44. AFC COVER PLATE
45. GOVERNOR SPRING PACK HOUSING
46. EXTERNAL FUEL FILTER HOUSING
47. PULSATION DAMPER
48. CASE FILL PLUG
49. SHUTDOWN SOLENOID MANUAL OVER
RIDE KNOB
50. FUEL FILTER SCREEN
51. GEAR PUMP
52. THROTTLE LEVER
53. DRIVE PIN (2)
54. THROTTLE SHAFT
55. FUEL PUMP M A IN HOUSING
56. THROTTLE SHAFT COVER
57. FRONT COVER
58. TACHOMETER DRIVE
3-461
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-462
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. TEST STAND 14. FUEL RETURN 27. LUBE OIL PRESSURE OUTLET
2. FUEL PRESSURE GAUGE 15. START COUNT BUTTON 28. PRIMER PRESSURE OUTLET
3. NO. 2 VACUUM GAUGE 16. COUNT "ON" LIGHT 29. N O . 1 ACCUMULATOR
4. FUEL TEMPERATURE GAUGE 17. COUNT SELECTOR SWITCH 30. FUEL INPUT CONNECTOR
5. DUMPING LEVER 18. FUEL HEAT "ON" LIGHT 31. FUEL OUTLET CONNECTOR
6. BURETTES 19. FUEL HEAT SWITCH 32. PRESSURE GAUGE OUTLET
7. TACHOMETER 20. SPEED SHIFTING CRANK 33. AUXILIARY RETURN
8. PRESSURE GAUGE 21. POWER "ON" LIGHT 34. LEAK TEST CONNECTOR
9. PRESSURE REGULATOR 22. MOTOR SWITCH 35. BYPASS VALVE
10. MANIFOLD INLET 23. SLOW SWITCH 36. SELECTOR VALVE
11. DRIVE SHAFT COUPLING 24. STOP BUTTON 37. FLOW CONTROL VALVE
12. M O UN TIN G RAILS 25. FAST BUTTON 38. FLOWMETER GLASS TUBE
13. LUBE OIL RETURN 26. START BUTTON
3-463
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
2. Fuel pump nameplate (54) Make sure nameplate properly a. First set of digits on top line
describes fuel pump to be provides pump control parts
calibrated. list (55).
b. Next four spaces on top line
provide base fuel pump code (56).
c. Next eight spaces on top line
provide fuel pump serial number
(57).
d. Last space on top line provides
latest fuel pump revision code
(58).
e. First space on bottom line pro
vides fuel pump direction of rota
tion (59) (right-hand rotation
pump is not marked and this
space will be blank if pump has
right-band rotation). Use
REVERSE position on fuel pump
test stand to drive fuel pump
clockwise for right rotation.
f. Next seven spaces on bottom
line provide fuel pump assembly
number (60).
g. Last five spaces on bottom line
provide engine shop order number
(61).
3-464
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-465
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
4. Fuel damper from 5-ton Install on gear pump (47). Make sure to plug fuel damper
injection pump (62) outlet with suitable plug.
NOTE
If the th ro ttle shaft cover has not already been removed, remove to gain access to the no-air
adjustm ent screw. A djusting the screw is necessary to properly calibrate fuel pump.
Complete steps 6 through 10 to remove the th ro ttle shaft cover.
3-466
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
44. CASE FILL PLUG 51. FUEL PUMP M\AiN HOUSING
47. GEAR PUMP 52. THROTTLE SHAFT COVER
49. SCREWS (2) 62. FUEL DAMPER FROM 5-TON INJECTION PUMP
3-467
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Scribe position o f th ro ttle shaft and th ro ttle lever before rem oving.
11. Test stand adapter a. Install on test stand Word "TOP" (or adapter ring
ring (67) adapter bracket (66). part number) must be visible on
top side of ring (67) when assem
bled.
b. Secure with four screws (69)
and washers (68).
3-468
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-469
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Lubricate tachom eter drive gears in fron t cover to protect them from excessive w ear during
calibration.
14. Test stand coupling insert Place into test stand drive shaft It may be necessary to hand
(74) coupling (11) so that one lug of rotate drive shaft coupling (11)
insert is at 11 o'clock position to attain this positioning of insert
and another lug is at 1 o'clock lugs. This is to assure easy
position. engagement of fuel pump drive
flange lugs into test stand cou
pling insert (74).
15. Clamp bar (70) Loosen and slide fuel pump Allow 0.0625 in. (1.5875 mm) end
assembly (71), test stand adapter clearance between drive coupling
ring (67), and test stand adapter on fuel pump assembly (71) and
bracket (66) on mounting rails (12) coupling insert (74) on test stand.
until they engage with test stand Tighten clamp bar (70) when fuel
coupling insert (74). pump assembly (71) is properly
engaged.
3-470
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-471
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
16. Throttle shaft (50) Rotate toward test stand (1) Use test stand (11020200) (1).
(to wide-open position) and
retain with a spring between
throttle lever (48) and adapter
ring (67).
18. Fuel suction hose (76) Connect from suction control valve
(77) to inlet adapter assembly (75).
19. Primer pressure outlet (28) Plug with suitable pipe plug.
20. Fuel return hose (78) Connect from lube oil pressure
outlet (27) to lube oil return (13).
21. Fuel manifold hose (79) Connect from No. 2 vacuum gauge
(3) to side connection on inlet
adapter assembly (75).
23. Fuel pressure hose (81) Connect from pressure gauge outlet
(32) to pump discharge fitting
assembly (80).
3-472
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-473
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
24. Fuel input hose (82) Connect from fuel input connector
(30) to pump discharge fitting
assembly (80).
3-474
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
43
LEGEND:
14. FUEL RETURN 80. PUMP DISCHARGE FITTING ASSEMBLY
29. NO . 1 ACCUMULATOR 82. FUEL INPUT HOSE
30. FUEL INPUT CONNECTOR 83. FUEL HOSE
31. FUEL OUTLET CONNECTOR 84. FLEXIBLE HOSE
33. AUXILIARY RETURN 85. TEE FITTING
34. LEAK TEST CONNECTOR 86. LEAKAGE ACCUMULATOR HOSE
39. CHECK VALVE 87. BLEED DRAIN FITTING
43. GOVERNOR SPRING PACK HOUSING 88. FLEXIBLE HOSE
51. FUEL PUMP MAIN HOUSING 89. PLUG
3-475
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
31. Governor spring pack b. Install fuel pump idle Use fuel pump idle adjusting tool
housing (43) (Contd) adjusting tool (90) on governor (3375981). To assure that gover
spring pack housing (43). nor has enough clearance to cut off
during calibration adjustments,
carefully pull tool shaft out so that
snapring is lightly resting against
stop. If too much force is put on
tool, snapring may be pushed off
tool shaft and down into fuel
pump main housing (51).
32. AFC cover plate (42) and Remove from fuel pump main AFC adjusting tool is part of AFC
restrictor (41) housing (51) and replace with fuel pump adjusting tool kit
AFC adjusting tool (91). (3375189). Pull out knobs on tool
to disengage sockets. Relief cuts
on tool must face toward rear of
pump to allow clearance for AFC
fuel passage pipe plug (92).
33. Regulated shop air source Connect to test stand (1). Maximum pressure should not
exceed 40 psi (275 kPa).
34. Aneroid AFC adjusting line Connect to AFC adjusting tool (91).
(93)
NOTE
Some Big Cam I engines may have fuel pum ps having the A ir Signal A ttenuator (ASA). For
those pum ps, perform step 35. Big Cam III engine fuel pum ps do not require step 35 to be
perform ed.
35. Air Signal Attenuator (ASA) a. Calibrate the fuel pump Smoke control valve produces a
and restrictor. (The ASA and without the smoke control valve. delay in intake manifold
restrictor are collectively Valve is threaded into AFC cover pressure signal to the AFC,
called the smoke control plate (42). See illustration on next resulting in a reduction of
valve.) page. accelerated smoke.
CAUTION
When rem oving the ASA from the AFC cover plate, do not disassem ble by placing the
w rench on top o f the ASA. Place the w rench on the hex at the bottom o f the ASA, ju s t
above the top o f the restricto r fo r disassem bly.
3-476
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-477
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
• The test stand m otor sw itch (22) is marked "REVERSE" and "FORWARD." For all testing
o f th is pump, the te st stand m otor sw itch (22) m ust be set to the "REVERSE" position.
This position corresponds to the right-hand drive rotation requirem ents fo r th is fuel
pump. If the m otor sw itch (22) is in the incorrect position, the pum p w ill run dry and
could be damaged.
• Be certain the fuel filte r screen (46) is clean and installed correctly. Foreign material in
the pump could damage seals, gears, o r shafts, and plug up the fuel passages. Check
to see th a t the fuel filte r screen (46) is installed w ith the hole in the screen at the
bottom . If the fuel filte r screen (46) is installed upside down, it w ill cu t o ff all fuel flow to
the pump. The pump w ill then run dry and could be damaged.
NOTE
For a com plete description and location o f the te st stand controls, refer to
TM 9-4910-387-14&P, Tester, Fuel Injection, Single End Drive, 150 to 3000 RPM.
3-478
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
22. MOTOR SWITCH
46. FUEL FILTER SCREEN
3-479
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
d. Fuel Pump Run-in (Big Cam I and Big Cam III) (Contd)
36. Shutdown solenoid Open by turning clockwise. This step is needed to cancel out
manual override knob (45) the normal electrical shutdown
through the solenoid and allow
fuel flow for testing purposes.
39. Speed-shifting crank (20) Set to HIGH range. After crank has been set to HIGH
range, turn it back (counterclock
wise) about one turn so that the
handle load is neutralized.
3-480
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. TEST STAND 37. FLOW CONTROL VALVE
20. SPEED-SHiFTiNG CRANK 45. SHUTDOWN SOLENOID MANUAL OVERRIDE KNOB
35. BYPASS VALVE 48. THROTTLE LEVER
36. SELECTOR VALVE 77. SUCTION CONTROL VALVE
3-481
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
d. Fuel Pump Run-in (Big Cam I and Big Cam III) (Contd)
42. Power switch on test stand Turn to ON position. Power "ON" light (21) should light
(1) up.
43. Fuel heat switch (19) Turn to ON position and observe Fuel heat "ON" light (18) should
fuel temperature on fuel light up. Proper operating
temperature gauge (4). temperature for calibration fluid
is 90-100°F (32.2-37.8°C). The test
stand (1) built-in thermometer
will automatically maintain this
temperature once the fluid has
been circulated.
NOTE
Check the flow m eter glass tube fo r air in the fuel flow. If air bubbles are present, w ork the
fuel pum p th ro ttle lever from full-open to idle several tim es to relieve any trapped air in the
pump. If air bubbles persist, it is an indication o f an air leak in the system . Turn the test
stand o ff and check all line connections between the te st stand and fuel pump fo r tightness.
Check the rating o f gear pum p to main housing and check to see that te st stand reservoir is
fu ll o f fluid.
3-482
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. TEST STAND 19. FUEL HEAT SWITCH
4. FUEL TEMPERATURE GAUGE 21. POWER "O N " LIGHT
7. TACHOMETER 23. SLOW SWITCH
8. PRESSURE GAUGE 25. FAST SWITCH
9. PRESSURE REGULATOR 26. START BUTTON
18. FUEL HEAT "O N " LIGHT
3-483
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
d. Fuel Pump Run-in (Big Cam I and Big Cam III) Contd)
47. Fuel pump assembly (71) Run at 500 rpm for five This step is done to purge all air
minutes. from the system. The gear pump
(47) must be able to pick up fluid
at this speed without the aid of
priming. If no fluid pickup is indi
cated in the flowmeter glass tube
(38), check the fuel filter screen
(46) for proper installation; check
that the test stand motor switch is
set to the correct position; check
that the test stand suction control
valve is open; and check all hose
connections and gear pump (47)
for condition.
48. Case fill plug (44) a. Remove from fuel pump main
housing (51).
49. Fuel pump assembly (71) Check mating surfaces and Replace seals as required.
weep hole (94) for leaks.
3-484
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
38. FLOWMETER GLASS TUBE 51. FUEL PUMP M A IN HOUSING
44. CASE FILL PLUG 71. FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY
46. FUEL FILTER SCREEN 94. WEEP HOLE
47. GEAR PUMP
3-485
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
53. Suction control valve (77) Adjust to obtain exactly 8.00 Once this suction control valve
in. Hg. (28,800 kPa) reading setting is attained, it must not be
on No. 2 vacuum gauge (3) at changed during later calibration
2000 rpm pump speed. procedures.
3-486
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
3. N O . 2 VACUUM GAUGE
25. FAST BUTTON
35. BYPASS VALVE
77. SUCTION CONTROL VALVE
3-487
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
54. Fast button (25) Depress until pump speed is Make sure flow control valve (37)
2100 rpm as indicated on is open and selector valve (36)
tachometer (7). is set at the ROTAMETER posi
tion.
55. Flow control valve (37) Adjust to 470 pph. Fuel pump throttle lever (48)
should remain in wide-open posi
tion and be secured by a spring.
56. Fast button (25) While watching fuel pressure Pressure should drop when
gauge (2), gradually increase reading on tachometer (7) is
pump speed until pressure between 2130 and 2150 rpm. If
drops slightly instead of governor cutoff point (as indicated
rising. by the tachometer) is not within
above limits, do steps 57 through
60. If governor cutoff point is
within limits, go to step 61.
3-488
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-489
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
57. Slow button (23) and stop a. Depress slow button (23) to slow
button (24) test stand to minimum speed.
59. Shims (96) Remove to decrease governor Each 0.001 in. (0.025 am)
cutoff speed and add to increase thickness of shim will change the
governor cutoff speed. governor cutoff speed about 2 rpm.
Shims are available in 0.005,
0.010, and 0.020 in. (0.127, 0.254,
and 0.508 mm) thickness. They
should be placed between gover
nor spring (97) and retainer (98).
If more than 0.150 in. (3.81 mm)
total shim thickness is required,
replace governor spring (97).
60. Snapring (95) and governor Install on fuel pump main After installing shims, snapring,
spring pack housing (43) housing (51). and spring pack housing, purge
the fuel pump of air as described
in step 47. When fluid in flowme
ter glass tube is clear again,
recheck governor cutoff point as
described in steps 54 through 56.
3-490
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-491
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
h. Throttle Leakage
NOTE
This setting is im portant because it co ntrols the deceleration tim e o f the engine.
61. Fast button (25) and slow Depress and release until fuel
button (23) pump speed is at 2100 rpm as
indicated on the tachometer (7).
62. Flowmeter glass tube (38) Check fuel flow at exactly 470 pph. If balance has changed between
rpm speed and fuel flow, it must
be reset. Also, selector valve (36)
must be at ROTAMETER position.
3-492
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
5. DUMPING LEVER 23. SLOW BUTTON
6. N O . 1 BURETTE 25. FAST BUTTON
7. TACHOMETER 36. SELECTOR VALVE
17. COUNT SELECTOR SWITCH 38. FLOWMETER GLASS TUBE
3-493
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
66. Throttle lever (48) Move to full fuel position, and Count "ON" light (16)
press start count button (15) to should light up.
start the fuel count.
67. Dumping lever (5) Push in when No. 1 burette (6) By operating count selector for
is full to dump fuel collected. one cycle before measuring fuel
flow, the inside of the burette will
be wet. This makes a more
accurate reading possible.
CAUTION
Do not hold the fuel pump th ro ttle lever in the idle position any longer than necessary to
com plete the tests. The pum p may overheat since fuel flo w is used to cool and lubricate the
pump.
69. Throttle lever (48) a. Move to idle position until Allow No. 1 burette (6) to fill.
pressure gauge (8) stabilizes at
lowest reading.
3-494
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
5 6
LEGEND:
5. DUMPING LEVER 16. COUNT "ON" LIGHT
6. N O . 1 BURETTE 17. COUNT SELECTOR SWITCH
8. PRESSURE GAUGE 4 8 . THROTTLE LEVER
15. START COUNT BUTTON
3-495
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
70. No. 1 burette (6) When count cycle ends and count The scale on the burette is
"ON" light (16) goes out, release measured in cubic centimeters
lever. Read amount of fuel delivered. (cc). Normal throttle leakage for
this pump is 45 to 59 cc at 1000
rpm. Repeat steps 67 through 70 at
least three times to ensure
accuracy. (For Big Cam I engine
fuel pumps, 12.5 to 16.5 cc throttle
linkage is normal). If throttle
leakage is not within limits shown
above, do step 71. If throttle
leakage is within limits shown
above, go to step 72.
71. Rear throttle stopscrew (99) Loosen locknut (100) and adjust Turning stopscrew (99) in will
and locknut (100) rear throttle stopscrew (99) to increase fuel flow, and turning
adjust fuel delivery. stopscrew (99) out will decrease
fuel flow. Even a slight movement
of stopscrew (99) will make
several cubic centimeters
difference in fuel flow. Sometimes
just loosening and retightening
the locknut (100) will be enough.
3-496
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-497
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
73. Level and angle indicator Position on fuel pump main Use level and angle indicator
(101) housing (51). (3375855) (101).
NOTE
Do not adjust rear th ro ttle stop from the position it was adjusted to under THROTTLE
LEAKAGE ADJUSTMENT. The rear th ro ttle stopscrew has already been set to provide the
proper deceleration tim e for the engine, and any change at th is point w ill require
recalibration o f th ro ttle leakage.
74. Throttle lever (48) a. Using level and angle indicator The throttle lever (48) may be
(101), set the idle position repositioned on the throttle
centerline of throttle lever (48) at shaft (50) as required to attain
55° from the vertical on 55°.
the centerline of throttle shaft (50).
b. Move to full-throttle position. Check centerline travel of throttle
At this position, the centerline lever (48). Centerline travel from
of the throttle lever must be idle position to full-throttle
27° as shown on level position must be 27°. If throttle
and angle indicator (101). lever (48) travel is not correct,
loosen jamnut (102) and adjust
front throttle stopscrew (103) to
attain 27° travel, then lock setting
with jamnut (102).
c. Checking and adjusting throttle The throttle lever travel template
lever (48) travel using tool 3375355, has two sets of matched holes for
throttle lever travel template (116). lever alinement that may be used.
The first and third holes, moving
clockwise from MAX to IDLE on the
template, will set lever travel for
27°-29° movement. The second and
fourth holes, moving clockwise from
MAX to IDLE will also set lever
travel for 27°-29° movement. Either
set of holes may be used, but do not
use the first and last hole in
combination or the second and third
holes; otherwise an erroneous
reading will result. See figure B.
d. Position template (116) on fuel Move the throttle lever to idle
pump housing as shown in figure A. position, and line up the hole on the
throttle shaft lever with the idle hole
on the template. The throttle shaft
lever may be repositioned on the
throttle shaft as required to line up
the holes.
e. Move throttle lever (48) to full Line up the hole on the throttle
throttle position. lever (48) with the appropriate MAX
hole on the template. If throttle lever
travel is not correct, loosen the
jamnut (102) and adjust the front
throttle stopscrew (103) to line up the
holes.
3-498
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-499
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
77. Throttle lever (48) Hold at idle position. Pressure reading on fuel pressure
gauge (2) should be 32 psi
(220 kPa). If fuel pressure is
incorrect, do step 78. If fuel
pressure is correct, go to step 79.
78. Governor spring pack Using fuel pump idle adjusting Turn fuel pump idle adjusting tool
housing (43) tool (90), turn idle adjusting (3375981) (90) clockwise to raise
screw in housing (43) until proper fuel pressure or counterclockwise to
fuel pressure is obtained. lower fuel pressure. If adjusting
screw bottoms out, stop the test
stand, remove the housing (43), and
add washers to spring end of screw.
79. Fuel pump idle adjusting Depress stop button (24) and Reinstall plug (89) after adjusting
tool (90) disengage from governor spring tool (90) has been removed.
pack housing (43).
3-500
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
2. FUEL PRESSURE GAUGE 48. THROTTLE LEVER
24. STOP BUTTON 71. FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY
36. SELECTOR VALVE 89. PLUG
43. GOVERNOR SPRING PACK HOUSING 90. FUEL PUMP IDLE ADJUSTING TOOL
3-501
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
81. Fast button (25) Depress until pump speed is at Pressure gauge (8) must be
2100 rpm as indicated on maintained at 50.00 in. Hg.
tachometer (7). (180,000 kPa).
82. Flow control valve (37) Adjust until exactly 470 pph is Pressure indicated on the fuel
indicated by the flowmeter pressure gauge (8) should be
glass tube (38). 157 psi (1082 kPa) at 470 pph. If
pressure is not correct, perform
steps 82 through 84. If pressure is
correct, go to step 85.
83. Throttle shaft (50) Remove throttle ball (104) if not Center punch and drill out with
already removed. 1/4-in. drill bit. Be careful when
drilling so bore of throttle shaft
(50) does not get damaged.
Discard throttle ball (104).
84. Throttle shaft internal fuel Adjust until proper fuel pressure Turn adjusting screw (105)
adjusting screw (105) is obtained. counterclockwise to increase
pressure or clockwise to decrease
pressure. If torque required to turn
adjusting screw (105) is less than
100-112 lb-in. (11-12 N»m), a new
screw should be installed.
85. Throttle shaft (50) Install new throttle ball (104) with Throttle ball installation tool (106)
throttle ball installation tool (106). is part of AFC fuel pump
adjusting tool kit (3375189).
Recheck governor cutoff rpm,
steps 50 through 56, after making
main pressure adjustment.
3-502
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-503
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
There are tw o calibration check points. Steps 86 through 88 are fo r calibration check point
No. 1 w hich checks torque spring accuracy. Steps 89 th rough 92 are fo r calibration check
point No. 2 w hich checks w eight-assist plunger.
86. Slow switch (23) Depress until 1300 rpm is Throttle lever (48) should be
indicated on tachometer (7). held at full-throttle position.
87. Flow control valve (37) Adjust until fuel flow through
flowmeter glass tube (38) is
exactly 380 pph as indicated by
float in tube.
88. Fuel pressure gauge (2) Check fuel pressure reading. Proper reading should be
(See Table 3-8; check point 1 for between 109 and 115 psi
both Big Cam I and Big Cam III (751 and 793 kPa) at 380 pph fuel
fuel pumps, based on their CPLs.) flow. If reading is correct, go to
Before performing steps 89 and step 91. If pressure reading is
91, use values shown. above or below desired range, do
steps 91 through 94 and repeat
steps 86 through 89. If pressure
reading is still above or below
desired range, do step 90.
3-504
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
2. FUEL PRESSURE GAUGE 37. FLOW CONTROL VALVE
7. TACHOMETER 38. FLOWMETER GLASS TUBE
23. SLOW SWITCH 48. THROTTLE LEVER
3-505
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
89. Front cover (53) and a. Stop test stand (1) and remove Refer to para. 3-61 for removal.
governor plunger (107) cover (53) and plunger (107).
b. Check torque spring (108) and Incorrect spring may have been
shims (109). used or spring may be improperly
seated or shimmed. Install correct
spring and shims as needed.
Torque spring shims are available
in 0.005, 0.010, and 0.020 in.
(0.127, 0.254 and 0.508 mm)
thickness. If new torque spring or
shims are installed, recalibrate
pump.
90. Slow switch (23) Depress and release until pump Throttle lever (48) should still
and fast button (25) speed is at 1000 rpm as be in full-throttle position.
indicated on tachometer (7).
91. Flow control valve (37) Adjust until fuel flow through
flowmeter glass tube (38) is
exactly 300 pph as indicated by
float in tube.
92. Fuel pressure gauge (2) Check fuel pressure reading. Proper reading should be
(See Table 3-8 for Big Cam I between 73 and 81 psi (503 and
fuel pump values only). 558 kPa) at 300 pph fuel flow. If
pressure reading is incorrect, do
step 93. If pressure reading is
correct, go to step 94.
93. Front cover (53) and weight- a. Stop test stand (1) by depress Refer to para. 3-61 for removal.
assist plunger (110) ing stop button (24) and remove
front cover (53) and weight-assist
plunger (110).
3-506
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-507
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
94. Selector valve (36) Ensure it is set at ROTAMETER Throttle lever (48) should remain
position. at full position.
95. No-air adjusting screw (111) Using no-air adjusting tool (113), No-air adjusting tool (113) is part
and locknut (112) loosen locknut (112) and turn of AFC fuel pump adjusting tool
no-air adjusting screw (111) until kit (3375189). All adjustments
it bottoms on fuel pump main to the AFC plunger setting must
housing (51). be made when the no-air adjusting
screw (111) is bottomed on the
main housing (51). Also ensure
that the AFC plunger threads are
sealed with liquid thread sealant.
3-508
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-509
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
98. Flowmeter glass tube (38) Allow fuel to escape until float in
tube stabilizes at or near zero.
NOTE
A ir pressure during AFC plunger setting procedures m u st always be reached w hile
increasing air pressure on the AFC bellows. If specified pressure reading is overshot,
reduce the pressure to 0 in. Hg. (0 kPa) on fuel pressure gauge (2), and w ait until the fuel
flow stabilizes at o r near zero in flow m eter glass tube before increasing o r decreasing the
setting.
100. Flow control valve (37) Adjust until fuel flow through
flowmeter glass tube (38) is
exactly 385 pph as indicated by
float in tube.
CAUTION
• The AFC adjusting tool m ust be used w ith care. The large movable center hex socket
engages the nut that retains the AFC bellows to the plunger. Use a hex-head socket
w rench to move the plunger in and o ut to attain the proper adjustm ent.
• If large hex socket is not properly engaged, the AFC bellows can be torn o r ripped. The
proper sequence is to firs t engage the large hex socket, then the sm aller hex socket, and
fin ally the hex-head socket wrench.
NOTE
If adjustm ent is required, reduce air pressure to 9 psi (62 kPa).
101. AFC adjusting tool (91) a. Using adjusting tool, adjust AFC adjusting tool (91) is part of
fuel pressure reading on fuel AFC fuel pump adjusting tool kit
pressure gauge (2) to a reading of (3375189). During this adjustment,
83-87 psi (572-599 kPa). it may be necessary to adjust the
flow control valve (37) to maintain
the fuel flow rate of 385 pph. Use
extreme care; fuel flow rate must
be maintained during tightening to
an approximate value of
25-35 lb-in. (2.8-3.9 N»m).
CAUTION
The AFC plunger can be very easily broken when tightening the jam nut. Use extreme care
when tightening three jam nuts to the required 25-35 lb-in. (2.8-3.9 N^m) torque. The large
and sm all hex sockets m ust be fu lly retracted after loosening the plunger jam nu t to avoid
interfering w ith the AFC piston travel. If the AFC piston position is disturbed w hile
adjusting the plunger, repeat the entire adjustm ent sequence (steps 94 through 101).
3-510
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-511
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
n. No-Air Screw
102. Slow switch (23) and fast Depress and release until pump Throttle lever (48) should be held
button (25) speed is 1600 rpm as indicated at full-throttle position. Air
on tachometer (7). pressure reading on pressure
gauge (8) should be 0.00 in. Hg.
(0 kPa).
105. Slow switch (23) and stop When all calibration checks
button (24) have been completed, slow down
test stand (1) to minimum speed,
then stop test stand.
3-512
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-513
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
106. AFC adjusting tool (91) Remove from fuel pump main
housing (51).
107. AFC cover plate (42) and a. Install on fuel pump main
restrictor (41) housing (51).
b. Secure with three screws (115). Bottom screw (115) should have a
hole drilled in it. Tighten screws
(115) to 30-45 lb-in. (3.3-5.0 N»m).
112. Inlet adapter assembly (75) Remove from gear pump (47).
114. Fuel pump assembly (71), a. Remove from test stand (1).
adapter ring (67), and
adapter bracket (66) b. Separate.
3-514
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. TEST STAND 67. ADAPTER RING
39. CHECK VALVE 71. FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY
40. SHUTDOWN SOLENOID VALVE 75. INLET ADAPTER ASSEMBLY
41. RESTRICTOR 80. PUMP DISCHARGE FITTING ASSEMBLY
42. AFC COVER PLATE 85. TEE FITTING
47. GEAR PUMP 87. BLEED DRAIN FITTING
48. THROTTLE LEVER 91. AFC ADJUSTING TOOL
51. FUEL PUMP M A IN HOUSING 115. SCREW
66. ADAPTER BRACKET
3-515
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
115. Test stand coupling insert Remove from test stand (1).
(74)
116. Throttle shaft cover (52) Do not install on fuel pump main Throttle shaft cover (52) must be
and two screws (49) housing (51) at this time. removed to perform on-engine fuel
pump adjustment. A cover will be
installed after on-engine fuel
adjustment has been made.
3-516
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-517
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
a. D isassem bly
2. Pulley (13) and impeller (2) Remove from shaft (7). Use puller (3375265).
3. Seal (12) Remove from water pump Discard seal (12). Use a prybar
assembly (1). for easy removal.
5. Shaft (7) and two bearings Remove from water pump To remove, push on shaft (7) from
(8) assembly (1). impeller (2) side of pump
assembly (1).
6. Seat and seal assembly (3) Remove. Use a drift punch to push parts
and gasket (6) out. Discard seat and seal assem
bly (3) and gasket (6).
3-518
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-519
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
7. Bearing (8) and spacer Remove from shaft (7). The outer bearing (8) is removed
(10) first. Use bearing disassembly fix
ture (ST-1114) for removal of
bearing (8).
9. Bearing (8) Remove from shaft (7). The inner bearing (8) nearest the
impeller (2) is removed next. Use
bearing disassembly fixture
(ST-1114) for removal of bearing
(8).
10. Spacer (21) Remove from shaft (24) by Hold spacer (21) in the jaws of a
lightly tapping shaft (24) with vise with copper protector plates
plastic hammer. to prevent damage.
11. Seal (19) Remove from pulley (25). Use round end of prybar. Discard
seal (19).
3-520
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. WATER PUMPASSEMBLY 10. SPACER
2. IMPELLER 19. SEAL
7. SHAFT 21. SPACER
8. BEARING (2) 24. SHAFT
9. RETAINING RING 25. PULLEY
3-521
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
14. Bearing (23) and pipe plug Remove from pulley (25). Hold pulley (25) in vise and lightly
(26) hit bearing (23) with flat punch
through hole for pipe plug (26).
15. Bearing (23) and shaft (24) Separate. Use a press and mandrel (ST-658).
b. Cleaning
WARNING
• Compressed air used fo r cleaning purposes w ill not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only
w ith effective chip guarding and protective equipm ent su ch as goggles o r shield, gloves,
etc. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
• Approved solvents may be flam m able and w ill not be used near open flame. Use o nly in
w ell-ventilated area. Failure to com ply may result in injury to personnel.
18. All other parts Clean and dry with compressed Use SD-3 solvent.
air.
3-522
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
4. PIPE PLUG (2) 23. BEARING
5. PIPE PLUG 24. SHAFT
16. GASKET 25. PULLEY
20. RETAINING RING 26. PIPE PLUG
22. PREFORMED PACKING
3-523
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection
19. Two bearings (8) and Inspect for wear and damage. Replace if worn or damaged.
bearing (23)
21. Impeller (2) a. Inspect for cracks, corrosion, Replace if cracked, corroded,
or wear. or worn.
b. Measure the bore. Refer to step 20c.
3-524
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
2. IMPELLER 23. BEARING
7. SHAFT 24. SHAFT
8. BEARING (2)
3-525
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Inspection (Contd)
23. Bearing (14) Inspect for wear or damage. Replace if damaged or worn.
Replacement is covered in step 41
3-526
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. WATER PUMP ASSEMBLY 14. BEARING
7. SHAFT 24. SHAFT
13. PULLEY 25. PULLEY
3-527
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
d. Assem bly
25. Shaft (24) a. Install bearing (23) on shaft Apply a thin coat of OE/HDO 10
(24). lubricating oil to shaft (24) for
easier installation. Use water
pump bearing mandrel (ST-658).
CAUTION
Ensure Loctite does not m igrate to inside diam eter o f bearing. Bearing failure could result.
26. Retaining ring (20) Install on shaft (24). Install flat side of retaining ring
(20) toward bearing (23).
CAUTION
Prior to installing the pipe plug, install a grease fittin g and lubricate until you can see the
grease th ro u g h the bearing. Remove the grease fittin g and install the pipe plug.
3-528
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
20. RETAINING RING 24. SHAFT
23. BEARING 25. PULLEY
3-529
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
27. Pipe plug (26) Install on pulley (25). Coat pipe plug (26) with liquid
thread sealant prior to installa
tion.
28. New seal (19) Install on pulley (25). Install lip of new seal (19) toward
pulley (25). Use oil seal driver
(ST-1191) and oil seal pilot
(3375180).
29. New preformed packing (22) Install on shaft (24). Lubricate new preformed packing
(22) with OE/HDO 10 lubricating
oil prior to installing.
30. Spacer (21) Install on shaft (24). Push until spacer (21) is against
bearing (23). Pulley (25), with
assembled parts, should be set
aside for later use.
31. New gasket (6) Install on water pump assembly Use oil seal driver (ST-1191) and
(1). oil seal pilot (3375180). Install lip
of seal toward oil seal driver
(ST-1191). Push new gasket (6)
until at bottom of bore.
3-530
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-531
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the ball bearing, make sure the inner face o f the ball bearing is not
pressed tig h t against the bearing spacer.
34. Spacer (10) and bearings (8) Install on shaft (7). Use water pump bearing mandrel
(ST-658). Make sure bearings (8)
turn freely after installation.
CAUTION
Ensure Loctite does not m igrate to inside diam eter o f bearing. Bearing failure could result.
35. Two bearings (8) and Install in bore of water pump Apply a thin coat of Loctite to
shaft (7) assembly (1). outer surface of two bearings (8).
Use water pump bearing mandrel
(ST-658). Press on impeller end of
shaft (7).
36. Retaining ring (11) Install on shaft (7). Install flat side of retaining ring
(11) toward bearings (8).
3-532
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. WATER PUMP ASSEMBLY 9. RETAINING RING
7. SHAFT 10. SPACER
8. BEARING (2) 11. RETAINING RING
3-533
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
Prior to installing the pipe plugs in th e bearing bore o f th e w ater pump assem bly, install a
grease fittin g and lubricate th e ball bearings until you can see grease th rough the outer ball
bearing.
37. Two pipe plugs (4) Install on water pump assembly Coat with liquid thread sealant.
(1).
38. Pipe plug (5) Install on water pump assembly Coat with liquid thread sealant.
(1).
39. New seal (12) Install on water pump assembly Lip of new seal (12) must be
(1). toward bearings (8) and installed
even with top edge of bore. Use oil
seal driver (St -1191) and oil seal
pilot (3375180).
40. New seat and seal Install on water pump assembly Coat brass part of outside
assembly (3) (1). diameter with Loctite. Apply one
drop only of Loctite between new
seat and seal assembly (3) and
shaft (7). Use water pump seal
mandrel (3375448).
3-534
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. WATER PUMP ASSEMBLY 7. SHAFT
3. SEAT A ND SEAL ASSEMBLY 8. BEARING (2)
4. PIPE PLUG (2) 12. SEAL
5. PIPE PLUG
3-535
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
41. Bearing (14) Install on pulley (13). Use oil seal driver (ST-1191) for
installation.
42. Pulley (13) and bearing (14) Install on shaft (7). Apply a light coat of Loctite to the
bore of pulley (13). Use suitable
press and install until pulley (13)
is against large diameter of shaft
(7).
43. Impeller (2) Install on shaft (7). Apply a light coat of Loctite to
the bore of impeller (2). Check
clearance after installation;
should be 0.020-0.040 in.
(0.508-1.016 mm).
3-536
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. WATER PUMP ASSEMBLY 15. SCREW
2. IMPELLER 17. NUT
7. SHAFT 18. WASHER
13. PULLEY 25. PULLEY
14. BEARING
3-65. GENERAL
a. This section provides maintenance procedures for assembly of subassemblies, installation of major components, and removal
of engine from maintenance stand. These procedures are for the engine removed from the vehicle.
b. In cases where it may only be necessary, or more time efficient, to assemble the engine while installed in vehicle, follow the
applicable portions of the tasks contained in this section to install the part or component.
c. In the task summary listed below, a complete list of special tools, test equipment, materials, parts, and related information
required to perform a complete engine assembly is provided. To find a specific engine assembly procedure contained in this section,
see list of tasks.
INITIAL SETUP:
3-539
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Cover gasket (15434) 65274 Refer to specific paragraph for this information.
REFERENCES (TM)
None GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Engine components are heavy. Use extreme caution
during assembly to prevent injury to personnel
TROUBLESHOOTING REFERENCES and/or damage to equipment.
Para. 2-8
EQUIPMENT CONDITION
List o f Tasks
3-540
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-541
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
PERSONNEL REQUIRED
Automotive repairman MOS 63H
Installation
NOTE
• Installation o f cylind er liners is carried o ut during cylind er block repair. This is necessary
to check cylind er liner counterbore diam eter, depth, protrusion, sealant application
procedure, and type o f packing ring lubricant used.
• Refer to para. 3-34, C ylinder Block Repair, fo r com plete installation procedure o f cylinder
liners.
FOLLOW-ON TASK: Install engine crankshaft and main bearings (para. 3-68).
3-542
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-543
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Installation
CAUTION
• The cylinder block saddle and cap mating surfaces m ust be clean and d ry when bearing
halves are installed o r engine damage may result.
• W ipe main bearing bores, main bearings, engine crankshaft, and related parts w ith a clean
cloth. Ensure cloth does not leave any particles o r lin t in o r on parts and bores o r engine
damage may result.
NOTE
• The upper main bearings have a groove and o il hole to perm it lubrication o f engine
crankshaft; the low er main bearing halves do not. The upper main bearings fo r No. 2, 4,
and 6 are the same. The groove in upper main bearing half fo r No. 7 is not in the center.
Install the No. 7 main bearing so w ider part o f bearing (from groove) is toward flywheel
end o f the cylind er block. Each main bearing has a groove. Install main bearings so
grooves w ill fit retaining rings.
• Check fo r marks on crankshaft to determ ine size o f main bearings and th ru s t rings. If
there are no marks, use standard-size parts.
3-544
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
1. Seven new upper main Install on cylinder block (1). Lubricate main bearing
bearing halves (2) contact surface with OE/HDO 30
lubricating oil.
3-545
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
WARNING
Use extreme caution during assem bly; engine com ponents are heavy. Failure to com ply
may result in damage to equipm ent o r injury to personnel.
Crankshaft (4) Install on cylinder block (1). Assistant will help lift crankshaft
(4). Use a suitable lifting device
and hooks protected with a rubber
hose or a lifting strap to lower
crankshaft (4) on cylinder block
(1).
New upper thrust bearing Roll into position on the No. 7 Ensure grooved thrust side of
washers (5) journal of crankshaft (4). thrust bearing washers (5) are
against the flange of crankshaft
(4). The upper thrust rings are not
doweled to cylinder block (1). The
lower thrust bearing washers (5)
are doweled to No. 7 bearing cap.
5. Seven new lower main Install on main bearing Lubricate contact surface of
bearing halves (6) journals of crankshaft (4). seven lower main bearing halves
(6) and main bearing journal sur
face of crankshaft (4) with
OE/HDO lubricating oil prior to
installation. Make certain lower
main bearing halves (6) are
aligned with retaining rings (3).
6. No. 1 through No. 6 Install on cylinder block (1) over Ensure each bearing cap (8)
bearing caps (8) crankshaft (4). is in its correct location and posi
tion.
7. Lower thrust bearing Install on No. 7 bearing cap (7). The grooved side of two lower
washers (5) thrust bearing washers (5) must
be toward flange of crankshaft (4).
No. 7 bearing cap (7) with Install on cylinder block (1) over
thrust bearing washers (5) No. 7 main bearing journal of
crankshaft (4).
Fourteen screws (10) and Install on bearing caps (7) and Coat threads with OE/HDO 30
new lockplates (9) (8) on cylinder block (1) lubricating oil and lockplates (9)
finger-tight. with gear 60-80/140 lubricating
oil. Allow excess oil to drain off
prior to installing screws (10) on
cylinder block (1).
3-546
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-547
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
CAUTION
When striking bearing caps, ensure bearing halves and retaining rings do not move or
damage may result.
10. No. 7 bearing cap (7) and Strike with rubber mallet to Ensure dowel pins and thrust
No. 1 through No. 6 push into position on cylinder bearing washers (5) for No. 7
bearing caps (8) block (1). bearing cap (7) are correctly
aligned.
11. Fourteen screws (10) a. Tighten each screw (10) to
85 lb-ft (115 N»m) at a time in
sequence shown until each screw
is tightened to 250-260 lb-ft
(339-353 N»m).
3-548
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-549
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
FOLLOW-ON TASK: Install piston, connecting rod, and bearings (para. 3-69).
3-550
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-551
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Installation
NOTE
• Use th is procedure to install any one o f the six piston, connecting rod, and bearings
assem blies.
• Parts are not interchangeable. Do not m ix parts from one assem bly w ith another.
• Alw ays replace bearing halves in pairs (upper and lower).
• Check fo r m arks on crankshaft to determ ine bearing size. If there are no marks, use
standard-size parts.
1. Two new compression a. Using piston ring expander (12), Use piston ring expander (ST-763)
rings (1) and (3) and two install on piston and connecting To avoid damaging rings, do not
new piston rings (2) and (4) rod assembly (5). overexpand during installation.
Rings should only be expanded
enough to allow them to fit over
piston. Install rings with word
"top" toward top of piston.
2. Upper rod bearing half (6) Install on piston and Tang of bearing half (6) must be
connecting rod assembly (5). into slot of connecting rod. Ensure
oil hole in bearing half (6) lines up
with oil hole in connecting rod.
3. Lower rod bearing half (6) Install on connecting rod Tang of bearing half (6) must be
cap (7). into slot of connecting rod cap (7).
Cap (7) does not have an oil hole.
3-552
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-553
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
4. Two rod bearing halves (6) Lubricate with clean lubricating Use OE/HDO 30 lubricating oil
oil. (Appendix C, Item 21).
3-554
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-555
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
9. Connecting rod cap (7) a. Install on crankshaft (9) and Ensure numbered side of
on piston and connecting rod connecting rod cap (7) is on same
assembly (5). side as numbered side of connect
ing rod.
10. Piston and connecting rod a. Check side-to-side movement. Piston and connecting rod
assembly (5) assembly (5) must move freely on
crankshaft journal with hand
pressure. If connecting rod does
not move freely, remove connect
ing rod cap (7) and check for dirt,
damage, or improper bearing half
(6).
3-556
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
FEELER
GAUGE
LEGEND:
5. PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLY 8. SCREW (2)
6. ROD BEARING HALF (2) 9. CRANKSHAFT
7. CONNECTING ROD CAP 13. CONNECTING ROD GUIDE PIN (2)
3-557
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Installation
CAUTION
The oil grooves on th ru s t w asher m ust be installed facing cam shaft gear o r th ru s t w asher
failure w ill result.
NOTE
Four cam shaft p ilo t tools, Part No. 3375268, may be used to assist w ith cam shaft installation
if available.
d. Check camshaft-to-crankshaft
3-558
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
backlash as follows:
3-559
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
Camshaft (2) (Contd) (4) Rotate camshaft gear (1) in Normal backlash is 0.004-0.016 in.
opposite direction as far as it will (0.102-0.406 mm) between a new
freely move. The reading on camshaft gear (1) and a new
indicator shows amount of crankshaft gear (9). Minimum
backlash between gears. backlash for a new camshaft gear
is 0.002 in. (0.051 mm). Gears will
begin to make noise if backlash
exceeds 0.010 in. (0.254 mm). If
noise is acceptable, do not replace
gears unless backlash exceeds
0.020 in. (0.508 mm).
NOTE
Perform steps 3 and 4 to install any one o f the three cam follow er assemblies. Repeat steps
3 and 4 as required to install each additional cam fo llo w er assembly.
New cam follower assembly Install on dowel pins and Use gasket or gaskets with same
gasket (5) cylinder block (4). thickness as those removed (refer
to para. 3-28). Total gasket thick
ness must be between 0.014-0.080
in. (0.356-2.032 mm). Install gas
ket (P/N 3020000) (M915A1/
Big Cam III) so that it is against
cylinder block (4) and sealing bead
faces cam follower assembly (6).
Cam follower assembly (6) a. Install on cylinder block (4). Strike housing with soft-nose
hammer to push it onto dowel
pins on cylinder block (4).
b. Secure with six screws (7). Six Tighten to 15 lb-ft (20 N»m) in
lockwashers (8) are also used on tightening sequence (10) shown in
M915/Big Cam I engines. illustration, then tighten to
30-35 lb-ft (41-48 N»m).
FOLLOW-ON TASK: Install cylinder head assembly and pushrods (para. 3-71)
3-560
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-561
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
PERSONNEL REQUIRED
Automotive repairman MOS 63H
Installation
NOTE
• The fo llo w in g procedure involves installation o f one cylind er head assem bly. Installation
o f rem aining cylinder heads is sim ilar. Repeat steps 1 th rough 9 to install each additional
cylind er head assem bly as required.
• Ensure m arks made on each cylinder head and cylind er block during removal are
matched together during installation so th a t each cylinder head assem bly is installed in
its original position on cylinder block.
1. New cylinder head Install on dowel pins of cylinder Ensure new cylinder head
gasket (8) block (7). gasket (8) has the side with word
TOP facing upwards.
2. Cylinder head assembly (6) Install on cylinder block (7). Assistant will help lift cylinder
head assembly (6). Use T-handles
to assist in positioning cylinder
head assembly (6).
CAUTION
C ylinder head screw s on turbocharged engines are made o f hardened material. The letters
NT are stamped on the head o f these screws. Do not use any other screw s to secure
cylind er heads. Engine damage may result.
3-562
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-563
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
NOTE
The injector pushrods are larger in diam eter than the valve
pushrods. The valve pushrods are 0.007 in. (0.178 mm) longer than injector pushrods.
Ensure each pushrod is installed in same position as noted during removal.
Four intake and exhaust Install on cam followers (9) and Ball end of pushrods (11) and (12)
pushrods (11) and two (10). must fit into socket of cam
injector pushrods (12) followers (9) and (10). The injector
pushrod (12) is installed on center
injector cam follower (10).
3-564
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-565
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
MATERIALS/PARTS
Gasket (as required) (15434) 3011878 SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
(M915/Big Cam I) Work area clean and away from blowing dirt and
Gasket (15434) 302000 (M915A1/Big Cam III) dust.
Gasket (as required) (15434) 3020001,
3020002, 3020003, 3020004 GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
(M915A1/Big Cam III) None
PERSONNEL REQUIRED
Automotive repairman MOS 63H
a. Setup
3-566
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-567
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
Injection tim in g fo r No. 1 cylinder requires th a t No. 1 piston be set at TDC. TDC w ill occur
during both com pression stroke and exhaust stroke. Injection tim ing is perform ed when
piston is at TDC on com pression stroke.
NOTE
• Adjustm ents to injection tim ing are made by altering thickness o f cam fo llo w er assem bly
gaskets.
• Injection tim in g may be advanced o r retarded by adding o r rem oving cam follow er
assem bly gaskets.
• Use cylin d e r Nos. 1, 3, and 5 to check injection tim ing.
• Dial indicators used in injection tim ing m ust have a total travel o f at least 0.25 in. (6.350
mm).
• Ensure cam shaft is pushed in every tim e crankshaft is rotated.
• Use o nly the crankshaft to rotate engine. The use o f gears w ill result in false
m easurements. Gear lash m ust be closed up in the direction o f normal rotation
(crankshaft rotating clockw ise when facing crankshaft fro n t pulley).
2. Two screws (18) Install on threaded holes on front The two screws (18) will be used
of crankshaft (17). See view A. for turning crankshaft (17) to
locate TDC (19).
3. Crankshaft (17) Rotate clockwise to TDC (19) TDC can be determined when
on compression stroke, using a both rods (9) and (11) start
suitable bar between two screws moving upward. Continue
(18). Refer to view B. rotating until piston follower rod
(11) reaches its uppermost travel
position. When TDC (19) is
determined, remove two screws
(18) and install on locations shown
in view A.
3-568
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. PISTON DIAL INDICATOR SETSCREW 16. PISTON DIAL INDICATOR
4. PUSHROD DIAL INDICATOR SETSCREW 17. CRANKSHAFT
6. PUSHROD DIAL INDICATOR 18. SCREW (2)
9. INJECTOR PUSHROD 19. TOP DEAD CENTER (TDC)
11. PISTON FOLLOWER ROD
3-569
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
5. Crankshaft (17) Slowly rotate several degrees The piston dial indicator (16)
clockwise and counterclockwise and pushrod dial indicator (6)
to ensure piston is at TDC (19) will move in the same direction
and pushrod dial indicator (6) when piston is on compression
is at TDC. Refer to view B. stroke.
NOTE
Alw ays set dial indicator at zero at TDC w ith crankshaft having ju s t been rotated in the
direction o f normal rotation (clockwise).
Crankshaft (17) Rotate clockwise 90° after Piston follower rod (11) will be
TDC (20). Refer to view C. near bottom of its travel.
3-570
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-571
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
9. Crankshaft (17) (Contd) c. Slowly rotate crankshaft (17) This reading of 0.0032 in.
clockwise until piston dial (0.0813 mm) is actually 0.2032 in.
indicator (16) reads 0.0032 in. (5.1613 mm) before zero since
(0.0813 mm) before zero. piston dial indicator (16) will have
reached over 0.200 in. (5.08 mm)
as the crankshaft (17) was moved
to 45 degrees before TDC (21).
Refer to view E. Each revolution
of the dial indicator hand
represents 0.100 in. (2.54 mm).
NOTE
Engine assem bly, as described in th is section, is w ith the assum ption that all units have
been repaired o r are new and are ready to be assembled. During assem bly operations,
it is im portant to closely inspect each unit to make sure nothing has been overlooked
during inspection and repair. Plugs should be checked fo r tightness, parts kept clean,
openings covered, and machined surfaces protected. A pplication o f any type lubricant
should be performed from covered containers.
The tim in g code fo r th is engine is BM Big Cam I o r BY Big Cam III, reference the engine
data plate. Code BM is used fo r CPL 324 and 327. Code BY is used fo r CPL 393.
BM Big Cam I (CPL 324 and 327) BY Big Cam III (CPL 393)
CAUTION
Never change cam fo llo w er assem bly gaskets to correct injection tim ing until checking the
fo llow ing:
• Tim ing to ol is correctly installed.
• Dial indicators are correctly adjusted.
• C rankshaft has been rotated in the co rrect direction.
• Screws fo r cam fo llo w er assem blies have been tightened to 30-35 lb-ft (41-48 N^m).
3-572
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Do not increase the total gasket thickness to more than 0.080 in. (2.032 mm). The m inim um
total thickness m ust be at least 0.014 in. (0.356 mm).
3-573
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
The injection tim ing procedure fo r cylinder No. 3 is sim ilar to tim ing No. 1 cylind er w ith one
exception; the tim ing fixture m ust be moved to cylind er No. 3 and piston No. 3 m ust be used
as the reference fo r determ ining Top Dead Center (TDC).
NOTE
The injection tim ing procedure fo r cylinder No. 5 is sim ilar to tim ing No. 1 cylind er w ith one
exception; the tim ing fixture m ust be moved to cylind er No. 5 and piston No. 5 m ust be used
as reference fo r determ ining TDC.
3-574
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-575
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Installation
2. Accessory drive housing Position on cylinder block (1). Ensure timing mark on
assembly (3) and new accessory drive gear (9) lines up
gasket (2) with timing mark on camshaft
gear (8). This alignment is neces
sary so that valve and injector
adjustment marks on accessory
drive pulley will be correctly
aligned.
3. Five captive washer screws Install on accessory drive Tighten to 40-45 lb-ft (54-61 N»m).
(4) housing assembly (3), gasket (2),
and cylinder block (1).
4. Accessory drive gear (9) Check accessory drive gear-to- Use dial gauge attachment
and camshaft gear (8) camshaft gear backlash as (ST-1325) and dial indicator and
follows: sleeve assembly (3376050).
3-576
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-577
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
4. Accessory drive gear (9) b. Rotate accessory drive gear (9) Ensure camshaft gear (8) does
and camshaft gear (8) as far as it will freely move. not move.
(Contd)
3-578
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
3. ACCESSORY DRIVE HOUSING ASSEMBLY
8. CAMSHAFT GEAR
9. ACCESSORY DRIVE GEAR
3-579
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Installation
NOTE
Perform steps 1 through 6 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
1. Elbow (2) (M915A1/Big Install on cylinder block (1). Coat threads with pipe sealant.
Cam III)
2. Oil transfer hose (3) Install on elbow (2). Coat threads with pipe sealant.
(M915A1/Big Cam III)
4. Oil pump assembly (6) Position in mounting hole Ensure that pump drive gear (7)
(M915A1/Big Cam III) of cylinder block (1). of oil pump assembly (6) aligns
with teeth of camshaft gear (9).
5. Five screws (4) and new Install on oil pump assembly Tighten to 45 lb-ft (61 N»m).
lockwashers (5) (M915A1/ (6) and cylinder block (1).
Big Cam III)
6. Oil transfer hose (3) Install loose end of oil transfer Coat threads with pipe sealant.
(M915A1/Big Cam III) hose (3) to oil pump assembly
(6).
3-580
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-581
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
NOTE
Perform steps 7 through 9 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
8. Oil pump assembly (11) Position in mounting hole of Ensure pump drive gear (7) of
(M915/Big Cam I) cylinder block (1). oil pump assembly (11) aligns
with teeth on camshaft gear (9).
9. Three screws (12), two Install on oil pump assembly Tighten to 40 lb-ft (54 N»m).
screws (14), and five new (11) and cylinder block (1).
lockwashers (13) (M915/
(Big Cam I)
NOTE
The oil pum p gear backlash check procedure is identical fo r both M915/Big Cam I and
M915A1/Big Cam III engines.
10. Pump drive gear (7) (M915/ Check for backlash against
Big Cam I and m 915A1/ camshaft gear (9) as follows:
Big Cam III)
(1) Install dial indicator and Use dial gauge attachment (15)
sleeve assembly (16) and dial (ST-1325) and dial indicator and
gauge attachment (15) on front of sleeve assembly (16) (3376050).
cylinder block (1), and position tip
of indicator (16) against a tooth of
pump drive gear (7).
(2) Rotate pump drive gear (7) as Ensure camshaft gear (9) does
as far as it will freely move. not move.
(4) Rotate pump drive gear (7) in Minimum backlash is 0.002 in.
opposite direction. The reading (0.051 mm) and maximum
on indicator (16) shows amount of backlash is 0.016 in. (0.406 mm).
backlash between gears. Replace pump drive gear (7) if not
within specifications. Refer to
para. 3-44 for pump drive gear (7)
removal and installation.
3-582
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-583
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
TEST EQUIPMENT
None EQUIPMENT CONDITION
Oil pump installed (para. 3-74).
MATERIALS/PARTS
Lubricant, high-pressure (Appendix C, Item 15) SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Gasket (15434) 3021704 Work area clean and away from blowing dirt and
Lockwasher (96906) MS35338-47 dust.
(M915/Big Cam I)
Preformed packing (15434) 215705 GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Shim (as required) (15434) 185573, 65259-A, None
65259-B, 65259-C
Three lockwashers (15434) S-604
(M915/Big Cam I)
Installation
NOTE
To replace crankshaft and accessory drive oil seals, refer to para. 3-48.
Perform step 1 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform step 2 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
Three screws (4), lockwashers Remove from camshaft support These parts must be removed
(22), and washers (23) (5). Remove camshaft support (5), before installing gear cover (11)
shim pack (6), and preformed
packing (7) from gear cover (11).
Three captive washer Remove from camshaft support These parts must be removed
screws (4) (5). Remove camshaft support (5), before installing gear cover (11)
shim pack (6), and preformed
packing (7) from gear cover (11).
CAUTION
A ll surfaces in contact w ith oil seals m ust be com pletely free o f oil. Oil on a Teflon seal w ill
d estroy its sealing properties.
3-584
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-585
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
NOTE
Perform step 5 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform step 6 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
Screw (8), lockwasher (9), Install on gear cover (11) and Tighten screw (8), and captive
washer (10), captive washer cylinder block (14). washer screws (15) and (19) to
screw (15), and nine captive 45-55 lb-ft (61-75 N»m).
washer screws (19)
Three captive washer screws Install on gear cover (11) and Tighten captive washer screws (8),
(8), captive washer screw cylinder block (14). (15), and (19) to 45-55 lb-ft
(15), and nine captive washer (61-75 N»m).
screws (19)
NOTE
Perform step 8 fo r 1M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform step 9 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
Six screws (1), washers (2), Install on front engine support Tighten screws (1) and (21) to
two screws (21), and (3) and gear cover (11). 45-55 lb-ft (61-75 N»m).
washers (20)
Six screws (1), washers (2), Install on front engine support Tighten screw (1) and captive
two captive washer screws (3) and gear cover (11). washer screws (21) to 45-55 lb-ft
(21) (61-75 N»m).
11. Gear cover (11) a. Using straightedge and Gear cover flange must be even
feeler gauge, check alignment of with front cylinder block flange
oil pan mounting flange on gear within 0.004 in. (0.102 mm).
cover (11) with oil pan mounting
flange on cylinder block (14).
3-586
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-587
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
12. Camshaft support (5), shim a. Remove shim pack (6) and
pack (6), and preformed preformed packing (7) from
packing (7) camshaft support (5).
NOTE
• Perform step 13 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
• Perform step 14 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
13. Three screws (4), new Install on camshaft support (5), Tighten screws (4) to 15-20 lb-ft
lockwashers (22), and shim pack (6), and gear cover (11). (20-27 N»m).
washers (23)
14. Three captive washer screws Install on camshaft support (5), Tighten captive washer screws (4)
(4) shim pack (6), and gear cover (11). to 15-20 lb-ft (20-27 N»m).
NOTE
Perform steps 15 and 16 if oil pan is installed.
16. Four captive washer screws Install on engine shipping Tighten captive washer screws
(17) (M915A1/Big Cam III) support (16), engine oil pan, and or screws (18) to 35-40 lb-ft
or four screws (18) gear cover (11). (48-54 N»m).
(M915/Big Cam I)
3-588
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-589
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Installation
NOTE
Remove pipe plug from fron t gear cover and ensure tim ing marks on cam shaft gear and
accessory drive gear are aligned. Reinstall pipe plug in fro n t gear cover and torque to 35-45
lb-ft (48-61 N^m).
Accessory drive shaft (7) Coat with high-pressure Refer to Appendix C, Item 15.
lubricant.
NOTE
Discard and replace keyway seal if it is deteriorated o r damaged.
Keyway seal (5) Install on keyway of accessory Ensure short leg of keyway
drive pulley (4) (M915/Big Cam I) seal (5) faces toward inside of
or accessory drive pulley assembly accessory drive shaft (7) and washer
(6) (M915A1/Big Cam III). (3) will crush against "L" of seal (5).
New locknut (2) and washer Install and tighten on accessory Tighten locknut (2) to 300-310 lb-ft
(3) drive shaft (7). (407-420 N»m). Hold crankshaft at
flywheel end when applying
torque.
3-590
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Perform steps 5 and 6 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
6. Six screws (1) (M915A1/ Install on accessory drive pulley Tighten screws (1) to 40-45 lb-ft
Big Cam III) assembly (6). (54-61 N.m).
3-591
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Installation
NOTE
A ir com pressor m ust be tim ed to engine firing order.
3-592
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-593
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
NOTE
• Installation o f air com pressor coolant lines, air lines, and fittin g s is basically the same.
The M915A1/Big Cam III is shown.
• Not all engines are equipped w ith A ir Supply Attenuators (ASAs).
5. Air inlet connector (10) Install on compressor (1) with Apply pipe sealant to male pipe
new gasket (12), two washers (8), threads.
new lockwashers (7), screws (9)
and (6), and plug (11).
6. Two air inlet hoses (3) and Install on air inlet connector (10)
tube (5) and elbow (2) with four clamps (4).
7. Three adapters (15), coupling Install on compressor (1) and Apply pipe sealant to male pipe
(17), and elbow (18) aftercooler. threads.
3-594
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-595
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
3. Two screws (11) and Install on fuel pump (10), gasket Tighten screws (11) finger-tight
washers (4) (2), and into air compressor (1). only.
5. Screw (7) and new Install on support bracket Tighten screws (11) and (7).
lockwasher (6) (8) and cylinder block (13).
3-596
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-597
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
• Perform step 6 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
• Perform steps 7 and 8 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
6. Two screws (5) and Install on support bracket Use air compressor wrench
washers (4) (M915/Big (8), fuel pump (10), gasket (2), (3375159) (12). Do not tighten
Cam I) and air compressor (1). screws (5) at this time.
7. Screw (9) and washer (4) Install on support bracket (8), Use air compressor wrench
(M915A1/Big Cam III) fuel pump (10), gasket (2), and (3375159) (12). Do not tighten
air compressor (1). screw (9) at this time.
8. One screw (5) and washer Install on fuel pump (10), gasket Use air compressor wrench
(4) (M915A1/Big Cam III) (2), and air compressor (1). (3375159) (12).
9. Screws (5) and (9) Tighten to 30-35 lb-ft (41-48 N^m). If air compressor wrench (12) is
(M915A1/Big Cam III) used, tighten screws until tight.
3-598
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-599
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
• A p ply Teflon tape o r equivalent to fuel fittin gs. Use care not to contam inate o r block
fuel lines or fittin gs.
• If a fittin g is not in alignm ent w ith the fuel tu bin g once to rq ue has been perform ed, turn
the fittin g in the tightening direction until aligned. Do not loosen fittin g to align.
• Tighten tubing nuts as follow s: Tighten 5/16-in. tubing nuts to 17 lb-ft (23 N^m) and
tighten 1/2-in. tubing nuts to 28 lb-ft (38 N^m).
13. Fuel supply tube (33) Install on adapter (45) and elbow
(37).
14. Fuel return tubes (31), (38), Install on valve (46) and elbow
and (41), and tees (40) and (37).
(42)
15. Fuel return tube (43) Install on tee (42) and fuel pump
(10).
3-600
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
10. FUEL PUMP 22. WASHER 31. FUEL RETURN TUBE 41. FUEL RETURN TUBE
14. CLAMP 23. SCREW 32. CLAMP (3) 42. TEE
15. CHECK VALVE 24. AiR TANK 33. FUEL SUPPLY TUBE 43. FUEL RETURN TUBE
16. HOSE CLAMP (4) 25. LOCKWASHER (3) 34. ADAPTER 44. ADAPTER
17. NUT (2) 26. WASHER (3) 35. AIR AFTERCOOLER 45. ADAPTER
18. LOCKWASHER (2) 27. BRACKET 36. CYLINDER HEAD 46. VALVE
19. AIR SUPPLY HOSE 28. SCREW 37. ELBOW (2) 47 ADAPTER (3)
(M 915/BIG CAM I ONLY) 29. CLAMP (2) 38. FUEL RETURN TUBE
20. ELBOW 30. AIR SUPPLY TUBE 39. SCREW (2)
21. SCREW (M915A1 /BIG CAM III 4 0 .TEE
ONLY)
3-601
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
18. Adapter (34) Install on air aftercooler (35). Air aftercooler (35) may not yet
be installed. Refer to para. 3-87.
19. Air supply tube (30) Install on adapters (47) and (34). Air aftercooler (35) may not yet be
installed. Refer to para. 3-87.
NOTE
Perform step 20 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
21. Bracket (27) Install on air aftercooler (35). Air aftercooler (35) and ether
starting kit must be installed
prior to installation of bracket
(27). Refer to para. 3-87 for air
aftercooler (35) installation. Refer
to TM 9-2320-283-20 for ether
starting kit installation.
3-602
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
10. FUEL PUMP 30. AIR SUPPLY TUBE (M915A1 /B IG CAM III ONLY)
17. NUT (2) 32. CLAMP (3)
25. LOCKWASHER (3) 34. ADAPTER
26. WASHER (3) 35. AIR AFTERCOOLER
27. BRACKET 36. CYLINDER HEAD
28. SCREW 39. SCREW (2)
29. CLAMP (2) 47. ADAPTER (3)
3-603
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
• Perform steps 22 through 28 fo r M915/Big Cam I equipped w ith air supply attenuator air
tank. Some Big Cam I engines may o r may not have an ASA air tank.
• A ir aftercooler m ust be installed to install air supply attenuator air tank. Refer to para.
3-87.
22. Clamp (14), screw (21), new Install on air tank (24).
lockwasher (18), and nut (17)
(M915/Big Cam I)
23. Clamp (14) and air tank Position on air aftercooler (35).
(24) (M915/Big Cam I)
24. Screw (23), new lockwasher Install on clamp (14) and air
(18), and washer (22) aftercooler (35).
(M915/Big Cam I)
28. Two air supply hoses (19) a. Install one air supply hose (19)
and four hose clamps (16) with two hose clamps (16) between
(M915/Big Cam I) adapter (47) on air tank (24) and
adapter (47) on fuel pump (10).
b. Install one air supply hose (19)
with two hose clamps (16) between
checkvalve (15) on air tank (24)
and elbow (20) on air aftercooler
(35).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • Install fuel filter and water separator (TM 9-2320-273-20 or TM 9-2320-283-20).
• Install fuel pump engine retarder switch (TM 9-2320-283-20).
• Install vibration damper and crankshaft pulley (para. 3-79).
3-604
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
- .fW ’
NOTE: AIR AFTERCOOLER
MAY NOT YET BE INSTALLED;
REFER TO PARA. 3-87.
LEGEND:
10. FUEL PUMP 20. ELBOW
14. CLAMP 21. SCREW
15. CHECKVALVE 22. WASHER
16. HOSE CLAMP (4) 23. SCREW
17. NUT (2) 24. AIR TANK
18. LOCKWASHER (2) 35. AIR AFTERCOOLER
19. AIR SUPPLY HOSE (2) (M 915/B IG CAM I ONLY) 47. ADAPTER (3)
3-605
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Installation
CAUTION
To avoid engine damage, ensure m ounting surfaces o f vibration dam per and crankshaft are
clean and dry. Do not get any lubricating oil on these surfaces.
Two vibration damper Install on two opposite holes in See Item 2, Appendix D.
guide pins (5) face of crankshaft (6).
2. Crankshaft pulley (4) and Install on two guide pins (5) and
vibration damper (3) push onto crankshaft (6) until
seated.
Six screws (1) and washers a. Apply a coat of clean Use OE/HDO 30 lubricating oil.
(2) lubricating oil to threads of
screws (1) and face of washers (2).
b. Install on vibration damper Install four screws (1) and
(3), crankshaft pulley (4), and washers (2), then remove
crankshaft (6). two guide pins (5) and install
remaining two screws (1) and
washers (2). Tighten screws (1) to
190 lb-ft (258 N^m).
Vibration damper (3) a. Using dial indicator, measure Total indicator reading must not
movement on vibration damper (3) exceed 0.004 in. (0.102 mm) per
circumference by rotating 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) of the damper
crankshaft (6). diameter. Remove and discard
vibration damper (3) if not within
limits.
3-606
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
FOLLOW-ON TASK: Install flexplate or flywheel, flywheel housing, and rear cover (para. 3-80).
3-607
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
PERSONNEL REQUIRED
APPLICABLE MODELS Automotive repairman MOS 63H
All
REFERENCES (TM)
SPECIAL TOOLS None
Crankshaft oil seal driver (15434) ST-997
Dial gauge attachment (15434) ST-1325 TROUBLESHOOTING REFERENCES
Dial indicator and sleeve assembly (15434) Para. 2-8
3376050
Two flywheel housing guide pins EQUIPMENT CONDITION
(Appendix D, Item 3) Vibration damper and crankshaft pulley installed
(para. 3-79).
TEST EQUIPMENT
None SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Work area clean and away from blowing dirt and
MATERIALS/PARTS dust.
Solvent, cleaning,
Oil, lubricating, OE/DO 30 (Appendix C, Item 21) GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Gasket (15434) 40662-A None
Seal (15434) 211253
Preformed packing (15434) 137075
(M915/Big Cam I)
Eleven preformed packings (15434) 172648
(M915/Big Cam I)
Installation
CAUTION
A ll surfaces in contact w ith rear main seal m ust be com pletely free o f oil. Oil on rear main
seal w ill destroy its sealing properties.
3-608
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-80. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, FLYWHEEL HOUSING, AND REAR COVER INSTALLATION (Contd)
3-609
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-80. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, FLYWHEEL HOUSING, AND REAR COVER INSTALLATION (Contd)
Installation (Contd)
NOTE
New rear main seals have an assem bly to o l w hich protects seal lip during shipm ent and
installation.
Do not use any lubricant to install seal. Oil seal m ust be installed w ith lip o f seal and
crankshaft clean and dry.
New seal (4) (with assembly a. Install on crankshaft. Position largest diameter of
tool) assembly tool toward cylinder
block (11).
b. Push seal (4) from assembly Remove and discard assembly
tool onto crankshaft. tool.
c. Using crankshaft rear oil seal Use crankshaft oil seal driver
driver (12), drive seal (4) on (ST-997) (12). Install pins on
rear cover (M915/Big Cam I) or driver before using.
cover (M915A1/Big Cam III) (2).
CAUTION
If a new flyw heel housing is being installed, dowel p ins m ust be removed from cylinder
block p rio r to installing housing to prevent damage to housing. The housing m ust be
doweled w ith oversize dowel p ins after alignm ent.
NOTE
M915/Big Cam I engines are equipped w ith a w et flyw heel housing w hich utilizes
preformed packings between flyw heel housing and cylinder block.
Perform steps 4b and 4c fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
4. Flywheel housing (6) a. Install two flywheel housing Guide pins are used to support
guide pins on cylinder block (11). flywheel housing (6) (see Appendix
D, Item 3).
b. For wet-type flywheel Lubricate preformed packing (9)
housings (M915/Big Cam I), install with OE/HDO 30 oil prior to
new preformed packing (9) on installation.
crankshaft flange.
CAUTION
If engine is to be tested w ith dynamometer, preformed packing m ust not be installed on
crankshaft until after test. D ry-running w ill destroy th is seal.
3-610
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-80. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, FLYWHEEL HOUSING, AND REAR COVER INSTALLATION (Contd)
3-611
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-80. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, FLYWHEEL HOUSING, AND REAR COVER INSTALLATION (Contd)
Installation (Contd)
4. Flywheel housing (6) (Contd) e. Remove two flywheel housing Tighten screws (7) to 10-20 lb-ft
guide pins and install two remain (14-27 N»m).
ing screws (7) and washers (8).
f. Check location of bore as follows:
(1) Install dial gauge attachment Use dial gauge attachment
(14) and dial indicator and sleeve (ST-1325) (14) and dial indicator
assembly (13). and sleeve assembly (3376050) (13).
(2) Using chalk, mark housing at
12, 3, 6, and 9 o'clock positions.
(3) Check readings at 3 o'clock If runout exceeds 0.008 in.
and 9 o'clock positions. (0.203 mm), move flywheel hous
ing (6) horizontally one-half dis
tance of total indicator reading.
Use prybars to move housing.
(4) Check readings at 12 o'clock If runout exceeds 0.008 in.
and 6 o'clock positions. (0.203 mm), move flywheel hous
ing (6) vertically one-half distance
of total indicator reading. Use pry-
bars to move housing.
(5) Check circumference of bore. Total indicator reading must not
Use a prybar to move the exceed 0.008 in. (0.203 mm).
housing. Adjust flywheel housing (6) until
within limit.
(6) After readings are within Use prybars to move flywheel
limits, tighten screws (7) to housing (6).
140-160 lb-ft (190-217 N»m) as
shown in tightening sequence (15).
g. Check alignment of flywheel
housing (6) as follows:
(1) Adjust dial indicator and
sleeve assembly (13) to measure
alignment of face on flywheel
housing (6).
(2) Push crankshaft toward front
of cylinder block (11) to remove
crankshaft end clearance.
(3) Rotate crankshaft and check Ensure crankshaft is pushed
alignment of face on flywheel toward front of cylinder block (11)
housing (6). when checking alignment. Total
indicator reading must not exceed
0.008 in. (0.203 mm). If alignment
is not within limits, remove fly
wheel housing (6) and check mat
ing surfaces.
h. If dowel pins (10) were removed
from cylinder block (11), use a drill
and fixture to ream dowel holes
to next oversize and install two
new dowel pins (10) if required.
3-612
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-80. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, FLYWHEEL HOUSING, AND REAR COVER INSTALLATION (Contd)
3-613
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-80. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, FLYWHEEL HOUSING, AND REAR COVER INSTALLATION (Contd)
Installation (Contd)
NOTE
M915A1/Big Cam III engines are equipped w ith a flexplate-type flywheel w ith retaining
plate and w asher bearing. Perform step 5 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
Perform steps 6, 7, 8, and 9 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
CAUTION
If engine is to be tested w ith dynamometer, w et seal m ust not be installed until after test.
D ry-running w ill destroy th is seal.
Wet clutch seal and seal a. Press new seal on seal carrier
carrier (M915/Big Cam I) with spring-loaded sealing lip
facing flywheel until seated in
carrier.
b. Install seal carrier with new
gasket on flywheel housing (6) with
Nylok screws. Using indicator,
center seal carrier to crankshaft.
Carrier must be centered within
0.006 in. (0.152 mm) Total
Indicator Reading (TIR).
c. Tighten screws for seal carrier-
to-flywheel housing to 97 lb-in.
(11 N»m). If access cover plate was
removed, install with copper
washers and screws.
3-614
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-80. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, FLYWHEEL HOUSING, AND REAR COVER INSTALLATION (Contd)
3-615
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-80. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, FLYWHEEL HOUSING, AND REAR COVER INSTALLATION (Contd)
Installation (Contd)
3-616
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-80. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, FLYWHEEL HOUSING, AND REAR COVER INSTALLATION (Contd)
M915/BIG CAM I
SHOWN
(— 5 /8 - 1 8 X 6 IN. STUDS
LEGEND:
21. TIGHTENING SEQUENCE (FLYWHEEL TO CRANK 23. RING GEAR (M 9 1 5 /B IG CAM I)
SHAFT SCREWS) 26. SCREW (6) (M 9 1 5 /B IG CAM I)
22. FLYWHEEL (M 915/B IG CAM I)
27. WASHER (6)
3-617
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-80. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, FLYWHEEL HOUSING, AND REAR COVER INSTALLATION (Contd)
Installation (Contd)
NOTE
• The flywheel m ust be pushed tow ard fro n t o f engine to remove crankshaft end
clearance when crankshaft is rotated and measurements are taken.
• If total indicator readings exceed lim its listed in steps 8 and 9, remove flyw heel; clean
flywheel and crankshaft flange faces, install, and repeat runout checks.
8. Inspect flywheel (22) bore a. Install dial gauge attachment Use dial gauge attachment
runout (M915/Big Cam I) (14) and dial indicator and sleeve (ST-1325) and dial indicator
assembly (13) on flywheel and sleeve assembly (3376050).
housing (6). Position contact tip
of dial indicator against wide
diameter of flywheel bore and
set dial indicator to zero.
b. Use accessory drive shaft Total indicator reading must
to rotate crankshaft one not exceed 0.005 in. (0.127 mm)
complete revolution.
9. Inspect flywheel (22) face a. Install or reposition dial Use dial indicator and sleeve
runout (M915/Big Cam I) indicator and sleeve assembly (13) assembly (3376050).
on flywheel housing (6).
Position contact tip of dial
indicator against face of flywheel
(22) as close to outside diameter
as possible.
b. Use accessory drive shaft Total indicator reading must
to rotate crankshaft one not exceed 0.005 in. (0.127 mm)
complete revolution.
3-618
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-80. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, FLYWHEEL HOUSING, AND REAR COVER INSTALLATION (Contd)
3-619
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
PERSONNEL REQUIRED
Automotive repairman MOS 63H
Installation
NOTE
• Do not rotate engine more than 90 from an u pright position during oil pan installation.
Otherwise, pushrods could fall out. If any pushrods fall out, refer to para. 3-71 to install.
• For M915/Big Cam I only, it may be necessary to refer to TM 9-2320-273-34, installation
o f engine oil heater. For engine oil heater therm ostat installation, refer to
TM 9-2320-273-20.
• Installation o f oil pan is sim ilar between M915/Big Cam I and M915A1/Big Cam III
engines. M915/Big Cam I engines use a cast alum inum oil pan that is mounted to the
flywheel housing w ith additional fasteners. M915A1/Big Cam III engines use a stamped
steel oil pan th a t does not m ount w ith flywheel housing.
• Perform steps 7, 9, 12, 13, and 14 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
3-620
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-621
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
Twenty-eight screws (12) Install on oil pan (3) (M915A11 Do not tighten screws at this time.
Big Cam III) or (37) (M915/
Big Cam I) and cylinder
block (1).
5. Four screws (6), new lock- Install on oil pan (3) Do not tighten screws at this time.
washers (5), and washer (4) (M915A1/Big Cam III) or (37)
(M915/Big Cam I) and rear
cover.
NOTE
Two o f the fo u r screw s may have been elim inated on newer M915A1/Big Cam III oil pans.
Engine shipping support Install on front of oil pan (3) Do not tighten screws at this time.
(15) (M915A1/Big Cam III) or (37)
(M915/Big Cam I) with four screws
(14) (M915A1/Big Cam III) or four
screws (36) (M915/Big Cam I).
7. Two screws (18) and Install on middle holes of Use middle three holes on each
washers (19) (M915/Big flywheel housing (20) and oil side of flywheel housing (20). This
Cam I) pan (37). step ensures proper location of
oil pan (37) during initial assem
bly. Do not tighten screws at this
time.
9. Two screws (18) and Remove from middle holes of This step is necessary to provide
washers (19) (M915/Big flywheel housing (20) and oil clearance to perform step 10.
Cam I) pan (37).
3-622
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-623
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
11. Twenty-eight screws (12) Tighten on oil pan (3) (M915/Big Tighten screws to 35-40 lb-ft
and four screws (14) Cam III) or (37) (M915/Big Cam I) (41-48 N»m).
(M915AlIBig Cam III) or to cylinder block (1) and front
(36) (M915/Big Cam I) cover.
12. Four screws (18) and Install on flywheel housing (20) Do not tighten screws at this time
washers (19) (M915/Big Cam I) and oil
pan (37).
13. Two screws (21), four Install on oil pan (37) and
washers (22), new lock- flywheel housing (20).
washers (23), and nuts (24)
(M915/Big Cam I)
14. Four screws (18) and two Install on flywheel housing (20) Tighten screws to 70-80 lb-ft
nuts (24) (M915/Big Cam I) and oil pan (37). (95-109 N»m).
15. Four screws (6), new Install on oil pan (37). Tighten screws to 15-20 lb-ft
lockwashers (5), and (20-27 N»m).
washers (4)
3-624
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-625
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
NOTE
M915/Big Cam I engines use a tw o-piece nonm etallic oil suction hose assem bly
consisting o f an oil pan m ounting flange and a flexible oil suction hose. M915A1/Big
Cam III engines use a m etallic oil suction tube.
Perform steps 16 and 17 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
Perform steps 18 through 26 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
16. New gasket (17) and two Position on oil suction tube (10)
new preformed packings and position assembly on oil pan
(11) (M915A1/Big Cam III) (3) and oil pump (16).
17. Oil suction tube (10), two a. Install on oil pan (3) and oil
screws (7), screws (13), four pump (16).
new lockwashers (8), and
washers (9) (M915A1/Big
Cam III)
b. Tighten screws to 30-35 lb-ft Tighten screws (7) before
(41-48 N»m). screws (13).
18. Oil suction hose (25) and Install on oil pan (37) with two Do not tighten screws (26) at
new gasket (17) (M915/Big new lockwashers (27) and this time.
Cam I) screws (26).
3-626
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-627
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
19. Adapter (35) and oil suction Install on oil pump (16) and hand-
hose (25) (M915/Big Cam I) tighten hose nut until snug, then
tighten nut an additional 1 to
1-1/4 turn.
21. Oil suction hose (25) Tighten nut on oil suction hose
(M915/Big Cam I) (25) mounting flange until nut is
against stop on mounting flange.
22. Screw (12) (M915/Big Remove one screw (12) from Remove sixth screw from front of
Cam I) left side flange of oil pan (37). flange on left side of oil pan (37).
3-628
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-629
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
26. Screw (28), new lockwasher Install on bracket (31) and Ensure oil suction hose (25) is
(8), washer (9), and nut clamp (29). supported properly and is not
(34) (M915/Big Cam I) pinched or binding.
3-630
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
M915/BIG CAM I OIL PAN (CAST ALUMINUM) M915A1 /BIG CAM III OIL PAN (STAMPED STEEL)
LEGEND:
8. LOCKWASHER (M 915/B IG CAM I) 29. CLAMP (M 915/B IG CAM I)
9. WASHER (M 9 1 5 /B IG CAM I) 30. SPACER (M 9 1 5 /B IG CAM I)
25. OiL SUCTION HOSE (NONMETALLIC) (M 9 1 5 /B iG 31. BRACKET (M 9 1 5 /B IG CAM 1)
CAM 11 34. NUT (M 9 1 5 /B IG CAM I)
28. SCREW (M 915/B IG CAM I)
3-631
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
CAUTION
If injector assem bly fa ils to seat com pletely, remove and check fo r a tw isted or damaged
preform ed packing (O-ring).
NOTE
• Inspect fuel cooling sleeve in cylind er head p rior to installing injector. Remove any d irt
w ith a lint-free cloth.
• The follow ing procedure involves installation o f one injector assem bly. Installation o f
rem aining five is sim ilar.
• Ensure injector assem blies are installed in same location as noted during removal.
Installation
Injector assembly (M915/ Install on fuel cooling sleeve Align filter screen of fuel inlet
Big Cam I) or fuel injection (4) of cylinder head assembly (5). (6) hole so that it is toward
nozzle assembly (M915/ exhaust side of the cylinder
Big Cam III) (7) head assembly (5). Use injector
puller (3376872) for installation.
A snap should be heard and felt as
injector assembly (M915/Big
Cam I) or fuel injection nozzle
assembly (M915A1/Big Cam III)
(7) seats in fuel cooling sleeve (4)
of cylinder head assembly (5).
3-632
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. DETENT PLUNGER 5. CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY
2. RETAINING PLATE (M 915/B IG CAM I) OR CLAMP 6. FUEL INLET
(M 915A1/BIG CAM III) 7. INJECTOR ASSEMBLY (M91 5/B IG CAM I) OR FUEL
3. PREFORMED PACKING (3) INJECTION NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (M 915A 1/B IG CAM III)
4. FUEL COOLING SLEEVE 8. SCREW (2)
3-633
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
3-634
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. DETENT PLUNGER
2. RETAINING PLATE (M 9 1 5 /B IG CAM I) OR CLAMP
(M91 5A 1/B IG CAM III)
7. INJECTOR ASSEMBLY (M 915/B IG CAM I) OR FUEL
INJECTION NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (M 9 1 5 A 1 /B IG CAM III)
8. SCREW (2)
3-635
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Installation
NOTE
• There is one intake valve crosshead and one exhaust valve crosshead per cylinder, or tw o
each per cylind er head.
• The fo llo w in g procedure involves installation and adjustm ent o f one exhaust and one
intake valve crosshead. Installation and adjustm ent o f rem aining valve crossheads is
sim ilar.
1. Four valve stems (1), intake Lubricate valve stem ends and
valve crosshead guide (7), entire valve crosshead guides (7)
and exhaust valve crosshead and (8) with OE/HDO 10
guide (8) lubricating oil.
CAUTION
The exhaust valve crossheads and intake valve crossheads are different. The exhaust valve
crosshead is w ider and has a drilled oil passage hole through the top. Im proper installation
may result in engine damage.
Exhaust valve crosshead (2) Install on exhaust valve Adjusting screw (3) and
crosshead guide (8). locking nut (4) must be towards
exhaust and water ports.
Intake valve crosshead (5) Install on intake valve Adjusting screw (3)
crosshead guide (7). and locking nut (4) must be
towards exhaust and water ports.
3-636
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-637
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
b. Hold adjusting screw (3) and Use a round and a flat feeler
tighten locking nut (4) to 25 lb-ft gauge to check the crosshead
(34 N»m). clearances (6) at four locations.
Refer to illustration. There must
be a minimum of 0.025 in.
(0.635 mm) clearance (6) between
exhaust valve crosshead (2),
intake valve crosshead (5), and
valve spring retainers.
c. Recheck clearance.
3-638
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-639
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Installation
NOTE
The fo llo w in g procedure covers the installation o f one rocker arm housing assem bly. The
installation o f the rem aining rocker arm housing assem blies is sim ilar.
Six adjusting screws (2) Loosen three complete turns. The six adjusting screws (2) must
be loose before installing rocker
arm housing assembly (3).
3-640
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-641
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
CAUTION
There are three different sizes o f rocker housing studs. Install correct rocker housing stud
in correct rocker arm housing assem bly. Damage to rocker housing stud threads w ill result
if su bstitu tion o f length is made. See illustration fo r proper locations.
5. Six rocker housing studs Install and tighten to 65 lb-ft The center and rear rocker arm
(1), (6), and (7) (88 N»m) as shown in installation housing assemblies do not use
sequence (11) and tightening the 8-5/8 in. long rocker housing
sequence (12). stud (1).
3-642
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-643
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
A djustm ent
INITIAL SETUP:
A djustm ent
CAUTION
Injector specifications and valve clearances given are fo r a cold engine only. Do not use
these specifications or clearances fo r a warm o r hot engine or damage w ill result to related
parts.
NOTE
• Engine cylinders are numbered in sequence, starting at fro n t w ith No. 1 cylinder. The
engine firing order is 1-5-3-6-2-4.
• The valves and injectors fo r the same cylind er are not adjusted at same index mark on
accessory drive pulley. One pair o f valves from one cylind er and one injector on a
d ifferent cylind er are adjusted at each pulley index mark before rotating accessory drive
to next index mark.
• Two crankshaft revolutions are required to adjust all valves and injectors.
1. Accessory drive pulley a. Remove paint on timing Use a medium-grit emery cloth.
assembly (1) marks A (2), B (3), and C (4). Only the A (2), B (3), and C (4)
timing marks will be used for
injector and valve adjustment.
3-644
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-645
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
A d justm e nt (Contd)
NOTE
The adjustm ent procedure fo r the intake valve is sim ilar to the exhaust valve, except fo r
valve clearance difference.
b. Put a feeler gauge between the Cold valve clearance for the
rocker lever assembly (10) and exhaust valve is 0.023 in.
the crosshead (11). (0.584 mm) and valve clearance
for the intake valve is 0.011 in.
(0.279 mm).
c. Slowly tighten the adjusting
screw (9) until the rocker lever
assembly (10) touches the feeler
gauge.
3-646
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. DRIVE PULLEY
8. ADJUSTING SCREW NUT
9. ADJUSTING SCREW
10. ROCKER LEVER ASSEMBLY
11. CROSSHEAD
12. TORQUE DRIVER
3-647
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
A d justm e nt (Contd)
4. Accessory drive pulley Slowly rotate clockwise until the Use engine crankshaft to rotate.
assembly (1) line in front of timing mark B (3)
aligns with the pointer (6) on the
front gear cover (7).
7. Accessory drive pulley Slowly rotate clockwise until the Use engine crankshaft to rotate.
assembly (1) line in front of timing mark C (4)
aligns with the pointer (6) on the
front gear cover (7).
10. Accessory drive pulley Slowly rotate clockwise until the Use engine crankshaft to rotate.
assembly (1) line in front of timing mark A
(2) aligns with pointer (6) on the
front gear cover (7).
13. Accessory drive pulley Slowly rotate clockwise until the Use engine crankshaft to rotate.
assembly (1) line in front of timing mark B
(3) aligns with pointer (6) on the
front gear cover (7).
16. Accessory drive pulley Slowly rotate clockwise until line Use engine crankshaft to rotate.
assembly (1) in front of timing mark C (4)
aligns with pointer (6) on the
front gear cover (7).
3-648
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. ACCESSORY DRIVE PULLEY ASSEMBLY 5. NUT
2. TIMING MARK A 6. POINTER
3. TIMING MARK B 7. FRONT GEAR COVER
4. TIMING MARK C
3-649
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
REFERENCES (TM)
TM 9-2320-273-20
TM 9-2320-283-20
a. Installation
NOTE
The fo llo w in g procedure involves installation o f one engine brake retarder. Installation o f
rem aining engine brake retarders is sim ilar.
The engine retarder over cylinders No. 1 and 2 requires installation o f a fan bracket
assem bly. The fan bracket assem bly is installed in steps 9 and 10. Om it steps 3 and 4 if
installing engine retarders over cylinders No. 3 and 4, o r No. 5 and 6.
If studs were removed from rocker housings, replace and tighten to 65-75 lb-ft (88-102
N*m); tighten in sequence as shown.
CAUTION
Ensure preform ed packing (rubber seal ring) in o il inlet supply bore on underside o f engine
brake retarder remains in place during installation o r brake retarder w ill not operate
properly.
3-650
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-651
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
a. Installation (Contd)
5. Lockshaft screw (22), bolt (20), Install on rocker arm housing (23),
and preformed packing (21) if not installed.
9. Two short spacers (32) Install on two rocker housing Two short spacers (32) are
studs (25). needed for fan bracket assembly
(1) which mounts on two front
rocker housing studs (25) of
engine brake retarder (31) for
No. 1 and 2 cylinders.
10. Fan bracket assembly (1) Install on two rocker housing The fan bracket assembly (1) fits
studs (25) on top of two short on two front rocker housing studs
spacers (32) on engine brake (25) on top of two short spacers
retarder (31). (32) on brake retarder (31) for
cylinders No. 1 and 2.
b. Slave Piston
CAUTION
A djusting slave piston by any other method than specified in th is procedure w ill cause
damage to related parts.
NOTE
• The follow ing procedure involves adjustm ent fo r one slave piston. There are tw o slave
pistons per brake retarder, o r one per cylinder. The adjustm ent fo r the rem aining five
slave pistons is sim ilar. Ensure locknuts are loose before adjusting setscrew.
• Slave piston adjustm ent m ust be made w ith engine stopped and cold. Exhaust valve on
cylind er to be adjusted m ust be fu lly closed.
• The adjustm ent procedure fo r slave piston requires engine crankshaft to be rotated and
accessory drive pulley assem bly positioned on tim ing mark A, B, o r C. When positioned
at tim ing mark A, cylinders No. 5 o r 2 can be adjusted. When positioned at tim ing mark B,
cylinders No. 3 o r 4 can be adjusted. When positioned at tim ing mark C, cylinders No. 6
o r 1 can be adjusted.
3-652
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. FAN BRACKET ASSEMBLY 19. GASKET
2. NUT (6) 20. EXTERNAL BOLT (2)
3. SCREW (2) 21. PREFORMED PACKING (3)
4. CONTROL VALVE COVER PLATE (2) 22. LOCKSHAFT SCREW (3)
5. SOLENOID ARMATURE 23. ROCKER ARM HOUSING
6. SPADE END (OF SOLENOID HARNESS) 24. BEARING WASHER (18)
7. PREFORMED PACKING 25. ROCKER HOUSING STUD (6)
8. PREFORMED PACKING 26. RETAINING RING (2)
9. PREFORMED PACKING 27. HELICAL RETAINER (2)
10. SOLENOID HARNESS 28. SLAVE PISTON SPRING (2)
11. RECEIVER END (OF SOLENOID HARNESS) 29. MASTER PISTON (2)
12. LOCKNUT 30. SLAVE PISTON (2)
13. SETSCREW 31. ENGINE BRAKE RETARDER ASSEMBLY
14. TERMINAL 32. SHORT SPACER (2)
15. FLAT SPRING (2) 33. WEIGHTED VALVE (2)
16. WASHER (2) 34. CONTROL VALVE OUTER SPRING (2)
17. SCREW (2) 35. CONTROL VALVE INNER SPRING (2)
18. TIGHTENING SEQUENCE 36. SOLENOID VALVE ASSEMBLY
3-653
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
A fte r slave piston adjusting screw locknut has been tightened to specified value, check
clearance w ith feeler gauge again. Do not overtighten adjusting screw locknut o r clearance
may change and result in damage to engine.
NOTE
If engine w ill be started after installation and adjustm ent o f engine retarder, it w ill then be
necessary to bleed air from engine retarder assem bly and proceed w ith step 14. If it w ill not
be started, proceed w ith follow -on tasks.
3-654
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. FAN BRACKET ASSEMBLY 19. GASKET
2. NUT (6) 20. EXTERNAL BOLT (2)
3. SCREW (2) 21. PREFORMED PACKING (3)
4. CONTROL VALVE COVER PLATE (2) 22. LOCKSHAFT SCREW (3)
5. SOLENOID ARMATURE 23. ROCKER ARM HOUSING
6. SPADE END (OF SOLENOID HARNESS) 24. BEARING WASHER (18)
7. PREFORMED PACKING 25. ROCKER HOUSING STUD (6)
8. PREFORMED PACKING 26. RETAINING RING (2)
9. PREFORMED PACKING 27. HELICAL RETAINER (2)
10. SOLENOID HARNESS 28. SLAVE PISTON SPRING (2)
11. RECEIVER END (OF SOLENOID HARNESS) 29. MASTER PISTON (2)
12. LOCKNUT 30. SLAVE PISTON (2)
13. SETSCREW 31. ENGINE BRAKE RETARDER ASSEMBLY
14. TERMINAL 32. SHORT SPACER (2)
15. FLAT SPRING (2) 33. WEIGHTED VALVE (2)
16. WASHER (2) 34. CONTROL VALVE OUTER SPRING (2)
17. SCREW (2) 35. CONTROL VALVE INNER SPRING (2)
18. TIGHTENING SEQUENCE 36. SOLENOID VALVE ASSEMBLY
3-655
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
PERSONNEL REQUIRED
Automotive repairman MOS 63H
Installation
NOTE
Perform steps 2 and 5 fo r M915/Big Cam I.
Perform steps 3 and 6 fo r M915A1/Big Cam
1. Three new gaskets (9) Install on three cylinder heads (1). Use a small amount of high-pressure
lubricant to hold gaskets (9)
in place.
2. Three screws (5), new Install on bottom hole of each Thread in three to five turns.
lockwashers (4), and cylinder head (1).
washers (3) (M915/Big
Cam I)
3. Screw (8), two screws (5), Install on bottom hole of each Thread in three to five turns.
three new lockwashers (4), cylinder head (1).
and washers (3) (M915A1/
Big Cam III)
3-656
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-657
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Installation (Contd)
NOTE
• Two m iddle holes in air aftercooler are used fo r m ounting ether starting kit.
• Refer to TM 9-2320-273-20 o r TM 9-2320-283-20 to install ether starting kit.
• Tighten screw s from the center outw ards. Tighten all screw s (M915A1/Big Cam III) to
20-25 lb-ft (27-34 N^m).
Three screws (5), new Install on three outside holes in Tighten, but do not torque, screws
lockwashers (4), and air aftercooler (2), three (5). Install two remaining screws
washers (3) (M915/Big gaskets (9), and three outer (5) once ether starting kit has
Cam I) cylinder heads (1). been installed. Refer to
TM 9-2320-283-20.
6. Screw (8), two screws (5), Install on four outside holes in Tighten, but do not torque, screws
three new lockwashers (4), air aftercooler (2), three (5) and screw (8). Install two
and washers (3) (M915A1/ gaskets (9), and three cylinder remaining screws (5) once ether
Big Cam III) heads (1). starting kit has been installed.
Refer to TM 9-2320-283-20.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • Install water crossover tube and connection (TM 9-2320-273-20 or TM 9-2320-283-20).
• Remove engine from maintenance stand (para. 3-88).
3-658
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-659
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
WARNING
Use extreme caution during disassem bly or assem bly; engine com ponents are heavy.
Failure to com ply may result in damage to equipm ent o r injury to personnel.
a. Removal
1. Dressed engine assembly a. Connect engine lifting fixture (1) Use engine lifting fixture
(3) to two engine lifting brackets (2). (ST-125) (1).
b. Using suitable sling and lifting Ensure lifting device and engine
device, raise engine just enough lifting fixture (1) distribute load
to take weight off maintenance equally on engine lifting brackets
stand (4). (2).
WARNING
A ll personnel m ust stand clear during lifting operations. A snapped chain o r sw inging or
sh ifting load may result in injury to personnel.
3-660
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. ENGINE LIFTING FIXTURE 4. MAINTENANCE STAND
2. ENGINE LIFTING BRACKET (2) 5. M O UN TIN G SCREW (4)
3. DRESSED ENGINE ASSEMBLY 6. CYLINDER BLOCK
3-661
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Perform steps 3 and 4 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform steps 5 through 7 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
NOTE
Do not soak piston cooling nozzle O-rings in lubricating oil fo r any length o f tim e o r O-rings
w ill swell.
6. Six new preformed Lubricate with OE/HDO 10 Ensure piston cooling nozzles (17)
packings (16) lubricating oil and position on are not twisted in groove.
six piston cooling nozzles (17).
Six piston cooling nozzles Install on cylinder block (6). Tighten to 140 lb-in. (16 N^m).
(17) and self-locking screws
(18)
3-662
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-663
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Perform steps 21 through 23 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform steps 24 and 25 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
21. Gasket (23), oil cooler Install on water transfer hose (11) Tighten screws (25), (22), and (26)
assembly (27), five new cylinder block (6), and oil cooler to 30-35 lb-ft (41-48 N^m).
lockwashers (20), two screws support (24).
(25), two screws (22), and
screw (26)
23. New lockwasher (20) and Install on support bracket (21) Tighten screw (19) to 30-35 lb-ft
screw (19) and cylinder block (6). (41-48 N^m).
24. Gasket (32), oil cooler Install on oil cooler support (33) Tighten screws (36) and (34) to
assembly (37), six new and cylinder block (6). 30-35 lb-ft (41-48 N^m).
lockwashers (35), three
screws (36), and screws (34)
25. Two washers (30), new Install on support bracket (31) Tighten screws (28) to 30-35 lb-ft
lockwashers (29), and and cylinder block (6). (41-48 N^m).
screws (28)
3-664
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-665
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
26. New engine oil filter Fill and install. Refer to TM 9-2320-273-20 and
elements LO 9-2320-273-12 or
TM 9-2320-283-20 or
LO 9-2320-283-12.
33. Fan clutch air valve and air Connect. Refer to TM 9-2320-273-20 or
lines TM 9-2320-283-20.
36. Six new gaskets (48) Install on cylinder heads (38). Install gaskets (48) with the word
OUT facing exhaust manifold.
NOTE
Perform steps 37 and 38 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform step 39 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
37. Exhaust manifold (39), two Install on six dowels (49) and Coat threads of screws (43) with
clamps (45), four lockplates three cylinder heads (38). antiseize compound. Assistant
(44), and screws (43) will help hold exhaust manifold
(39) during installation. Do not
tighten screws (43).
NOTE
M915A1/Big Cam III engines utilize tw o types o f exhaust m anifolds, an early pulse type and
a new design w ith tw o spacer inserts placed between center exhaust m anifold and tw o end
exhaust m anifolds. Installation o f m anifolds is basically the same.
38. Four lockplates (40), eight Install on exhaust manifold (39) Tighten screws (42) and (43)
new lockwashers (41), and and cylinder heads (38). alternately and evenly to
screws (42) 15-20 lb-ft (20-27 N^m) and then
to 40-45 lb-ft (54-61 N^m).
39. Exhaust manifold (46) and Install on cylinder heads (38). Coat threads of captive washer
twelve captive washer screws (47) with antiseize
screws (47) compound. Tighten alternately
and evenly to 15-20 lb-ft
(20-27 N^m) and then to
40-45 lb-ft (54-61 N^m).
3-666
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-667
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
42. New gasket (57) Install on studs (56). Install gasket (57) with bead fac
ing turbocharger (50). Coat
threads of studs (56) with anti
seize compound.
43. Turbocharger (50) and Install on studs (56) and exhaust Tighten nuts (58) to 20-25 lb-ft
four nuts (58) manifold (46). (27-34 N»m).
NOTE
Perform step 44 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
Perform steps 45 and 46 fo r M915A1/Big Cam III only.
44. Hose (66), two clamps (65), Install on elbows (67) and (62). Tighten clamps (65) to 35-45 lb-ft
and oil return tube (64) (48-61 N»m).
45. Hose (66), two clamps (65), Install on elbows (67) and (59). Tighten clamps (65) to 35-45 lb-ft
and oil return tube (63) (48-61 N»m).
46. Two bushings (61) and oil Install on filter head (68) and oil Tighten fittings on oil return tube
return tube (60) return tube (63). (60) to 50-60 lb-ft (68-81 N»m).
47. Oil supply hose (51) Install on adapter (54) and elbow Tighten fittings on oil supply
(55). hose (51) to 50-60 lb-ft (68-81 N»m).
48. Clamp (52) and screw (53) Install on oil supply hose (51) Tighten screw (53) to 14 lb-ft
and turbocharger (50). (19 N»m).
3-668
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-669
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
51. New gasket (83), oil level Install on cylinder block (6). Tighten captive washer screws
dipstick tube and cover (76), (81) to 30-35 lb-ft (41-48 N»m).
four washers (82), and
captive washer screws (81)
52. Tube brace (72), clamp (80), Install on oil level dipstick tube
two washers (79), screw (84), and cover (76).
new lockwasher (78), and
nut (77)
53. Washer (73), new lockwasher Install on tube brace (72) and
(74), and screw (75) cylinder block (6).
NOTE
Perform step 57 fo r M915/Big Cam I only.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • Install starter motor and solenoid (TM 9-2320-273-20 or TM 9-2320-283-20).
• Install alternator, belts, and bracket (TM 9-2320-273-20 or TM 9-2320-283-20).
• Start repaired engine (para. 3-91).
• Install STE/ICE harness, receptacle, and bracket (TM 9-2320-273-20 or TM 9-2320-283-20).
3-670
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-671
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Section V. TESTING
3-89. GENERAL
a. This section provides procedures for starting a new or rebuilt engine, engine break-in, dynamometer testing, and on-engine
fuel pump adjustment. The testing procedures in this section are accomplished with the engine removed from the vehicle.
b. If repair operations are performed without removing engine from vehicle, follow the applicable portions of instructions and use
a suitable chassis-type engine dynamometer.
INITIAL SETUP:
3-672
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
List o f Tasks
3-673
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
REFERENCES (TM)
LO 9-2320-273-12
TM 9-2320-273-20
LO 9-2320-283-12
TM 9-2320-283-20
NOTE
Engine break-in w ill take place during dynam om eter testing. Break-in on a new or rebuilt
engine provides a sh ort running period w here m oving parts acquire th e ir final fin is h and
m ating surfaces reach a fu ll seat. Engine dynam om eter testing helps to find assem bly
errors, determ ine w here adjustm ents are necessary after engine break-in, and test-runs
engine long enough so final adjustm ents can be made.
3-674
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. ENGINE ASSEMBLY
2. FLEXPLATE OR FLYWHEEL, RING GEAR ASSEMBLY
3. DYNAMOMETER DRIVE SHAFT FLANGE
4. DYNAMOMETER TEST STAND
3-675
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
WARNING
Do not perform fuel system procedures w hile sm oking o r w ithin 50 ft (15.2 m) o f sparks or
open flame. Diesel fuel is flam m able and may explode. Failure to com ply may result in
injury to personnel.
10. Full-flow oil filter element Fill with clean OE/HDO 30 oil.
(13) and bypass oil filter
element (12)
CAUTION
Remove turbocharger oil supply hose from turbocharger adapter, and lubricate bearing w ith
approxim ately 2-3 oz (59-89 ml) o f clean engine oil. Also, fill oil supply hose w ith engine
lubricating oil. C onnect oil supply hose. Failure to prelubricate turbocharger may result in
bearing damage.
12. Internal hexagon plug (11) Remove. Internal hexagon plug (11) is
located on cylinder block flange at
oil pump.
3-676
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
5. DRAINVALVE 10. CASE FILL PLUG
7. SPIN-ON FUEL FILTER 11. INTERNAL HEXAGON PLUG
8. FUEL PUMP PRESSURE SENDING UNIT 12. BYPASS OIL FILTER ELEMENT
9. FUEL PUMP 13. FULL-FLOW OiL FILTER ELEMENT
3-677
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
13. Priming pump oil supply Connect to internal hexagon Use a hand or motor line driven
plug hole. priming pump and a source of
clean lubricating oil. Prime until a
30 psi (207 kPa) maximum pres
sure is reached.
14. Fuel shutoff solenoid wiring Disconnect. Prevents engine from starting.
harness connector (6)
15. Crankshaft Rotate with starter for Keep external oil pressure
15 seconds. at a minimum of 15 psi
(103 kPa).
16. Wiring harness Connect to fuel shutoff
connector (6) solenoid.
18. Internal hexagon plug (11) Install. Tighten plug (11) to 60-70 lb-ft
(81-95 N^m).
e. Prerun Startup
22. 45° adapter (14) Check for oil flow. Oil must drain from turbocharger
in 10-15 seconds. If no oil flows in
10-15 seconds, stop engine and
troubleshoot problem. Refer to
troubleshooting para. 2-8. Connect
turbocharger drain tube (15) to
45° adapter (14) once oil flow is
established. Tighten fitting to
50-60 lb-ft (68-81 N^m).
24. Tubes, hoses, fittings, and Check for leaks. Correct as necessary.
plugs
3-678
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-679
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
WARNING
A llow adequate ventilation fo r engine exhaust gases. Failure to com ply may result in brain
damage or death to personnel.
a. Setup
2. Blow-by measuring tool (4) Install in place of oil filler cap (1). Use blow-by measuring tool
(3375150) (4) and water manome
ter. Fill to 0 mark at middle of
scale. Close all other engine open
ings that would allow blow-by
pressure to escape.
3. Air compressor (7) Connect to a 0.125-0.130 in. Provides dynamic load for air
(3.175-3.302 mm) diameter orifice compressor (7).
adapter (5) located downstream
from a 150 psi (1034 kPa) pressure
relief valve (6).
3-680
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-681
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
• Lubricating oil pressure should remain at o r near a constant figure at constant engine
speed and load after normal operating tem perature is reached. Acceptable lubricating
oil pressures are 5-20 psi (34-138 kPa) at idle speed and 35-45 psi (241-310 kPa) fo r Big
Cam III and 40-75 psi (276-517 kPa) fo r Big Cam I at rated speed. A bnorm ally high
pressures may indicate blocked lubricating o il lines. A bnorm ally low pressures indicate
an insu fficien t supply o f lubricating oil from the pum p or increased engine clearances
w hich may be due to bearing failure. Damage to engine may o ccu r if oil pressure falls
o utside o f acceptable range at indicated speeds.
• Lubricating o il tem perature m ust not rise sharply above 225°F (107°C). Shut down
engine and correct as necessary. Damage to engine may o ccur if oil tem perature rises
above acceptable lim it.
• Check tem perature o f coolant. Tem perature should not exceed 200°F (93°C) o r drop
below 160°F (71°C) during engine tests. Do not turn engine o ff im m ediately after a load
run. Heat stored in engine w ill boil coolant in the w ater jackets if air and coolant
circulation are im m ediately stopped w hile engine is hot. A llow engine to idle a
m inim um o f three m inutes before shutting down.
• Do not idle engine fo r prolonged periods o f tim e before com pleting break-in running.
b. Break-in Running
4. Engine (8) Start engine (8) and check oil Idle at approximately 1200 rpm
pressure, oil temperature, and no-load for 5 to 10 minutes.
water temperature. Check for leaks.
Operate air compressor (7) in
pumping mode.
3-682
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
7. AIR COMPRESSOR
8. ENGINE
3-683
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
• A t each phase, record crankcase pressure blow-by, engine speed, and load at one
m inute intervals. Watch fo r increases o r w ide sh ifts in blow -by pressure. If a sudden
increase in blow-by pressure occurs o r if blow-by exceeds 12" H2O, return to the
previous phase test o r repeat phase 1 te st and operate engine an additional 15 minutes.
If blow -by does not reach an acceptable level after repeating te st fo r 15 minutes,
discontinue te st and determ ine cause. If blow-by is w ithin an acceptable level, proceed
to next phase test.
• A fte r each test, check fo r fuel, air, water, oil, o r exhaust leaks and correct as necessary.
• Lubricating oil level is checked o nly when engine is shut down o r incorrect readings on
d ip stick w ill result.
5. Dynamometer test stand (3) a. Perform phase 1 test. Apply Refer to phase 1 test in test chart.
load to engine (8) at ±10 percent
horsepower, ±5 percent speed.
Check crankcase pressure with
blow-by measuring tool (4).
Operate engine (8) until normal
oil operating temperature is
attained. Stop engine (8) and
check lubricating oil level. Add
lubricating oil to bring level up to
H (high) on dipstick. Allow oil
temperature to stabilize. Operate
air compressor (7) in pumping mode.
3-684
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
3. DYNAMOMETER TEST STAND 7. AIR COMPRESSOR
4. BLOW-BY MEASURING TOOL 8. ENGINE
3-685
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
• A t each phase, record crankcase pressure blow-by, engine speed, and load at one-
m inute intervals. Watch fo r increases o r w ide sh ifts in blow -by pressure. If a sudden
increase in blow-by pressure occurs o r if blow-by exceeds 12" H2O, return to the
previous phase test o r repeat phase 1 te st and operate engine an additional 15 minutes.
If blow -by does not reach an acceptable level after repeating te st fo r 15 minutes,
discontinue te st and determ ine cause. If blow-by is w ithin an acceptable level, proceed
to next phase test.
• A fte r each test, check fo r fuel, air, water, oil, o r exhaust leaks and correct as necessary.
CAUTION
A fte r phase 4 te st is com pleted, allow engine to run at low idle fo r a m inim um o f three
m inutes before shutting down.
d. Perform phase 4 test. Apply load Refer to phase 4 test in test chart.
to engine at ±10 percent horse
power ±5 percent speed. Check
crankcase pressure with blow-by
measuring tool (4). Check for leaks
and retighten all external screws
to correct specifications. Operate air
compressor (7) in non-pumping mode.
NOTE
Readjustm ent o f valves and injectors after one hour o f operation is necessary to assure
low est sm oke potential and avoid excessive injector loads.
3-686
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
c. Power Check
CAUTION
Do not sh u t engine down imm ediately after power check is complete. Serious engine
damage w ill result.
8. Engine (8) a. Run at 2100 rpm for 4 minutes. Refer to power check in test chart.
Check crankcase pressure with
blow-by measuring tool (4). Repeat
procedure until engine (8)
develops 96-100% rated
horsepower at standard fuel rate
within permissible crankcase
pressure limit. Operate air
compressor (7) in non-pumping mode.
NOTE
A t each phase, record crankcase pressure (blow-by), engine speed, and load at one-m inute
intervals. Watch fo r increases o r wide sh ifts in blow -by pressure. If sudden increase
happens, o r if it is more than 12" H2O, do the preceding test over again and run engine 15
more minutes. When blow -by is OK, do next test. If not OK, stop the te st and find reason
fo r too much blow-by. Check engine fo r fuel, oil, water, air, o r exhaust leaks after each test
and fix as needed.
LEGEND:
3. DYNAMOMETER TEST STAND 7. AIR COMPRESSOR
4. BLOW-BY MEASURING TOOL 8. ENG INE
3-687
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
A fte r each test, check fo r fuel, air, water, oil, o r exhaust leaks and correct as necessary.
NOTE
An accurate sm oke reading can usually be obtained in 10 to 15 seconds.
9. Opacity meter Zero and place at exhaust side of Use 0-20 scale on opacity meter.
turbocharger. Record reading. Remove opacity meter after
reading is taken.
(12.84 percent)
(3.6 percent Bosch)
10. Engine (8) Increase dynamometer test stand
(3) load until rpm is reduced to
60 percent of rated rpm.
11. Opacity meter Zero and place at exhaust side of Use 0-20 scale on opacity meter.
turbocharger. Record reading. Remove meter after reading is
taken.
(3.87 percent)
(1.0 percent Bosch)
12. Engine (8) Reduce dynamometer test Full acceleration should occur in
stand (3) load and engine (8) rpm. 3-5 seconds.
Accelerate engine (8) to rated rpm,
no-load. Return to idle.
13. Opacity meter Zero and place at exhaust side of Use 0-100 scale.
turbocharger.
14. Engine (8) Accelerate engine (8) to rated rpm, Remove opacity meter after
no-load. Record highest reading. reading is taken.
Return engine (8) to idle. (22 percent)
(4.3 percent Bosch)
e. Final Check
15. Crankcase pressure Check pressure at end of testing If there is no rapid change in
blow-by measuring procedure. If pressure is greater excess of 2 in. of water and
tool (4) than specification listed in test reading does not exceed 100
chart, run engine (8) for additional percent of representative
30 minutes at 96-100 percent pressure, blow-by is acceptable.
rated load and rpm. Manometer readings not exceed
ing 0.3 in. (7.62 mm) surge are
desirable.
3-688
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-92. ENGINE DYNAMOMETER TESTING (Contd)
17. Blow-by measuring tool (4) Remove from engine (8) and
and manometer install filler cap 1).
NOTE
A t each phase, record crankcase pressure (blow-by), engine speed, and load at one minute
intervals. Watch fo r increases o r w ide sh ifts in blow -by pressure. If sudden increase
happens, o r if it is more than 12” H2O, do the preceding test over again and run engine 15
more minutes. When blow -by is OK, do next test. If not OK, stop the test and find reason
fo r too much blow-by. Check engine fo r fuel, oil, water, air, o r exhaust leaks after each test
and fix as needed.
Phase 1 - 25% HP @ 1200 RPM @ 160° w ater temperature.
Phase 2 - 40% HP @ 1200 RPM
Phase 3 - 65% HP @ 1600 RPM
Phase 4 - 100% HP @ Nominal torque peak RPM *(1200) RPM
Power Check - 96-100% HP @ 1600 RPM
*100 RPM below torque peak RPM
POW ER
RATED FUEL A IR MANIFOLD A LTITU D E CRA N KC A SE PHASE 1 PH ASE 2 PHASE 3 P H ASE 4
CHECK
ENGINE HP @ RPM HP @ RPM RATE PR ESSURE MAX. HP PR ESSURE TO 160°f 2 MIN. 5 MIN. 4 MIN.
4 MIN.
500 FT-ALT LB/HR IN/HG ALT. W /TU R B O T46B HP @ RPM HP @ RPM HP @ RPM HP @ RPM
HP @ RPM
NTC 400 @ 400 @ 139-145 39/47 12,000 12" H 2 O 100 @ 160 @ 260 @ Full Load 384 @
400 2100 2100 1200 1200 1600 @ 1200 2100
3-689
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INITIAL SETUP:
TROUBLESHOOTING REFERENCES
Para. 2-8
WARNING
• A llow adequate ventilation fo r engine exhaust gases. Failure to com ply may result in
brain damage o r death to personnel.
• Do not perform fuel system procedures w hile sm oking o r w ithin 50 ft (15.2 m) o f sparks or
open flame. Diesel fuel is flam m able and may explode. Failure to com ply may result in
injury to personnel.
CAUTION
Do not alter pump settings to match gauges and tachom eters o f unknown accuracy.
3-690
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-691
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
• Vehicle fuel control lever and th ro ttle stop linkage should have a m axim um th ro ttle stop,
so when fuel pum p fu ll th ro ttle is obtained, override pressure w ill not be on th ro ttle shaft.
• When fuel pum p has been properly calibrated, very little adjustm ent should be required
after installation on engine except idle, since th is setting is dependent on parasitic loads.
Fine adjustm ent o f governor settings and fuel m anifold pressure is perm issible w ithin the
lim its specified if ju stifie d by engine perform ance tests.
NOTE
Idle speed adjustm ent should never be made on a cold engine. Engine m ust be operated a
su fficien t period o f tim e to purge all air from the fuel system and to bring the engine up to
operating tem perature (at least 165°F (74°C) o il temperature).
Idle adjusting screw (16) Adjust while engine (1) is Turn idle adjusting screw (16)
running. Use idle adjusting tool in to increase engine (1) rpm;
(4) to set idle to 600 ± 2 rpm. out to decrease rpm. Fuel pump
idle adjusting tool (3375981) (4)
will not let the spring pack cover
(9) leak when the idle is adjusted.
NOTE
A means o f loading the engine m ust be used to perform th is check. The tachom eter and
fuel m anifold pressure gauge m ust be o f high accuracy. The engine fuel system m ust be
purged o f all air and at operating temperature. If spring pack cover is opened to make
adjustm ent, fuel pump m ust be purged o f air before attem pting c u to ff setting adjustment.
The preferred m ethod o f loading engine is on an engine o r chassis dynamometer.
3-692
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-693
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
10. New shim(s) (13) Add or remove from behind Each 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) shim
spring (14). High speed adjust thickness will change speed
ment should be 2130 to approximately two rpm.
2150 rpm.
11. Spring retainer (12) and Install on guide (15). Use snapring pliers. Make certain
snapring (11) shim(s) (13) do not slip off of guide
(15).
12. Spring pack cover (9) Secure with three captive Tighten screws (6) and (8) to
washer screws (6), screw (8), 9-11 lb-ft (12-15 N^m). Screw (8)
and four washers (5). has hole drilled through head for
sealing wire insertion.
NOTE
Do not use th is check to make governor speed adjustm ents. If no-load speed is much
greater than sp ecifications, examine governor fo r m alfunction o r faulty parts.
NOTE
• It should not be necessary to adjust fuel rail pressure on a newly calibrated fuel pump
more than ± 2 psi (± 14 kPa). If adjustm ents greater than th is are required, fuel pump test
stand, injector test stand, o r engine problem s may exist. Do not remove th ro ttle shaft ball
unless fuel rail pressure adjustm ent needs to be performed.
• The correct method o f checking engine fuel rail pressure is w ith engine installed on a
chassis o r engine dynamometer.
15. Fuel rail pressure gauge (19) Install between fuel supply
elbow (18) on fuel pump assembly
(3) and female union tee (17).
16. Engine(1) Bring to full throttle load until Accurate tachometer must be
rpm falls to rated speed. used to measure rpm.
17. Fuel rail pressure gauge (19) Note reading If pressure is above or below the
minimum specification, do step 18.
If OK, go to step 19.
3-694
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
I . ENGINE 12. SPRING RETAINER
3. FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY 13. SHIM(S)
5. WASHER (4) 14. SPRING
6. CAPTIVE WASHER SCREW (3) 15. GUIDE
8. SCREW 17. FEMALE U N IO N TEE
9. SPRING PACK COVER 18. FUEL SUPPLY ELBOW
I I . SNAPRING 19. FUEL RAIL PRESSURE GAUGE
3-695
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
Do not turn threaded stud o ut beyond maximum th ro ttle travel. The fuel hole in the th ro ttle
shaft w ill begin to close. Never adjust fuel rail pressure above m axim um specifications.
This w ill void engine w arranty and violate EPA requirem ents.
19. Fuel pump assembly (3) Connect suitable fuel rate meter
(26).
NOTE
The fuel rate specified on fuel pump calibration specifications is at full th ro ttle and rated
speed. An engine o r chassis dynam om eter m ust be used. Accurate fuel rail pressure and
speed readings m ust also be taken.
3-696
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-697
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
If th ro ttle leakage is adjusted co rrectly on fuel pump te st stand, fuel pum p w ill not need to
be adjusted on engine. Vehicle th ro ttle linkage m ust be adjusted so that threaded stud o f
th ro ttle leakage adjusting screw (rear screw) ju s t contacts stop on pump throttle.
21. Engine (1) a. Bring engine to full throttle and The purpose of the throttle
allow engine to run at maximum leakage is to keep the fuel lines
no-load speed. and injector drilling full of fuel
during closed throttle operation.
The correct throttle leakage will
help acceleration when the throt
tle is opened after going down a
grade. Throttle leakage will also
prevent stalling when it slows
down to the idle speed. (Too much
leakage will cause slow decelera
tion.)
b. Release or move throttle
quickly and start a suitable timer
or stopwatch at the same time.
c. Stop timer when 1000 rpm
is reached and check decelera
tion time. Repeat this check
several times.
d. Increase leakage if engine (1)
begins to stall (idle governor does
catch engine after deceleration
from high idle).
3-698
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
LEGEND:
1. ENGINE
27. THREADED STUD
28. JAMNUT
3-699
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Engine power cannot be set accurately in any other way except on engine dynamometer.
Fuel pump adjustm ents m ust not be made on an engine when the engine power comes from
an estimate. Before any adjustm ents on the fuel pump are made, the follow ing engine
perform ance data m ust be checked so that adjustm ents are justifie d .
24. Fuel rail pressure, fuel rate, Check. Under no circumstances should
speed setting, smoke, coolant specifications be exceeded.
temperature, combustion
smoothness, exhaust
restriction, fuel quality,
air intake restriction,
engine oil level, engine
power reducing factors
26. Vacuum gauge (30) Connect to fuel inlet (29) Use suitable adapter.
on damper (31).
27. Engine (1) Bring engine (1) to full throttle If restriction reads 8 in. (203 mm)
and full load on dynamometer (2) of vacuum while engine (1) is
and check vacuum gauge (30). running at full throttle and full
load, change fuel filter. Refer to
LO 9-2320-273-12 and LO 9-2320
283-12. Also check other sources
of restriction. Use sight glass to
check for moving bubbles and pos
sible gasket or other leaks. If air
bubbles are still seen after above
checks, check float valve in float
tank used for test. Fuel pump may
be pumping more fuel than float
valve will allow to pass into the
float tank.
3-700
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-701
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
NOTE
Fuel pump m ust be sealed after final adjustm ents are made to prevent tam pering.
28. Spring pack cover (9), a. Using lockwire and seal (34), Seals spring pack cover (9) and
screw (8), threaded stud insert lockwire through screw (8), threaded stud (27).
(27), and plug (7) plug (7), and threaded stud (27).
b. Twist lockwires together
until connection is secure and
lockwire is tight.
c. Bend twisted lockwire into seal
and press on top half of seal.
29. Spring pack cover (9), a. Using lockwire and seal (34), Seals cover assembly (32).
screw (8), cover assembly insert lockwire through screw (8),
(32), captive washer screw drilled fillister head screw (35),
(33), and drilled fllister and captive washer screw (33).
head screw (35)
b. Twist lockwires together
until connection is secure and
lockwire is tight.
c. Bend twisted lockwire into seal
and press on top half of seal.
30. Throttle shaft cover a. Position new throttle Use No. 44 0.086 in. (2.184 mm)
plate (36) and two drive shaft cover plate (36) on drill. Use etching tool or steel
screws (37) housing (38). stamp and imprint date of repair
on backside of throttle shaft cover
plate (36) for future reference.
b. Drill two new holes on opposite
sides of throttle shaft cover plate
(36) 0.235 in. (5.969 mm) into
pump housing. Do not attempt to
drill out and reuse old mounting
holes.
c. Secure new throttle shaft cover
plate (36) with two drive screws
(37).
FOLLOW-ON TASK: Install engine in vehicle if tests done on engine dynamometer (TM 9-2320-273-34).
3-702
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-703
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-94. GENERAL
This section provides general instructions for temporary storage, long-term storage, and preparing an engine from storage to service.
Additional information concerning storage of equipment can be found in TM 740-90-1.
TASK PROCEDURES
PARA
a. General Instructions
b. Out-of-Service Engines
a. General Instructions
b. Out-of-Service Engines
a. General Instructions
d. Additional Inspection
a. General Instructions. All surfaces of an engine will rust or corrode if they are not protected. Ensure all outside surfaces of
engine are painted before placing it in storage. Protect inside of engine during storage as described below.
b. Out-of-Service Engines. If an engine remains out of service from three or four weeks, to a maximum of six months, take
steps to prevent rust. The operations listed below are required to prevent damage to engines in temporary storage.
(1) Start engine and gradually increase speed to 1200 rpm with no load. Operate engine untilwater temperature isat least
160°F (71°C).
(2) Stop engine and disconnect both fuel lines at fuel supply tank. Fill two portable containers, one with diesel fuel and a
second with preservative oil, U.S. Military Specification VV-L-800, Type P-9.
(3) Start engine with fuel inlet line pulling fuel from can with diesel fuel. Let drain line flow into same container with inlet
diesel fuel. After engine is started and is running at idle, move fuel line to container with preservative oil. Operateengine 5 to 10
minutes on preservative oil. Stop engine and reconnect fuel lines to supply tank.
(4) The oil sump (crankcase) fuel filter and fuel tank must be drained and drainplugs installed. New oil can be added to the
sump.
(5) Rotate engine crankshaft while applying a spray of LOW oil into intake manifold and air compressor.
(6) Put tape over all intake manifold openings to keep out dirt and moisture.
(7) Put tape over all engine openings including coolant inlet, cylinder block, oil breather, and crankcase.
3-704
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(8) Drain coolant from cooling system unless permanent antifreeze with rust inhibitor is present.
(9) Put engine in a place protected from the weather. Air should be dry and temperature even.
(10) Rotate engine crankshaft two or three revolutions every three or four weeks.
NOTE
A fte r engine has been in storage fo r 24 m onths, flush it w ith solvent and repeat preparation
fo r storage.
a. General Instructions. When an engine is to be in storage for six months or more, it must be protected against rust and
corrosion. Ensure all outside surfaces of engine are painted before placing it in storage.
b. Out-of-Service Engines. If an engine remains out of service for six months or more, take steps listed below to prevent
damage:
(1) Start engine and gradually increase speed to 1200 rpm with no load. Operate engine until water temperature is at least
160°F (71°C). Stop engine and drain oil.
(2) Drain and fill crankcase to full mark on dipstick with preservative oil, U.S. Military Specification MIL-L-21260, Type P-10,
type II, SAE 30.
(3) Disconnect both fuel lines at fuel supply tank. Fill two portable containers, one with diesel fuel and the second with
preservative oil, U.S. Military Specifications VV-L-800, Type P-9.
(4) Start engine with fuel inlet and drain lines in can with diesel fuel. After engine is started and is running at idle, move fuel
inlet line to container with preservative oil. Operate engine 5 to 10 minutes on preservative oil. Stop engine and reconnect fuel lines.
(5) Drain fuel and oil pumps, compressor, cooler, filters, and crankcase. Replace all plugs after draining.
(6) Remove intake and exhaust manifolds. Apply preservative oil in a spray into the intake and exhaust ports of the engine.
Also apply it into intake port of the air compressor. Install intake and exhaust manifolds.
(7) Inspect coolant in cooling system. If coolant contains rust, drain and flush the system and fill it with arust preventative.
Use an oil which has rust inhibitors that will mix with water. Flush cooling system before returning it to service.
(9) Remove valve covers and apply preservative oil to rocker levers, valve stem, springs, guide, crossheads, and push tubes.
Install valve covers.
(10) All engine openings must be covered with heavy paper and tape.
(e) Compound used for storage must be removed before running engine.
(13) Put engine in a place protected from the weather andwhere the air is dry and temperature is even.
3-705
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CAUTION
Excess preservative o il in the com bustion cham ber can cause a hydraulic lock. Engine
damage w ill o ccur if started before oil is removed.
a. General Instructions. When an engine is removed from storage and put into service, operations listed below must be
completed.
(5) Flush cooling system and refill with permanent-type antifreeze in a mixture suitable for appropriate temperature range.
c. Inspecting the Engine. Check for proper adjustment of injectors, valves, and belts if engine was held in storage for six
months or less. Also check the oil filters, air filters, hose connections, and cylinder-head screws.
d. A d ditional Inspection. When engine has been in storage for six months or more, the following specific procedures must be
followed:
(1) Flush fuel system with fuel oil until fuel system is clean.
(2) Remove plug from oil filter head and run hot, light, mineral oil through oil passages. Rotate engine by hand three or four
times during the flushing operations.
(3) Remove all filter screens and make sure they areclean before starting the engine.
FOLLOW-ON TASK: Perform procedures under Starting Repaired Engine (para. 3-91).
3-706
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
APPENDIX A
REFERENCES
Indexes should be consulted frequently for latest changes or revisions of references given in this appendix and for new publications
relating to material covered in this publication.
b. General References.
Catalog of Abbreviations and Brevity Codes AR 310-50
How to Prepare and Conduct Military Training ........................................................................................................................ FM 21-6
Military Symbols ........................................................................................................................................................................FM 21-30
A-2. FORMS
Refer to DA Pam 738-750, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS), for instructions on the use of maintenance forms
pertaining to the materials.
The following publications contain information pertinent to the major item material and associated equipment:
a. Vehicle.
Lubrication Order, Truck Tractor, M915, M916, andM920 ......................................................................................LO 9-2320-273-12
Lubrication Order, Truck Tractor, M915A1 .............................................................................................................. LO 9-2320-283-12
Lubrication Order, Dump Truck, M 9 1 7 .....................................................................................................................LO 5-3805-274-12
Lubrication Order, Bituminous Distributor, M918 ....................................................................................................LO 5-3895-224-12
Lubrication Order, Concrete Mobile, M 91 9 .............................................................................................................. LO 5-3895-372-12
Operators Manual, Truck Tractor, M915 .................................................................................................................TM 9-2320-273-10
Operator's Manual, Truck Tractor, M915A1 ........................................................................................................... TM 9-2320-283-10
Organizational Maintenance, Truck Tractor, M915 ................................................................................................TM 9-2320-273-20
Organizational Maintenance, Truck Tractor, M915A1 ........................................................................................... TM 9-2320-283-20
Organizational Maintenance Repair Parts and
Special Tools List, Truck Tractor, M 9 1 5 TM 9-2320-273-20P
Organizational Maintenance Repair Parts and
Special Tools List, Truck Tractor, M915A1 TM 9-2320-283-20P
Direct and General Support Maintenance, Truck Tractor, M 91 5 ......................................................................... TM 9-2320-273-34
Direct and General Support Maintenance, Truck Tractor, M915A1 ....................................................................TM 9-2320-283-34
A-1
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
b. Camouflage.
Camouflaged .............................................................................................................................................................................. FM 5-20
c. Decontamination.
Chemical, Biological, and Radiological (CBR) Decontamination ....................................................................................... TM 3-220
NBC (Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical) Defense................................................................................................................FM 21-40
d. General.
Basic Cold Weather M an ua l................................................................................................................................................... FM 31-70
Cooling System: Tactical V ehicles.................................................................................................................................... TM 750-254
Manual for Wheeled Vehicles D rive r................................................................................................................................... FM 21-305
Driver Selection and Training (Wheeled Vehicle) ................................................................................................................ FM 55-30
Northern Operations................................................................................................................................................................. FM 31-71
Operation and Maintenance of Ordnance Material
in Extreme Cold Weather (0° to -65°F ).................................................................................................................................. TM 9-207
Principles of Automotive V ehicles........................................................................................................................................TM 9-8000
Prevention of Motor Vehicle Accidents................................................................................................................................. AR 385-55
Procedures for Destruction of Tank-Automotive Equipment
to Prevent Enemy Use .................................................................................................................................................... TM 750-244-6
f. Administrative Storage.
General Packaging Instructions for Field U n its .................................................................................................................. TM 746-10
A-2
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
APPENDIX B
Section I. INTRODUCTION
B-1. Scope.
This Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL) lists and authorizes spares and repair parts; special tools; Test, Measurement, and
Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE); and other special support equipment required for performance of direct support, and general support
maintenance of the NTC-400 Cummins Big Cam I and Big Cam III engines. It authorizes the requisitioning, issue, and disposition of
spares, repair parts, and special tools as indicated by the Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SMR) codes.
B-2. General.
a. Section II. Repair Parts List. A list of spares and repair parts authorized for use in the performance of maintenance. The list
also includes parts which must be removed for replacement of the authorized parts. Parts lists are composed of functional groups in
ascending alphanumeric sequence, with the parts in each group listed in ascending figure and item number sequence. Bulk materials
are listed in item name sequence. Repair parts kits are listed separately in their own functional group within section II. Repair parts for
reparable special tools are also listed in this section. Items listed are shown on the associated illustration(s)/figure(s).
b. Section III. Special Tools List. A list of special tools, special TMDE, and other special support equipment authorized by this
RPSTL (as indicated by Basis of Issue (BOI) information in DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON C o D e column) for the performance of
maintenance.
c. Section IV. National Stock Number and Part Number Index. A list, in ascending National Item Identification Number (NIIN)
(last nine numerals) sequence, of all National stock numbered items appearing in the listing, followed by a list, in alphanumeric
sequence, of all part numbers appearing in the listings. National stock numbers and part numbers are cross-referenced to each
illustration figure and item number appearance.
a. Item No. (Column (1)). Indicates the number used to identify items called out in the illustration.
b. SMR Code (Column (2)). The Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SMR) code is a 5-position code containing
supply/requisitioning information, maintenance category authorization criteria, and disposition instruction, as shown in the following
breakout:
T
positions
I
Who can install,
I
Who can do
disposition action
on an unservice
able item.
replace or use complete repair
the item. on the item.
* Complete Repair: Maintenance capacity, capability, and authority to perform all corrective maintenance tasks of the "repair" function in
a use/user environment in order to restore serviceability to a failed item.
B-1
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) Source Code. The source code tells you how to get an item needed for maintenance, repair, or overhaul of an end
item/equipment. Explanations of source codes follow:
Code Explanation
MO - (Made at Unit Level) Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned
MF - (Made at DS Level) individually. They must be made from bulk material which is
MH - (Made at GS Level) identified by the part number in the DESCRIPTION AND USABLE
ML - (Made at Specialized ON CODE (UOC) column and listed in the bulk material group of
Repair Activity (SPA)) the repair parts list in the RPSTL. If the item is authorized to you
MD - (Made at Depot) by the 3d position code of the SMR code, but the source code
indicates it is made at a higher level, order the item from the higher
level of maintenance.
AO - (Assembled by Unit Level) Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned
AF - (Assembled by DS Level) individually. The parts that make up the assembled item must be
AH - (Assembled by GS Level) requisitioned or fabricated and assembled at the level of
AL - (Assembled by SRA) maintenance indicated by the source code. If the 3d position code of
AD - (Assembled by Depot) the SMR code authorizes you to replace the item, but the source
code indicates the item is assembled at a higher level, order the
item from the higher level of maintenance.
XA - Do not requisition an XA-coded item. Order its next higher assembly. (Also refer to the note below.)
XB - If an XB-coded item is not available from salvage, order it using the CAGEC and part number given.
XC - Installation drawing, diagram, instruction sheet, field service drawing, that is identified by manufacturer's partnumber.
XD - Item is not stocked. Order an XD-coded item through normal supply channels using the CAGEC and part number given if no NSN
is available.
NOTE
Cannibalization o r controlled exchange, when authorized, may be used as a source o f
supply fo r items w ith the above source codes, except fo r those source-coded XA.
(2) Maintenance Code. Maintenance codes tell you the level(s) of maintenance authorized to USE and REPAIR support
items. The maintenance codes are entered in the 3d and 4th positions of the SMR code as follows:
(a) The maintenance code entered in the 3d position tells you the lowest maintenance level authorized to remo
replace, and use an item. The maintenance code entered in the 3d position will indicate authorization to one of the following levels of
maintenance.
Code Application/Explanation
B-2
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(b) The maintenance code entered in the 4th position tells you whether or not the item is to be repaired and identifies
lowest maintenance level with the capability to do complete repair (i.e., perform all authorized repair functions). (NOTE: Some limited
repair may be done on the item at a lower level o f maintenance if authorized by the Maintenance A llocation Chart (MAC) and
SMR codes.) This position will contain one of the following maintenance codes:
Code Application/Explanation
O - Unit is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
F - Direct support is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
H - General support is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
L - Specialized repair activity (designate the specialized repair activity) is the
lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
D - Depot is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
Z - Nonreparable. No repair is authorized.
B - No repair is authorized. (No parts or special tools are authorized for the
maintenance of a B-coded item.) However, the item may be reconditioned by
adjusting, lubricating, etc., at the user level.
(3) Recoverability Code. Recoverability codes are assigned to items to indicate the disposition action on unserviceable
items. The recoverability code is entered in the 5th position of the SMR code as follows:
R ecoverability
Code Application/Explanation
c. National Stock Num ber (Column (3)). This column indicates the National Stock Number (NSN) assigned to the item. Use
the NSN for requests/requisitions.
d.CAGE Code (Column (4)). The Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) is a 5-digit numeric code which is used
to identify the manufacturer,distributor, or Government agency, etc., that supplies the item.
e. Part Num ber (Column (5)). Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual, company, firm, corporation,
or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of the item by means of its engineering drawings, specifications
standards, and inspection requirements to identify an item or range of items.
NOTE
When you use a NSN to requisition an item, the item you receive may have a different part
num ber from the part ordered.
B-3
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
f. Description and Usable on Codes (UOC) (Column (6)). This column includes the following information:
(1) The Federal item name and, when required, a minimum description to identify the item.
(2) Items that are included in kits and sets are listed below the name of the kit or set.
(3) Spare/repair parts that make up an assembled item are listed immediately following the assembled item line entry.
(4) Part numbers for bulk materials are referenced in this column in the line item entry for the item to be manufactured/
fabricated.
(5) When the item is not used with all serial numbers of the same model, the effective serial numbers are shown on the last
line(s) of the description (before UOC).
(6) The usable on code, when applicable (refer to paragraph 5, Special Information).
(7) In the Special Tools List section, the Basis of Issue (BOI) appears as the last line(s) in the entry for each special tool,
special TMDE, and other special support equipment. When density of equipment supported exceeds density spread indicated in the
basis of issue, the total authorization is increased proportionately.
(8) The statement END OF FIGURE appears just below the last item description in column 6 for a given figure in both section
II and section III.
g. QTY (Column (7)). The Quantity Incorporated in Unit (QTY INC IN UNIT) indicates the quantity of the item used in the
breakout shown on the illustration figure, which is prepared for a functional group, subfunctional group, or an assembly. A "V"
appearing in this column in place of a quantity indicates that no specific quantity is applicable (e.g., shims, spacers).
(1) Stock num ber colum n. This column lists the NSN by National Item Identification Number (NIIN)
NSN
sequence. The NIIN consists of the last nine digits of the NSN (i.e., 5305-01-674-1467). When using this column
_______ NIIN
to locate an item, ignore the first 4 digits of the NSN. However, the complete NSN should be used when ordering items by stock
number.
(2) Fig. Column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located. The figures are in numerical
order in section II and section III.
(3) Item Column. The item number identifies the item associated with the figure listed in the adjacent FIG. column. This
item is also identified by the NSN listed on the same line.
b. Part Number Index. Part numbers in this index are listed by part number in ascending alphanumeric sequence (i.e., vertical
arrangement of letter and number combination which places the first letter or digit of each group in order A through Z, followed by the
numbers 0 through 9 and each following letter or digit in like order).
(1) CAGEC Column. The Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) is a 5-digitnumeric code used toidentify the
manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency, etc., that supplies the item.
(2) Part Number Column. Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual, company, firm, corporation,
or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of the item by means of its engineering drawings, specifications
standards, and inspection requirements to identify an item or range of items.
(3) Stock Number Column. This column lists the NSN for the associated part number andmanufacturer identified in the
PART NUMBER and CAGEC columns to the left.
B-4
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(4) Fig. Column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located in section II and section III.
(5) Item Column. The item number is that number assigned to the item as it appears in the figure referenced in the adjacent
figure number column.
(1) First. Using the table of contents, determine the assembly group or subassembly group to which the item belongs. This
is necessary since figures are prepared for assembly groups and subassembly groups, and listings are divided into the same groups.
(2) Second. Find the figure covering the assembly group or subassembly group to which the item belongs.
(3) Third. Identify the item on the figure and use the Figure and Item Number Index to find the NSN.
(1) First. Using the Index of National Stock Numbers and Part Numbers, find the pertinent National Stock Number or Part
Number. The NSN index is in National Item Identification Number (NIIN) sequence (see 4.a.(1)). The part numbers in the Part Number
index are listed in ascending alphanumeric sequence (see 4.b.). Both indexes cross-reference you to the illustration figure and item
number of the item you are looking for.
(2) Second. After finding the figure and item number, verify that the item is the one you're looking for, then locate the item
number in the repair parts list for the figure.
B-5
Section II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
GROUP 01 ENGINE
END OF FIGURE
1-1
Section II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
2-1
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
END OF FIGURE
2-2
Section II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
3-1
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
END OF FIGURE
3-2
Section II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
1 PCFZZ 5330003612955 15434 3067616 GASKET PART OF KIT P/N 3801235 ..................... ..... V
2 PAHZZ 2990011202883 15434 216165 COVER, REAR CAMSHAFT M915 ONLY................ 1
2 PAFZZ 2815011465925 15434 209919 COVER, TIMING GEAR, I CAM SHAFT................... 1
M915A1 O N L Y ...........................................................
3 PAFZZ 5305011306100 15434 3010594 SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H WITH CAPTIVE 8
WASHER, 3/8-24 X 1.500 ........................................
4 PCHZZ 5330010866112 15434 3006738 GASKET M915 ONLY ............................................... 1
4 PAFZZ 5330000050858 01212 M39807 SEAL REAR CAMSHAFT OIL M915A1 ONLY 1
PART OF KIT P/N 3801235 ......................................
5 PCHZZ 5331004209624 15434 137075 O-RING REAR CAMSHAFT OIL SEAL.................... 1
6 PAHZH 2815013034224 15434 3608833 CRANKSHAFT, ENGINE............................................ 1
7 PAHZZ 3120012147779 15434 3019218 BEARING, WASHER, THRU STANDARD.............. 4
7 XDHZZ 15434 157281 BEARING, WASHER, THRU 0.010 OVERSIZE...... ..... V
7 XDHZZ 15434 157282 BEARING, WASHER, THRU 0.020 OVERSIZE...... ..... V
8 PAHZZ 5315010584551 15434 202903 PIN STRAIGHT HEXAGO 0.219 X 0.5475-............. 2
0.5775 .........................................................................
9 PAHZZ 5365004286201 15434 60575 SPACER, RING .......................................................... 7
10 PAHZZ 5330000050856 15434 3006736 SEAL PART OF KIT P/N 3801235............................ 1
11 PAFZZ 3020010774411 15434 211918 PULLEY, GROOVE..................................................... 1
12 PAFZZ 2815010791632 15434 21732300 DAMPENER, VIBRATION ........................................ 1
13 PAFZZ 5305007959336 15434 204165 SCREW, CAP 1-5/8 L O N G ....................................... 6
14 PAFZZ 5310000818500 15434 127316 WASHER, RECESSED.............................................. 6
15 PAHZZ 3020010772229 15434 215965 GEAR, HELICAL M915 ONLY................................... 1
15 PAFZZ 3020011460107 15434 3014614 GEAR, HELICAL M915A1 ONLY ............................. 1
16 PAFZZ 5315010796740 15434 210179 KEY, MACHINE GEAR TO CRANKSHAFT............. 1
17 PAHZZ 3120003496444 15434 44383 BEARING HALF, SLEEVE NUMBER 1, 3 AND 3
5 UPPER PART OF KIT P/N 3801260.....................
18 XDHZZ 15434 195210 BEARING HALF, SLEEVE NUMBER 2, 4 AND 3
6 UPPER PART OF KIT P/N 3801260.....................
19 PAHZZ 3120000905504 15434 44387 BEARING HALF, SLEEVE NUMBER 7 UPPER 1
PART OF KIT P/N 3801260 ......................................
20 PAHZF 3120006951232 15434 3019180 BEARING HALF, SLEEVE NUMBER 1, 3 AND 3
5 LOWER PART OF KIT P/N 3801260 ....................
21 PAHZZ 3120000050602 01212 1962CPA BEARING HALF, SLEEVE NUMBER 2, 4 AND 3
6 LOWER PART OF KIT P/N 3801260 ....................
22 PAHZZ 3120005931507 15434 3019204 BEARING HALF, SLEEVE NUMBER 7 LOWER 1
PART OF KIT P/N 3801260.......................................
23 PFHZZ 3120002195461 15434 AR07110 BEARING HALF SET, SL STANDARD ................... 1
23 PFHZZ 3120011439547 15434 3801261 BEARING HALF SET, SL 0.010 UNDERSIZE......... 1
23 PBHZZ 3120011459132 15434 3801263 BEARING HALF SET, SL 0.030 UNDERSIZE......... 1
23 PFHZZ 3120011937083 01212 5116M40 BEARING SET, SLEEVE 0.040 UNDERSIZE.......... 1
23 PAHZZ 3120011448882 15434 3801262 BEARING HALF SET, SL 0.020 UNDERSIZE......... 1
END OF FIGURE
Section II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
5-1
Section II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
1 PFHZZ 2815009944427 15434 3012331 RING, TOP PART OF KIT P/N 3801056 .......................... 6
2 PFHZZ 2815012416580 15434 301233200 RING, PISTON PART OF KIT P/N 3801056..................... 6
3 PFHZZ 2815012416581 15434 214730 RING, PISTON PART OF KIT P/N 3801056..................... 6
4 PFHZZ 2815009944429 15434 218732 RING, PISTON, PART OF KIT P/N.................................... 6
3801056 ..............................................................................
5 PAHZZ 2815010771482 15434 3051555 PISTON, INTERNAL COM M915 O N L Y ........................... 6
5 PAHZZ 2815012103426 15434 3028685 PISTON, INTERNAL COM M915A1 O N LY...................... 6
PART OF KIT P/N 3801058 ...............................................
6 PAHZZ 5325012414318 15434 175755 RING, RETAINING PISTON PIN (OLD)............................ 12
M915 O N L Y .........................................................................
6 PBHZZ 5325008042784 96906 MS16625-1200 RING, RETAINING PISTON PIN PART OF...................... 12
KIT P/N 3801058 .................................................................
7 PFHZZ 2815004804347 15434 191970 PIN, PISTON PART OF KIT P/N 3801058 ........................ 6
8 PAHHZ 2815010864508 15434 3013930 CONNECTING ROD, PIST ASSEMBLY........................... 6
9 PAHZZ 5365001320273 15434 187420 .BUSHING, PISTON PIN .................................................... 1
10 PBHZZ 2815011240232 15434 70550 .PIN, PISTON CONNECTING ROD 5/16 X ...................... 2
1/2 .........................................................................................
11 PAHZZ 5306010797027 15434 219153 .BOLT, MACHINE................................................................ 2
12 PAHZZ 3120011554442 15434 214951 BEARING, SLEEVE 0.010 UNDERSIZE ........................ 12
12 PAHZZ 3120011573316 15434 214952 BEARING, SLEEVE 0.020 UNDERSIZE......................... 12
12 PAHZZ 3120010873004 15434 214950 BEARING STANDARD ....................................................... 12
12 PAHZZ 3120011558707 01212 3725CP-30 BEARING, SLEEVE .030 UNDERSIZE ............................ 12
END OF FIGURE
6-1
Section II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
7-1
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
EXHAUST............................................................................
19 XBHZZ 15434 3002069 ..PIN, STRAIGHT, HEADED CAM FOLLOWER............... 4
ASSY, INTAKE & EXHAUST, M915 O N LY......................
19 PAHZZ 5315012100616 15434 3013331 ..PIN, STRAIGHT, HEADED CAM FOLLOWER............... 4
ASSY, INTAKE & EXHAUST, M915A1 O N LY..................
20 PAHZZ 5315007773544 15434 118939 ..PIN, STRAIGHT, HEADLE CAM FOLLOWER................ 4
ASSY, INTAKE & EXHAUST..............................................
21 PAHZZ 3120012124472 15434 3036933 ..ROLLER, LINEAR-ROTAR CAM FOLLOWER............... 4
ASSY, INTAKE & EXHAUST..............................................
22 PAHZZ 2910010869757 15434 3056569 .ROCKER ARM, ENGINE P CAM FOLLOWER................ 2
ASSY, INJECTOR................................................................
23 PFHZZ 3120007911440 15434 118377 ..BEARING, SLEEVE CAM FOLLOWER ASSY, ............. 2
INJECTOR............................................................................
24 PAHZZ 2815005055119 15434 107738 ..SOCKET, CAM FOLLOWER INJECTOR........................ 2
25 XBHZZ 15434 219107 ..PIN, STRAIGHT, HEADED CAM FOLLOWER............... 2
ASSY, INJECTOR................................................................
26 PAHZZ 5315007773544 15434 118939 ..PIN, STRAIGHT, HEADLE CAM FOLLOWER................ 2
ASSY, INJECTOR................................................................
27 PFHZZ 3120010795451 15434 3036934 ..ROLLER, LINEAR-ROTAR CAM FOLLOWER............... 2
ASSY, INJECTOR................................................................
END OF FIGURE
7-2
Section II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
8-1
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
END OF FIGURE
8-2
Section II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
9-1
Section II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END FIGURE
10-1
Section II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
11-1
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
END OF FIGURE
11-2
Figure 12. Oil Pan, Dipstick, and Breather Tube.
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
1 PFFZZ 5330011470748 15434 3032861 GASKET PART OF KIT P/N 3801235 .............................. 1
2 PAFZZ 2815011332445 15434 193625 OIL PAN M915 ONLY ........................................................ 1
2 PBFFF 2815011410919 15434 3031959 OIL PAN M915A1 ONLY .................................................... 1
3 PBFZZ 5310008284827 15434 69832 .NUT, GOVERNOR STUD 5/16-18 ................................... 3
4 PAFZZ 5310005626558 15434 S-626 .WASHER, FLAT 0.344 X 0.688 ....................................... 3
5 PAFZZ 5340011469992 15434 3032708 .CLAMP, LOOP ................................................................... 3
6 PBFZZ 4710011461052 15434 3032707 .TUBE, BENT, METALLIC ................................................. 1
7 XAFZZ 15434 3030257 .PAN, ENGINE OIL ............................................................. 1
8 PAOZZ 4730000103867 77640 103879 .PLUG, PIPE M915 ONLY ................................................. 2
8 PAOZZ 4730011472223 15434 3008468 .PLUG, PIPE M915A1 ONLY.............................................. 2
9 PAFZZ 5342011436045 15434 3008470 .PLUG 1-11 1/2 ................................................................... 1
10 PAFZZ 4730000444715 15434 S962 .PLUG, PIPE 1 INCH NPTF ............................................... 1
11 PAOZZ 5365001979327 15434 67946 .SPACER, R IN G .................................................................. 1
12 PAOZZ 5365006951247 15434 69962 .PLUG, MACHINE THREAD .............................................. 1
13 PAOZZ 4730011463111 15434 3008596 CLAMP, HOSE .................................................................... 2
14 PCOZZ 4720002784890 28835 2CA647 HOSE, NONMETALLIC ...................................................... 1
15 PBOZZ 4710012158158 15434 3008599 TUBE ASSEMBLY, METAL M915 ONLY ......................... 1
15 PFOZZ 4710011460049 15434 3038035 TUBE, BENT, METALLIC M915A1 ONLY......................... 1
16 PAOZZ 5310004516643 15434 S-213-A NUT 5/8-18 .......................................................................... 1
17 PAFZZ 5310002617340 15434 S604 WASHER, LOCK M915 ONLY ........................................... 4
17 PAOZZ 5310008206653 15434 S-603 WASHER, LOCK M915A1 ONLY....................................... 4
18 PAOZZ 5310008238803 96906 MS27183-21 WASHER, F LA T .................................................................. 4
19 PAOZZ 5340008390653 15434 68425 CLAMP, LOOP ................................................................... 1
20 PFOZZ 5342011459540 15434 217934 BRACKET, AFTERCOOLER.............................................. 1
21 PAOZZ 5305009448292 96906 MS35308-458 SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H ............................................. 1
22 PAOZZ 5310002617340 15434 S-604 WASHER, LOCK ................................................................. 1
23 PAOZZ 5305005466698 15434 S-129 SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H 3/8-24 X 1.00..................... 1
24 PAOZZ 6680011087410 15434 3017292 GAGE ROD, LIQUID LEV .................................................. 1
25 PAFZZ 4710011421667 15434 3022377 BREATHER TUBE, OIL ...................................................... 1
26 PAOZZ 5310011269404 24617 9422277 NUT, SELF-LOCKING, HE 3/8-16 .................................... 1
27 PAOZZ 5340004175800 15434 200064 CLAMP, LOOP ................................................................... 1
28 PAFZZ 5310000806004 96906 MS27183-14 WASHER, FLAT ................................................................. 4
29 PAFZZ 5305005434372 80204 B1821BH038C075N SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H 3/8-16 X 3 /4 ........................ 4
M915 ONLY..........................................................................
29 PAFZZ 5305010858197 15434 3010595 SCREW, MACHINE WITH CAPTIVE WASHER, ............ 4
3/8-16 X 1.00, M915A1 O N LY............................................
30 PAFZZ 5342011407158 15434 178074 BRACKET M915 O N L Y ...................................................... 1
30 PBFZZ 5342011459539 15434 41044 BRACKET, OIL GAGE M915A1 ONLY ............................ 1
31 PCFZZ 5330002460309 15434 65274 GASKET PART OF KIT P/N 3801235 .............................. 1
32 PAHZZ 5305005434372 80204 B1821BH038C075N SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H M915 ONLY ...................... 5
33 PFOZZ 5340011475389 15434 134561 BRACKET, ANGLE.............................................................. 1
34 PAOZZ 5305010322311 80204 B1821BH044C425N SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H ............................................. 1
35 PAOZZ 5310002090965 96906 MS35338-47 WASHER, LOCK ................................................................ 5
36 PAOZZ 5310008094085 96906 MS27183-16 WASHER, FLAT ................................................................. 1
37 PAHZZ 5305012125210 15434 3008069 SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H M915 ONLY ...................... 4
37 PAFZZ 5305011458358 15434 3017049 SCREW, ASSEMBLED WAS M915A1 O N L Y .................. 4
38 PFFZZ 5340011506248 15434 218813 PLATE, MENDING ENGINE SHIPPING ........................... 1
39 PAFZZ 5305011451113 15434 3032674 SCREW HEXAGON............................................................. 28
12-1
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
END FIGURE
12-2
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
13-1
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
END FIGURE
13-2
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
14-1
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
O N LY ....................................................................................
32 PBFZZ 2930011460111 15434 3008425 MANIFOLD, FLUID COOL M915A1 ONLY........................ 1
33 PCFZZ 5330010863523 15434 3008591 GASKET INTAKE MANIFOLD PART OF KIT................... 3
P/N 3804280 PART OF KIT P/N 3804275.........................
34 XBFZZ 15434 214836 CORE, AFTERCOOLER M915 ONLY.............................. 1
34 PAFZZ 2930011419277 15434 3028997 CORE, AFTERCOOLER AFTERCOOLER,..................... 1
M915A1 ONLY.....................................................................
35 PAOZZ 4710010856132 15434 215041 TUBE, BENT, METALLIC M915 O N LY............................. 1
35 PAOZZ 4710011461053 15434 3018099 TUBE, BENT, METALLIC WATER TRANSFER,............. 1
M915A1 ONLY.....................................................................
36 PAFZZ 5330000031771 15434 S684 GASKET M915 ONLY......................................................... 3
36 PAFZZ 5310004079566 96906 MS35338-45 WASHER, LOCK ................................................................. 3
37 PAFZZ 5306002258499 96906 MS90725-34 BOLT, MACHINE 5/16 - 18 X 1.00..................................... 3
38 PAFZZ 5310001344169 15434 63842 WASHER, F LA T .................................................................. 3
39 PAHZZ 5305007252317 80204 B1821BH038C150N SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H.............................................. 3
40 PAFZZ 4730000189566 15434 S911B PLUG, PIPE.......................................................................... 1
END FIGURE
14-2
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
M915A1
1 PAFZZ 2815011461103 15434 3031186 MANIFOLD, EXHAUST REAR, M915A1 ONLY........ ..... 1
2 PAFZZ 2815010774463 15434 200566 MANIFOLD, CENTER SEC REAR, EXHAUST.......... ..... 1
MANIFOLDS ASSEMBLY, M915 ONLY.....................
2 PAFZZ 2815011463159 15434 3029614 MANIFOLD, EXHAUST CENTER, M915A1 ONLY... ..... 1
3 PAFZZ 2815009202073 15434 151478 MANIFOLD, EXHAUST EXHAUST MANIFOLDS, ..... 1
M915 ONLY...................................................................
3 PAFZZ 2815011460112 15434 3031187 MANIFOLD, EXHAUST FRONT, M915A1 ONLY...... ..... 1
4 PAFZZ 5330006593178 15434 3020943 GASKET MANIFOLD PART OF KIT P/N.................... ..... 6
3804280 PART OF KIT P/N 3804275 .........................
5 PAFZZ 5305010288869 15434 S155 SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H M915 ONLY................ ..... 8
5 PAFZZ 5305011478730 15434 3043647 SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H CAPTIVE WASHER, ..... 12
M915A1 ONLY...............................................................
6 PAFZZ 2815008295227 15434 105199 DOWEL, MANIFOLD..................................................... ..... 6
7 PAFZZ 5305004770395 15434 110266 SCREW M915 O N LY................................................... ..... 4
8 PAFZZ 5310008878325 15434 114638 WASHER, KEY M915 O N LY....................................... ..... 4
8 PAFZZ 15434 3027653 RING, EXHAUST M915A1 O N LY............................... ..... 1
9 PAFZZ 5340001323203 15434 200919 STRAP, RETAINING M915 ONLY.............................. ..... 2
10 PAFZZ 3120010796527 15434 109594 BEARING, SLEEVE M915 O N LY ............................... ..... 8
11 PAFZZ 5340007674012 15434 116982 LOCKING PLATE, NUT A M915 ONLY..................... ..... 4
12 PAFZZ 4730010857328 15434 217632 PLUG, PIPE M915 ONLY............................................ ..... 2
13 PAFZZ 5307009222626 15434 3006289 STUD, PLAIN M915 ONLY......................................... ..... 4
END OF FIGURE
15-1
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
16-1
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
17-1
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
18-1
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
1 PAOZZ 4730010793273 15434 3002074 ELBOW, PIPE TO HOSE AIR INTAKE ............................. 1
cm
2 PCOZZ 4720009189634 15434 61554 HOSE, PREFORMED ............................................
co
3 PAOZZ 4730005558263 70403 A11 CLAMP, HOSE M915 ONLY.................................
3 PAOZZ 4730005558263 53496 5561 1-2A CLAMP, HOSE M915A1 O N LY ............................
4 PAOZZ 4710011463085 15434 217939 TUBE, BENT, METALLIC......................................
5 PAOZZ 5305002264831 80204 B1821BH031C150N SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H 5/16 - 18 X 1.50....
6 PAOZZ 5310004079566 96906 MS35338-45 WASHER, LOCK ...................................................
7 PAOZZ 5310005626558 15434 S-626 WASHER, F LA T .....................................................
8 PAOZZ 5305011294214 15434 3022590 SCREW, CAPTIVE ................................................
9 PAOZZ 4730010854156 15434 196282 ELBOW, FLANGE TO HOS AIR COMPRESSOR
INTAKE ...................................................................
10 PAOZZ 4730000189566 15434 S-911-B PLUG, PIPE............................................................
11 PAOZZ 5330011810630 15434 3201386 GASKET..................................................................
12 PAOZZ 4730003652690 15434 S-1002-A ADAPTER, STRAIGHT, T U ...................................
13 PAOZZ 4710010958683 15434 21609300 TUBE, BENT, METALLIC OUTLET M915A1........
13 PAOZZ 4710010793492 15434 3038060 TUBE ASSEMBLY, METAL COMPRESSOR .....
COOLING M 915......................................................
14 PCOZZ 5365005985255 15434 S-1003-A .BUSHING, NONMETALLIC...................................
15 PAOZZ 4730001383906 15434 187317 COUPLING, PIPE PLAIN STRAIGHT, 3 /8 ...........
NPT...........................................................................
16 PAOZZ 4730003744282 15434 S-1005-A ELBOW, PIPE TO TUBE.......................................
17 PAOZZ 4710011461112 15434 3026999 TUBE, BENT, METALLIC OUTLET M915A1........
17 PAOZZ 4710011463168 15434 3028642 TUBE ASSEMBLY, METAL COMPRESSOR......
COOLING M 915......................................................
18 PCOZZ 5365005985255 15434 S-1003-A .BUSHING, NONMETALLIC............................................... 2
END FIGURE
19-1
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
9 17
8— thru 16 — thru 20 — 21 25 — 26 29 —
53 30
20-1
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER
1 DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
CM
52 PAFZZ 5310010561371 28265 14978 .WASHER, FLAT .................................................................
CM
53 PAFZZ 5305011446233 15434 3021470 .SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H WITH CAPTIVE ................
WASHER, 5/16....................................................................
54 PAFFZ 2530008275934 06853 275707 GOVERNOR ASSEMBLY, A ..............................................
55 PFFZZ 2530010930872 06853 275230 HOUSING, AIR BRAKE G ..................................................
C O C M t-
56 PAFZZ 4730006023707 25511 P49787 .PLUG, PIPE.........................................................................
57 PAFZZ 4730002250710 06853 240346 STRAINER ELEMENT, SE.................................................
58 PAFZZ 5360002250709 06853 240336 SPRING, HELICAL, COMP ................................................
t-
59 PAFZZ 4820002250708 06853 240334 DISK, VALVE........................................................................
C M
60 PAFZZ 5331002250707 06853 239658 PACKING, PREFORMED...................................................
t-
61 PFFZZ 2530006031532 06853 103840 PISTON, LINEAR AC TU A..................................................
t-
62 XAFZZ 06853 240331 .PISTON, GOVERNOR, COM ............................................
t-
63 PAFZZ 5331003119188 06853 230175 .PACKING, PREFORMED..................................................
t-
64 PAFZZ 5310001435722 04998 WA1248 .WASHER, FLAT .................................................................
t-
65 PAFZZ 5360000791940 06853 240338 SPRING, HELICAL, COMP ................................................
t-
66 PAFZZ 4820001179103 06853 240339 STEM, EXHAUST................................................................
t-
67 PAFZZ 5340009223522 06853 240347 COVER, ACCESS................................................................
t-
68 PAFZZ 5340007387552 06853 240345 CLIP, RETAINING................................................................
t-
69 PFFZZ 4310002250706 06853 275202 PARTS KIT, GASOLINE......................................................
t-
70 PAFZZ 5310004037731 06853 202961 .NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON...................................................
t-
71 PAFZZ 5310011577361 06853 246075 .WASHER, FLAT .................................................................
t-
72 PAFZZ 5340001179102 06853 240344 .SEAT, HELICAL COMPRE................................................
t-
73 PAFZZ 5360006031518 06853 240343 .SPRING, HELICAL, COMP ...............................................
C M ^ - t-
74 PAFZZ 5340001166767 06853 240341 .SEAT, HELICAL COMP RE...............................................
75 PAFZZ 2530001169953 06853 240342 .GUIDE, SPRING.................................................................
76 PAFZZ 5305008396230 06853 240340 .SETSCREW........................................................................
t-
77 PCFZZ 5330010977791 06853 237303 GASKET................................................................................
C M C M
78 PAFZZ 5310010978039 24617 9417953 WASHER, LOCK .................................................................
79 PAFZZ 5305011184285 24617 9418993 SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H..............................................
80 PAFZZ 4730002778269 79470 400X3 ELBOW, PIPE TO TUBE..................................................... 1
END OF FIGURE
20-2
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
21-1
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
r "
22-1
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
22-2
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
5 10
END OF FIGURE
23-1
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
1 PAHZZ 5305011294385 15434 70772-B SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H FILSTER HEAD, ............. 2
1/4-20 X 1.00........................................................................
2 PAHZZ 5305011294218 15434 3012558 SCREW DRILLED FILSTER HEAD, 1/4-20..................... 1
X 1.00...................................................................................
3 PAHZZ 5310005626560 15434 S-631 WASHER, FLAT ................................................................. 3
4 PAHZZ 4820010793241 15434 3015522 CARTRIDGE, VALVE, C H E ...........................
5 PAHZZ 2910011414967 15434 3015520 COVER, FUEL CONTROL ............................
6 PAHZZ 5310004516643 15434 S-213-A NUT, FLYWHEEL ...........................................
7 PAHZZ 2910011414029 15434 3023171 HOUSING, SPRING PUMP............................
8 PAHZZ 5330011422784 15434 3023870 GASKET PART OF KIT P/N 3010242 ..........
9 PAHZZ 5310011450761 15434 214150 WASHER, F LA T ..............................................
10 PAHZZ 4820010793320 15434 3013811 DIAPHRAGM, VALVE.....................................
11 PAHZZ 5330010728830 15434 3003156 SEAL, SPECIAL PART OF KIT P/N 3010242
12 PAHZZ 2910011427455 15434 3013810 PISTON, AIR FLO W .......................................
13 PAHZZ 5310011422812 15434 3023088 WASHER, F LA T ..............................................
14 PCHZZ 5331009703461 15434 68061-A O-RING PART OF KIT P/N 3010242 ............
15 PAHZZ 2910011269053 15434 3021676 PLUNGER, AIR FLOW....................................
16 PAHZZ 5360010866113 15434 179834 SPRING, HELICAL, COMP M915 ONLY.....
16 PAHZZ 5360011470054 15434 179822 SPRING, HELICAL, COMP M915A1 ONLY.
17 PAHZZ 5365010798373 15434 3001707 SHIM ................................................................
18 PAHZZ 5325005589412 96906 MS16629-1100 RING, RETAINING...........................................
19 PAHZZ 5330010728982 15434 145505 PACKING, PREFORMED PART OF KIT P/N
3010242 ..........................................................
20 PAHZZ 5330010514243 15434 145504 PACKING, PREFORMED PART OF KIT P/N
3010242 ..........................................................
21 PCHZZ 5330004039896 15434 193734 PACKING, PREFORMED M915 ONLY........
21 PAHZZ 5330005992962 94135 12Z9026-5 PACKING, PREFORMED M915A1 ONLY....
22 PAHZZ 3040010861651 15434 214146 CYLINDER, ACTUATING M915 ONLY........
22 PAHZZ 2910011424953 15434 3021068 BARREL, AIR FLOW M915A1 ONLY...........
23 PAHZZ 5360011345602 15434 3018655 SPRING, HELICAL, COMP ...........................
24 PAHZZ 5325002562846 96906 MS16632-1050 RING, RETAINING .............................................................. 1
25 PAFZZ 5305004264146 15434 S105X SCREW, C AP....................................................................... 6
26 PAFZZ 5310004841718 15434 181466 WASHER, LOCK ................................................................ 6
27 PAFZZ 4730011243762 15434 3025460 PLUG, PIPE.......................................................................... 4
28 PFHZZ 9905007337622 15434 105375 PLATE, IDENTIFICATIO..................................................... 1
29 PFHZZ 5305008046318 15434 S-2286 SCREW................................................................................. 4
30 PAHZZ 4730005558292 24617 444704 PLUG, PIPE M915A1 O N L Y .................
30 PAFZZ 4730000428988 11862 117244 PLUG, PIPE M915 ONLY .....................
31 PAOZZ 5365005073271 15434 157088 PLUG, MACHINE THREAD ...................
32 PCOZZ 5330009619470 15434 154088 SEAL CAP PART OF KIT P/N 3010242
33 PAOZZ 5360005974570 15434 70700 SPRING, HELICAL, COMP ...................
34 PAOZZ 2910007908736 15434 146483 FILTER ELEMENT, FLUI .......................
35 XDHZZ 15434 AR41022 HOSING, FUEL PUMP M915 ONLY....
35 PAHZZ 2910011461084 15434 3010042 BARREL, GOVERNOR M915A1 ONLY
36 PAHZZ 3120010803275 15434 209760 .BUSHING, SLEEVE................................
37 PAHZZ 5342004005178 15434 163733 .CLIP, GOVERNOR BARRE...................
38 PAHZZ 5315008440140 15434 118227 .PIN, HOLLOW ........................................
39 PAHZZ 2910010985118 15434 217798 .HOUSING, SPRING P A C K ...................
40 PAHZZ 2910011479913 15434 3001847 .BARREL ASSEMBLY, G O V ..................
24-1
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
END OF FIGURE
24-2
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
25-1
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
26-1
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
27-1
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
CM
1 PAOZZ 5305005098106 15434 S189C SCREW, CAP, SOCKET HE .............................................
CM
2 PAFZZ 5310004841718 15434 181466 WASHER, LOCK ................................................................
CM
3 PAFZZ 5310002622986 15434 67684 WASHER, FLAT .................................................................
4 PAFZZ 4810011874925 15434 3035362 VALVE, SOLENOID ...........................................................
5 PAFZZ 5305001389848 15434 187556 .SCREW, MACHINE SOLENOID MOUNTING.................
6 PAFZZ 2910000857436 15434 134074 .COIL ASSEMBLY, SHUT M 9 1 5 .......................................
6 PAFZZ 2920011218859 15434 302109000 .COIL, ELECTRICAL ..........................................................
7 PAFZZ 5340000847787 15434 129839 .COVER, ACCESS SHUT OFF V A LV E ............................
8 PCFZZ 5331000819299 15434 129888 .O-RING RECTANGULAR RING PART O F .....................
KIT P/N 3010242 ................................................................
9 PAFZZ 5310000821888 15434 129768 .WASHER, SPRING TENSI SHUT OFF VALVE..............
10 PCFZZ 5331001320274 15434 190876 .O-RING PART OF KIT P/N 3010242 ...............................
11 PAFZZ 4820011461048 15434 3030970 .DISK, VALVE .....................................................................
12 PAFZZ 3040010852616 15434 3000266 .SHAFT, SHOULDERED SHUT OFF VALVE, .................
13 PAFZZ 4730000113175 15434 70295 .PLUG, PIPE ........................................................................
14 PFFZZ 4820008295600 15434 129826 .BODY, VALVE....................................................................
15 PAFZZ 5355000821189 15434 129838 .KNOB SHUT OFF VALVE.................................................
16 PAFZZ 5310009222017 30379 120217 .WASHER, LO C K ................................................................
17 PCFZZ 5330009513538 15434 154087 GASKET RECTANGULAR RING PART OF KIT..............
P/N 3010242.........................................................................
END OF FIGURE
28-1
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
Figure 29. Fuel Pump Front Cover, Governor, and Tach Drive.
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
1 PAHZZ 6680010852870 15434 3030267 COVER AND TACHOMETE M915 ONLY .......................
1 PAHHH 2910011461999 15434 3030269 COVER ASSEMBLY, FRON FUEL PUMP.......................
FRONT, M915A1 ONLY......................................................
2 PFFZZ 5342010854153 15434 3001296 .BRACKET, AIR COMPRES ..............................................
3 PAFZZ 5310002090965 96906 MS35338-47 .WASHER, LOCK COVER, GOVERNOR A N D ................
TACHOMETER DRIVE .......................................................
4 XBFZZ 15434 S151 .SCREW COVER, GOVERNOR AN D ............................... 4
TACHOMETER DRIVE .......................................................
5 PAFZZ 5310011124307 15434 69324 .WASHER, FLAT COVER, GOVERNOR A N .................... 1
.TACHOMETER D R IVE......................................................
6 PAHZZ 5310007278353 15434 144179 .WASHER, F LA T .................................................................
7 PAFZZ 5305011131179 15434 206326 .SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H ............................................
8 PAHZZ 2910010867715 15434 3002110 .HOUSING, DRIVE A S S E M ...............................................
9 PAHZZ 3040010852871 15434 212607 .SHAFT, TACHOMETER DR M915 ONLY ......................
9 PAHZZ 3040011519348 15434 216908 .SHAFT, TACHOMETER DR M915A1 ONLY...................
10 PCHZZ 5330010728828 15434 212603 .SEAL PART OF KIT P/N 3010242 ...................................
11 PAHZZ 5365011263334 15434 3004724 .SPACER..............................................................................
12 PAHZZ 3120010872539 15434 212609 .BEARING, SLEEVE ..........................................................
13 PAHZZ 3020010868780 15434 212610 .GEAR, HELICAL ................................................................
14 PAHZZ 3010010885727 15434 212639 .COUPLING, SHAFT, RIGI ................................................
15 PAHZZ 3020010709003 15434 212605 .GEAR, FUEL PUMP DRIV ...............................................
16 PAHZZ 5325010810662 15434 212604 .RING, RETAINING ............................................................
17 PAHZZ 3110005165289 15434 S-16052 .BEARING, BALL, ANNULA ..............................................
18 PAHZZ 3120009049595 15434 163944 .BUSHING, SLEEVE...........................................................
19 PAHZZ 6680010852870 15434 3030267 .COVER AND TACHOMETE M915 O N LY.......................
19 PAHZZ 2910011414337 15434 3028368 .HOUSING, FUEL PUMP M915A1 O N LY .........................
20 PAHZZ 5305010728831 15434 203619 .SCREW M915 ONLY ........................................................
20 PAHZZ 5305011129110 15434 3017051 .SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H M915A1 ONLY..................
21 XDHZZ 15434 3045173 .SEAL, OIL PART OF KIT P/N 3010242............................
22 PAHZZ 3040010709004 15434 212601 .SHAFT, SHOULDERED ...................................................
23 PAHZZ 5315010870534 15434 212668 .KEY, MACHINE..................................................................
24 PAHZZ 3020010864158 15434 212602 .GEAR, HELICAL ................................................................
25 PAHZZ 3010010801529 15434 212613 .COUPLING HALF, SHAFT ...............................................
26 PAHZZ 5310008093078 15434 146160 .WASHER, FLAT M915A1 O N L Y ......................................
26 PAFZZ 5310008093078 96906 MS27183-11 .WASHER, FLAT M915 ONLY............................................
27 PAHZZ 5305011149279 15434 S110 .SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H 5/16-18 X 5/8.....................
28 PAHZZ 5310004079566 96906 MS35338-45 .WASHER, LO C K ................................................................
29 PAFZZ 3010004479799 15434 162426 .INSERT, FLEXIBLE COU .................................................
30 PCHZZ 5330004710370 15434 200817 .GASKET .............................................................................
31 PCHZZ 5330005064866 15434 100764 GASKET PART OF KIT P/N 3010242 ..............................
32 PAHZZ 5315000820448 15434 144178 PIN, SHOULDER, H EADLE...............................................
33 PAHZZ 5310000867859 15434 144179 SHIM, WEIGHT AS SIS T.....................................................
34 PAHZZ 5360010953661 15434 143848 SPRING, HELICAL, COMP ...............................................
35 PAHZZ 2910010909346 15434 3024991 CARRIER ASSEMBLY .......................................................
36 PAHZZ 5305011129110 15434 3017051 SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H .............................................
37 PAHZZ 5310001411795 88044 AN960-416 WASHER, F LA T ..................................................................
38 PBHZZ 2910008583522 15434 44678 COVER, SPRING PACK ....................................................
29-1
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
END OF FIGURE
29-2
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CM
2 PAFZZ 5305000680509 96906 MS90728-10 .SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H M915 ONLY .....................
CM
2 PAFZZ 5305011129110 15434 3017051 .SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H M915A1 ONLY..................
3 PAFZZ 5310004841718 15434 181466 .WASHER, LO C K ................................................................
CM
4 XAFZZ 15434 215787 .HEAD, FILTE R ...................................................................
CM
5 PAFZZ 5305002072715 15434 S174C .SCREW, CAP, SOCKET HE ............................................
6 PCFZZ 5331008093276 15434 139988 .O-RING RECTANGULAR RING PART O F ..................... 1
KIT P/N 3010242 ................................................................
7 PCFZZ 5340009513536 15434 202897 .DISK, SOLID, PLAIN FUEL PUMP DAMPER..................
8 PCFZZ 5331008092667 15434 100099 .O-RING RECTANGULAR RING PART O F .....................
KIT P/N 3010242.................................................................
9 PAFZZ 5365009650870 15434 160514 .SPACER, RING .................................................................
10 PAFZZ 5340008295617 15434 153338 .COVER, A C C E S S..............................................................
11 PAFZZ 5305011332060 15434 133538 .SCREW, CAP, SOCKET HE ............................................
12 PAFZZ 5310001596209 96906 MS122032 .WASHER, LO C K ................................................................
13 PAFZZ 5310001411795 88044 AN960-416 .WASHER, F LA T .................................................................
14 PAFZZ 5305011478726 15434 153346 .SCREW, CAP, SOCKET HE ............................................
15 PAFZZ 4730011243762 15434 3025460 .PLUG, PIPE ........................................................................
16 PCFZZ 5330002528888 16954 691-10014 .GASKET RECTANGULAR RING PART O F ....................
KIT P/N 3010242 ................................................................
17 PAOZZ 2910011461099 33457 FS1212 FILTER ELEMENT, FLUI M915A1 ONLY..........................
17 PAOZZ 2910003043427 15434 BM78793 FILTER ELEMENT, FLUI M915 O N L Y .............................
18 PCOZZ 5330010849068 15434 213079 .PACKING, PREFORMED DAMPER, F U E L ....................
FILTER, M915 O N LY..........................................................
18 PCOZZ 5330002860487 33457 255622 .PACKING, PREFORMED M915A1 O N L Y ......................
19 PAFZZ 4730011064700 15434 129866 ADAPTER, STRAIGHT, TU ...............................................
20 PAFZZ 15434 AR12228 FITTING FUEL INLET ........................................................
END OF FIGURE
30-1
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
31-1
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END FIGURE
32-1
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
33-1
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
END OF FIGURE
33-2
S E C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
END OF FIGURE
34-1
Section II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
1 PAOFF 2930011463912 15434 3801708 PUMP, COOLING SYSTEM BOTH M915 A N D ................ 1
M915A1 ................................................................................
2 PAFZZ 4320010793454 15434 3000888 .IMPELLER, PUMP, CENTR 4.50" DIA............................. 1
BOTH M915 AND M915A1 ................................................
3 PCFZZ 15434 3071085 .PACKING WITH RETAIN .................................................
4 PAFZZ 4730000189566 15434 S-911-B .PLUG, PIPE.........................................................................
5 PAFZZ 4730000103867 81348 WW-P-471AASBUC .PLUG, PIPE M915 ONLY..................................................
5 PAFZZ 4730011615115 15434 3013786 .PLUG, PIPE M915A1 ONLY..............................................
6 PAFZZ 5330012401630 15434 3038997 .SEAL, PLAIN.......................................................................
7 PAFZZ 3040012879736 15434 3050394 .SHAFT, SHOULDERED.....................................................
8 PAFZZ 3110001448828 24617 3305L1A .BEARING, BALL, AN N U LA...............................................
9 PAFZZ 5325004209696 15434 112302 .RING, RETAINING............................................................
10 PAFZZ 5365011321984 15434 196844 .SPACER .............................................................................
11 PAFZZ 2815008150355 15434 S16255 .RING, BEARING RETAIN.................................................
12 PCFZZ 5330010802992 15434 3038998 .SEAL, PLAIN ENCASED PART OF KIT P/N ...................
3801235 ..............................................................................
13 PAFZZ 3020012416905 15434 302586100 .PULLEY, GROOVE 4-5/16 DIA. M915.............................
ONLY ...................................................................................
13 PAFZZ 3020010863417 15434 300550700 .PULLEY, GROOVE 4-11/16 DIA. BO TH..........................
M915 AND M915A1............................................................
14 PAFZZ 3120010836411 15434 203097 ..BEARING, SLEEVE..........................................................
15 PAOZZ 5305000586604 15434 182706 SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H .............................................
16 PFOZZ 5330010665350 15434 3002385 GASKET PART OF KIT P/N 3801235 ..............................
17 PAOZZ 5310007638920 96906 MS51967-20 NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON.....................................................
18 PAOZZ 5310011450762 15434 213082 WASHER, FLAT .................................................................
19 PAOZZ 2930010969199 15434 3064919 IDLER ASSEMBLY, WATE ...............................................
20 PCFZZ 5330010802992 15434 3038998 .SEAL, PLAIN ENCASED ...................................................
21 PAFZZ 2815008150355 15434 S-16255 .RING, BEARING RETAIN .................................................
22 PAFZZ 5365010800409 15434 208120 .SPACER, SLEEVE ...........................................................
23 PCFZZ 5331010863991 15434 145506 .O-RING ..............................................................................
24 PAFZZ 3110001448828 24617 3305L1A .BEARING, BALL, ANNULA ..............................................
25 PAFZZ 3040010793468 15434 208119 .SHAFT, SHOULDERED ...................................................
26 PAFZZ 3020010794206 15434 215397 .PULLEY, GROOVE ...........................................................
27 PAFZZ 5365004042934 15434 S-965-E .PLUG, MACHINE THREAD ..............................................
28 PAOZZ 3030010659404 24161 K060436 BELT, V 45.50 INCHES LONG .........................................
29 PAOZZ 5305011294386 15434 3012468 SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H WITH CAPTIVE................. 5
WASHER, 3/8-24 X 2-1/4 ..................................................
30 PAHZZ 5330011467314 15434 3024960 GASKET PART OF KIT P/N 3801235 ..............................
31 PAOZZ 5305011474035 15434 3012469 SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON H WITH CAPTIVE.................
WASHER, 3/8-24 X 3-1/4 ..................................................
32 PAOZZ 5310002617340 15434 S604 WASHER, LOCK ................................................................ 7
END OF FIGURE
35-1
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
FIG. KIT
KIT-1
SE C TIO N II TM 9 -2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
K IT-2
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
O-RING ( 1) 2-39
O-RING ( 1) 10-5
O-RING ( 1) 10-23
O-RING ( 1) 10-18
O-RING ( 1) 13-47
O-RING ( 1) 16-5
SEAL ( 1) 4-4
SEAL ( 1) 4-10
SEAL, PLAIN ENCASED ( 1) 16-6
SEAL, PLAIN ENCASED ( 2) 35-12
PCFZZ 2815011529219 15434 3804275 PARTS KIT, CYLINDER SINGLE HEAD 1
GASKET........................................ ... (... ... 3..).....
GASKET 3-23
GASKET ( 3) 8-32
GASKET ( 1) 14-3
GASKET ( 3) 14-33
GASKET ( 1) 14-8
GASKET ( 6) 15-4
GASKET ( 3) 21-9
GASKET ( 1) 26-8
GASKET ( 1) 26-1
GASKET ( 6) 33-29
GASKET ( 1) 33-6
O-RING ( 12) 3-22
O-RING ( 4) 33-2
PACKING, PREFORMED ( 4) 14-7
PCFZZ 5330010867790 15434 3804280 GASKET SET UPPER ENGINE GASKET,
VALVE GRIND ............................. ... (... ... 3..).....
GASKET 3-23
GASKET ( 3) 8-32
GASKET ( 3) 14-33
GASKET ( 6) 15-4
GASKET ( 3) 21-9
GASKET ( 1) 26-8
GASKET ( 1) 26-1
GASKET ( 1) 33-11
GASKET ( 6) 33-29
GASKET ( 1) 33-6
O-RING ( 2) 3-6
O-RING ( 12) 3-22
O-RING ( 4) 33-2
O-RING ( 1) 33-17
O-RING ( 2) 33-26
PAHZZ 2940011841877 34623 5739124 FILTER, FLUID ............................ ... (... ... 1..)..... 1
BRACKET, ANGLE 34-2
CLAMP, HOSE ( 4) 34-6
HEAD, FLUID FILTER ( 1) 34-10
END OF FIGURE
K IT-3
SE C TIO N II TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
FIG. BULK
END OF FIGURE
BULK-1
Figure 36. D irect Support Special Tools-1.
SE C TIO N III TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
1 PEOZZ 6620011479954 15434 ST-1273 GAGE, PRESSURE, DIAL M915A2 ONLY PART
OF KIT P/N 5704995.........................................................
2 PEOZZ 4910010976948 15434 ST-1225 MANDREL, SEAL, THERMO THERMOSTAT SEAL
PART OF KIT P/N 5704990..............................................
3 PEFZZ 5120008968097 15434 ST-419 FRONT SEAL ASSEMBLY PART OF KIT P/N
5704990 ..............................................................................
4 PEFZZ 4910010981914 15434 ST-1242 PARTS KIT PUSHING D PART OF KIT P/N
5704990 ..............................................................................
5 PEFZZ 4910011127509 15434 ST-1242-3 .TOOL, EMBEDDING BLOC...............................................
6 PEFZZ 4910011131066 15434 ST-1242-2 .CUP, BUSHING DRIVER..................................................
7 PEFZZ 5315011107835 15434 ST-1242-6 .PIN, COTTER ....................................................................
8 PEFZZ 5120011192743 15434 ST-1242-4 .DRIVER, BEARING AND .................................................
9 PEFZZ 4910010991487 15434 ST-1242-5 .KNOCK OUT RING TAPE.................................................
10 PEFZZ 4910011174885 15434 ST-1242-7 .RING, KNOCK OUT...........................................................
11 PEFZZ 4910011182878 15434 ST-1242-8 .DRIVER, BEARING A N D ..................................................
12 PEFZZ 4910011089130 15434 ST-1242-1 .MANDREL ..........................................................................
13 PEFZZ 5133009322089 15434 ST-788 CUTTING TOOL, BEAD PART OF KIT P/N
5704990................................................................................
14 PEFZZ 4910001505858 15434 3375425 EXTRACTOR, SLEEVE IN PART OF KIT P/N
5704990................................................................................
15 PEFZZ 5120009813108 15434 ST-1227 DRIVER PART OF KIT P/N 5704990................................
16 PEFFZ 4910009813105 15434 ST-884 CUTTER, INJECTOR SLE PART OF KIT P/N
5704990................................................................................
17 PEFZA 4910010976957 15434 ST-884-1 .HOLDER ............................................................................
18 PEFZA 4910010985088 15434 ST-884-3 .CUTTER PART...................................................................
19 PEFZA 4910010976958 15434 ST-884-6 .PILOT ..................................................................................
20 PEFFZ 3441009226699 15434 ST-880 EXPANDER, TUBE PART OF KIT P/N
5704990................................................................................
21 PEFZZ 5210010996339 15434 ST-880-1 .GAGE ..................................................................................
22 PEFZZ 4910010976955 15434 ST-880-2 .ROLL ...................................................................................
23 XAFZZ 15434 ST-880-3 .COLLAR .............................................................................
24 PEFZZ 5310011044549 15434 ST-880-6 .NUT......................................................................................
25 PEFZZ 4910010976956 15434 ST-880-7 .MANDREL...........................................................................
26 PEFZZ 4910010859211 15434 3375150 CHECKING TOOL, BLOWB PART OF KIT P/N
5704990 ..............................................................................
27 PEFZZ 5210009991209 15434 ST-560 GAGE, PISTON RING GR PART OF KIT P/N
5704990................................................................................
28 PEFZZ 5120001041795 15434 ST-1179 HOLDING TOOL, INJECT PART OF KIT P/N
5704990................................................................................
END OF FIGURE
36-1
Section III TM 9-2815-225-34& P
1 PEOZZ 5120011608863 15434 3375049 WRENCH, OIL FILTER OIL AND FUEL
FILTER, SPIN-ON PART OF KIT P/N
5704990 ..............................................................................
2 PEFZZ 4910009991506 15434 ST-302 VISE, BALL JOINT PART OF KIT P/N
5704990 ..............................................................................
3 PEFZZ 4910010976987 15434 ST-1114 FIXTURE BEARING PART OF KIT P/N
5704990................................................................................
4 PEFZZ 5120009991504 15434 ST-709 PULLER, MECHANICAL PART OF KIT P/N
5704990................................................................................
5 PEFZZ 4910010976930 15434 3375108 .PULLER BUSHING PART OF KIT P/N
5704990................................................................................
6 PEFZZ 4910010976989 15434 3375180 DRIVER WATER PUMP PART OF KIT P/N
5704990 ..............................................................................
7 PEFZZ 5120010722952 15434 3376845 WRENCH, BOX AIR COMPRESSOR PART OF
KIT P/N 5704990 ................................................................
8 PEFFZ 5120001034687 15434 ST-669 ADAPTER, TORQUE WREN TORQUE WRENCH
PART OF KIT P/N 5704990................................................
9 PEFZZ 5120002886514 15434 F-40A .HANDLE, SOCKET W RENC .............................................
10 PEFZZ 5120011226014 15434 ST-669-13 .SCREWDRIVER BIT..........................................................
11 PEFZZ 5120008650226 15434 TM-82 .BIT, SCREWDRIVER.........................................................
12 XAFZZ 15434 M-1302B-24 .SOCKET .............................................................................
13 XAFZZ 15434 M1302B18 .SOCKET .............................................................................
14 XAFZZ 15434 ST-6991 .DRIVER ..............................................................................
15 PEFZZ 4910010976988 15434 ST-1159 MANDREL, SEAL, SLEEVE SEAL-WEAR
SLEEVE PART OF KIT P/N 5704990 ...............................
16 PEFZZ 4910010976972 15434 ST-1325 ATTACHMENT DIAL PART OF KIT P/N
5704990................................................................................
END OF FIGURE
37-1
Figure 38. D irect Support Special Tools-3.
SE C TIO N III TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
END OF FIGURE
38-1
Figure 39. D irect Support Special Tools (Supplemental), (Sheet 1 o f 2).
Section III TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
39-1
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
1 PEHZZ 5120009991505 15434 ST-835 INSERTER, PREFORMED PART OF KIT P/N .................
5704991 ................................................................................
2 PEHZZ 4910001505801 15434 ST-853 DRIVER, GOVERNOR, CYL PART OF KIT P/N..............
5704991 ................................................................................
3 PEHZZ 5120008968087 15434 ST-1032 INSERTER, SEAL PART OF KIT P/N ...............................
5704991 ..............................................................................
4 PEFZZ 5120001505810 15434 ST-997 DRIVER, SEAL CRANKSH PART OF KIT P/N.................
5704991 ................................................................................
5 PEHZZ 4910010976915 15434 ST-997-6 .PINS ....................................................................................
6 PEHZZ 4910011183747 15434 3375204 THROTTLE SHAFT BALL PART OF KIT P/N...................
5704991 ..............................................................................
7 PEHZZ 5180011028418 15434 3375189 TOOL KIT, FUEL PUMP PART OF KIT P/N.....................
5704991 ..............................................................................
8 PEHZZ 4910010976943 15434 3375148 .INSTALLING T O O L ...........................................................
9 PEHZZ 4910010976940 15434 3375140 .TOOL AFC NO AIR A D J ...................................................
10 PEHZZ 4910010976941 15434 3375146 .INSTALLING T O O L ...........................................................
11 XAHZZ 15434 3375147 .FORMING T O O L................................................................
12 PEHZA 4910010976939 15434 3375137 .TOOL AFC ADJUSTING...................................................
13 PEHZZ 5120001507489 15434 ST1065 HOLDER, TOOL PART OF KIT P/N 5704991 .................
14 PEHHZ 5120000554013 15434 ST-1228 MANDREL, CAMSHAFT BU PART OF KIT P/N..............
5704991 ..............................................................................
15 PEHZZ 4910010981917 15434 ST-1228-3 .MANDREL SHANK BUSHI PART OF KIT P /N ................
5704991 ................................................................................
16 PEHZZ 4910011006191 15434 ST-1228-9 .DRIVER PART OF KIT P/N ST-1228...............................
17 PEHZA 4910010976910 15434 ST-1228-13 .PULLEY ASSEMBLY BUS PART OF KIT P/N.................
5704991 ................................................................................
18 PEHZA 4910010981919 15434 ST-1228-5 .GUIDE BUSHING DRIVE..................................................
19 PEHZZ 4910010976912 15434 3375154 .GUIDE .................................................................................
20 PEHZA 4910010981918 15434 ST-1228-4 .SHAFT ASSEMBLY...........................................................
21 PEHZZ 4910010976911 15434 ST-1228-14 .ROLL PIN ...........................................................................
22 PEHZZ 4910010981916 15434 ST-1228-2 .ROD BUSHING DRIVER...................................................
23 PEHZZ 4910010981915 15434 ST-1228-1 .HAMMER.............................................................................
24 PEHZZ 4910001505805 15434 ST-984 ADJUSTING TOOL..............................................................
PEHZZ 5120000554013 15434 ST-1228 MANDREL, CAMSHAFT BU...............................................
END OF FIGURE
40-1
Section III TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
41-1
Section III TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
42-1
Section III TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
43-1
S ection III TM 9-2815-225-34& P
1 PEHZZ 4910011059165 15434 3375153 DRIVER PART OF KIT P/N 5704994 ...............................
2 PEHHH 15434 3375206 BUSHING TOOL LUBRICATION PUMPBODY................
COVER PART OF KIT P/N 5704994..................................
3 PEHZZ 4910010850751 15434 3375223 .GUIDE, BUSHING BORIN.................................................
4 PEHZZ 4910010846979 15434 3375229 .DRIVE ADAPTER, BORTO................................................
5 PEHZZ 4930010853728 15434 3375220 .HOUSING, BO RING..........................................................
6 PEHZZ 5355010977072 15434 3375228 .KNOB...................................................................................
7 PEHZZ 5355010970157 15434 3375227 .DIAL, INDICATOR..............................................................
8 PEHZZ 4910010857269 15434 3375226 .BIT, BORING TOOL, BUS ................................................
9 PEHZZ 4910010847222 15434 3375225 .CUTTER BIT, BORING M ................................................
10 PEHZZ 4910010847221 15434 3375207 .CUTTER BIT, BORING M ................................................
11 PEHZZ 5355010845323 15434 3375224 .KNOB ..................................................................................
12 PEHZZ 4910010846977 15434 3375221 .GUIDE, BUSHING BORIN.................................................
13 PEHZZ 4910010846978 15434 3375222 .GUIDE, BUSHING ............................................................
14 PEHZZ 5120011203681 15434 3376177 TORQUE WRENCH, INJEC PART OF KIT P /N ..............
5704994 ..............................................................................
15 PEHZZ 5120010722955 15434 ST-1090 .WRENCH, TORQUE..........................................................
16 PEHZZ 5305010976924 15434 ST-1090-4 .SET SCREW .....................................................................
17 XAHZZ 15434 3376197 .SCREWDRIVER.................................................................
18 PEHZZ 4910010976923 15434 ST-1090-3 .WRENCH A L LE N ...............................................................
19 PEHZZ 4910010976925 15434 ST-1145 TORQUING TOOL PART OF KIT P /N ..............................
5704994................................................................................
20 PEHHH 5120010976932 15434 ST-1326 PULLER SET, MECHANIC PART OF KIT P/N .................
5704994................................................................................
21 PEHZA 4910010976934 15434 ST-1326-2 .COLLAR PART OF KIT P/N 5704994..............................
22 PEHZZ 4910010976933 15434 ST-1326-1 .COLLET PART OF KIT P/N 5704994...............................
23 PEHZZ 5330011071841 15434 3375015 GASKET PART OF KIT P/N 5704994...............................
24 PEHZZ 4910010976944 15434 3375230 INSTALLING TOOL PART OF KIT P/N.............................
5704994 ..............................................................................
25 PEHZZ 5120008968089 15434 ST-422 INSERTER, PREFORMED.................................................
26 PEHZA 4910010976935 15434 3375014 ADAPTER PLATE FUEL PART OF KIT P /N ....................
5704994 ..............................................................................
27 PEHZZ 4910000976931 15434 ST-1231 BLOCK W E IG H T .................................................................
END OF FIGURE
44-1
Section III TM 9-2815-225-34& P
lAWVWWWWWWWI
END OF FIGURE
45-1
Figure 46. D irect and General Support Special Tools-1.
SE C TIO N III TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
END OF FIGURE
46-1
SE C TIO N III TM 9-2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
END OF FIGURE
47-1
Section III TM 9-2815-225-34& P
1 PEFZZ 4910011424929 15434 3375182 TESTER VALVE SPRING PART OF KIT P/N
5704987................................................................................
2 PEFZZ 4910011432023 15434 3375192 EXPANSION PLUG DRIV 1 1/4 INCH PLUG
PART OF KIT P/N 5704987..............................................
3 PEFZZ 4910011433337 15434 3376816 EXPANSION PLUG DRIV EXPANSION PLUG,
1 INCH PLUG PART OF KIT P/N 5704987
4 PEFZZ 4910011433336 15434 3376815 EXPANSION PLUG DRIV EXPANSION PLUG,
3/4 INCH PLUG PART OF KIT P/N
5704987................................................................................
5 PEFZZ 5120011553795 15434 3375265 PULLER, WATER PUMP I PART OF KIT P/N
5704987 ..............................................................................
6 PEFZZ 5120011282675 15434 3375448 DRIVER, SEAL, WP PART OF KIT P/N
5704987................................................................................
7 PEFZZ 5210011572291 15434 3376050 INDICATOR, DIAL PART OF KIT P/N
5704987................................................................................
8 PEFZZ 5120011564183 15434 3376326 PULLER, MECHANICAL P .................................................
9 PEFZZ 5130011558327 55719 SINL-200 SOCKET, SOCKET WRENC 5/8 INCH X 1/2
DRIVE PART OF KIT P/N 5704987...................................
10 PEFZZ 5120011631349 75078 011494 SOCKET, SOCKET WRENC SOLENOID VALVE
PART OF KIT P/N 5704987................................................
11 PEFZZ 4910011654541 15434 3375151 EXPANDER, OIL SEAL PART OF KIT P/N
5704987 ..............................................................................
ADHHH 19207 5704987 TOOL KIT, GENERAL ME..................................................
END OF FIGURE
48-1
Section III TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
49-1
Figure 50. General Support Special Tools-2.
SE C TIO N III TM 9 -2815-225-34& P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE NSN CAGEC NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) QTY
1 PEHZZ 4910011477896 15434 ST-1261 CONVERSION KIT, INJE PART OF KIT P/N
5704988 ..............................................................................
2 PEHZZ 4910011546406 15434 ST-1262 MASTER INJECTOR MASTER "K" PART OF
KIT P/N 5704988 .................................................................
3 PEHZZ 4910010821346 15434 ST-1298 STAND ASSEMBLY, INJE PART OF KIT P/N
5704988................................................................................
4 PEHZZ 5120011282758 15434 3375162 COMPRESSOR, PISTON R PISTON RING
PART OF KIT P/N 5704988................................................
5 PEHZZ 6850001450255 15434 3375432 INSPECTION PENETRAN CRACK DETECTION
PART OF KIT P/N 5704988 .............................................
6 PEHZZ 4910011656016 15434 3375601 GUIDE PIN, SPECIAL, C CONNECTING ROD
GUIDE PART OF KIT P/N 5704988...................................
7 PEHZZ 4910011432034 15434 3375959 VALVE DRIVER PRESS PRESSURIZING
VALVE PART OF KIT P/N 5704988...................................
8 PEHZZ 4910011522743 15434 3376011 FIXTURE, VALVE INSTA AFC PRESSURE
VALVE PART OF KIT P/N 5704988...................................
END OF FIGURE
50-1
£-s/oo_£ jB p e d s y o d d n s /b jb u bq lq e jn B y
ODi
END OF FIGURE
51-1
Section III TM 9-2815-225-34& P
END OF FIGURE
52-1
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
N A T IO N A L S T O C K N U M B E R IN D EX
FIG. ITEM STO CK NUMBER
14 36 5360-00-079-1940 65
35 3 5310-00-080-6004 7
4 21 27
4 10 28
4 4 36
24 48 26
8 6 5310-00-081-4219 42
3 4 18
12 8 5310-00-081-8500 14
16 13 14
35 5 5331-00-081-9289 55
5310-00-081-9292 27
28 13 5331-00-081-9299 8
32 8
20 1 4 730-00-081-9618 9
23 2 5315-00-082-0448 59
2 1 32
31 21 5355-00-082-1189 15
2 18 5310-00-082-1882 21
25 4 5310-00-082-1888 9
5 22 5340-00-084-7787 7
2 27 2 815-00-085-7434 10
3 24 2 910-00-085-7436 6
5 23 2 910-00-085-7442 7
11 35 5340-00-087-7486 19
14 40 3120-00-090-5504 19
16 10 5305-00-091-4006 2
17 31 5305-00-091-4009 13
19 10 5120-00-103-4687 8
35 4 5120-00-104-1795 30
17 19 5120-00-113-5271 1
10 6 5340-00-116-6767 74
16 13 5120-00-116-7604 10
24 30 5120-00-116-7625 3
13 22 2 530-00-116-9953 75
12 10 5340-00-117-9102 72
2 15 4 820-00-117-9103 66
40 14 5330-00-129-9389 31
10 7 5360-00-129-9415 44
2 5 5330-00-131-7072 13
35 15 2 815-00-132-0240 10
3 17 5360-00-132-0245 7
24 66 5330-00-132-0247 15
2 3 5330-00-132-0248 49
43 11 5365-00-132-0273 9
26 12 5331-00-132-0274 10
30 2 5330-00-132-0276 8
10 31 2 910-00-132-0769 52
13 28 5340-00-132-3203 9
13 35 5310-00-134-4168 17
26 3 5310-00-134-4169 38
10 38 5310-00-134-4171 8
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
N A T IO N A L S T O C K N U M B E R IN D EX
FIG. ITEM STO CK NUMBER
11 46 5365-00-197-9327 24
16 6 11
13 28 4 730-00-202-8470 42
19 15 4 730-00-203-0549 14
28 5 5305-00-207-2715 5
25 14 5
25 16 5340-00-208-2083 11
29 37 5310-00-209-0965 35
30 13 27
32 14 21
20 64 33
33 29 3
13 34 3120-00-219-5461 23
3 22 4 730-00-221-2139 19
35 8 30
35 24 4 310-00-225-0706 69
50 5 5306-00-225-8499 37
38 28 5305-00-225-8507 9
40 2 5305-00-226-4831 5
40 4 5305-00-230-1939 12
49 6 5315-00-238-0882 9
47 3 5340-00-238-5435 1
47 4 5330-00-246-0309 31
49 7 5325-00-256-2846 24
36 14 46
49 4 5310-00-261-7340 34
41 1 9
40 13 3
36 29 17
33 20 40
10 36 17
14 13 22
22 2 27
30 12 13
32 13 25
2
39 21 32
17 20 5310-00-262-2986 3
11 41 5305-00-269-3240 2
47 2 4 330-00-274-4712 9
2 32 5340-00-276-5847 31
11 18 4820-00-276-9041 35
39 3 12
34 12 4 730-00-277-8269 80
34 13
BU LK 3
26 8 4 720-00-278-4890 14
8 12 4 730-00-278-9200 23
8 16 5315-00-281-7610 7
2 29 5330-00-286-0487 18
I-2
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
N A T IO N A L S T O C K N U M B E R IN D EX
FIG. ITEM STO CK NUMBER
37 9 5365-00-428-6201 9
3 2 2 910-00-432-1945 5
8 24 12
30 17 5360-00-436-7340 3
12 49 5331-00-441-0145 50
7 15 4 730-00-444-1710 25
46 2 13
4 17 4 820-00-445-0610 40
32 7 3010-00-447-9799 9
2 21 29
4 1 3040-00-449-7397 6
46 1 5310-00-451-6643 16
10 42 6
19 12 5360-00-461-5738 47
26 25 5365-00-462-4504 45
20 38 5310-00-469-3998 21
20 20 5310-00-470-6154 6
19 16 5330-00-471-0370 30
26 17 9905-00-473-7260 27
24 37 5315-00-475-2574 21
17 18 5305-00-477-0395 7
20 70 4 730-00-477-4160 5
24 21 2 990-00-477-6159 16
10 32 5305-00-477-6769 20
14 30 2 815-00-480-4347 7
33 28 5310-00-484-1718 26
2 33 20
5 27 2
3
35 27 2 815-00-484-8359 25
8 10 2 815-00-484-8360 23
7 1 5306-00-485-0790 7
1 5 5340-00-485-0945 12
13 45 5310-00-486-2505 25
12 41 3
14 36 5310-00-486-2507 25
19 6 5365-00-488-0799 40
20 10 3120-00-493-3913 9
29 28 5305-00-493-3959 5
33 18 2 815-00-505-5119 24
5330-00-506-4866 31
2 24 5331-00-506-4874 2
32 2 5305-00-506-5722 53
27 9 5365-00-507-3224 64
12 27
31 17 5365-00-507-3225 64
4 5
35 9 5365-00-507-3254 4
7 2 5310-00-507-3259 51
3 18 5365-00-507-3260 46
13 31 46
29 41 5365-00-507-3261 45
24 25
I-3
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
N A T IO N A L S T O C K N U M B E R IN D EX
FIG. ITEM STO CK NUMBER
29 45 2590-00-590-7378 1
29 45 3120-00-593-1507 22
24 31 5360-00-597-4570 33
28 1 5365-00-598-5255 14
18
29 17 21
5330-00-599-2962 21
13 40 4730-00-602-3707 56
14 23 5360-00-603-1518 73
22 1 2530-00-603-1532 61
5 12 3120-00-627-6697 4
2 20 26
2 13 5340-00-632-6239 5
11 3 5310-00-637-9541 39
24 64 47
32
12 29 25
12 32 18
13 9 5305-00-638-8920 37
13 48 2910-00-646-9727 2
14 12 5310-00-650-0187 7
14 24 5330-00-659-3178 4
2 35 3120-00-659-7808 17
7 10 5360-00-664-5343 23
12 23 5310-00-680-6874 5
14 1 3120-00-682-7706 13
19 3 5310-00-684-3463 2
19 3 3120-00-695-1232 20
26 11 5365-00-695-1247 12
26 17 3020-00-702-3882 11
24 30 2815-00-705-2856 14
24 18 5365-00-708-3434 14
29 42 4920-00-711-9307 4
13 36 5340-00-716-4975 44
32 6
12 4 5365-00-716-5496
19 7 5340-00-719-4601 8
20 11 5305-00-721-3698 21
10 40 5305-00-725-2317 26
22 3 39
24 3 5310-00-727-8353 60
27 6 6
13 7 5310-00-732-0560 3
25 2 7
25 18 13
1 3 17
5 20 21
11 8 9905-00-733-7622 28
8 5 5340-00-738-7552 68
8 15 5310-00-763-8920 17
8 19 5340-00-767-4012 11
2990-00-772-1778 63
8 23 2815-00-772-9434 8
I-4
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
N A T IO N A L S T O C K N U M B E R IN D EX
FIG. ITEM STO CK NUMBER
7 20 5120-00-865-0933 22
7 26 5315-00-866-5015 8
10 29 3120-00-877-2213 2
24 34 5310-00-887-8325 8
7 23 5360-00-895-3216 39
11 22 5120-00-896-8087 3
17 32 5120-00-896-8097 3
4 13 5340-00-898-1497 44
5 10 4 730-00-900-3296 31
22 7 5360-00-901-9644 47
13 46 4 310-00-903-7174 18
2 12 3120-00-904-9595 18
2 26 5331-00-905-2679 41
29 49 5340-00-907-8964 48
2 22 4 730-00-908-3195 6
6 6 4 820-00-909-4174 42
1 7 4 820-00-909-4175 46
20 28 4 730-00-909-8627 15
24 29 2 815-00-913-2074
29 43 5180-00-916-1813 16
31 22 4 720-00-918-9634 2
30 8 2 815-00-920-2073 3
29 26 5310-00-922-2017 16
29 26 5307-00-922-2626 13
30 6 7
12 36 3441-00-922-6699 21
24 41 5325-00-922-9101 19
35 11 5120-00-923-0856 7
35 21 4 910-00-925-0755 1
21 13 2 910-00-928-3505 21
12 17 2 930-00-928-3595 1
14 21 5133-00-932-2089 13
12 18 5340-00-933-3009 3
20 54 3040-00-933-3012 12
12 3 5331-00-941-3762 49
13 44 5305-00-942-2196 48
15 6 5305-00-944-8292 21
18 16 20
28 14 5305-00-947-3437 4
24 63
30 10 8
12 19 14
20 76 18
24 38 22
5340-00-951-3536 7
20 15 5330-00-951-3538 17
22 4 4730-00-954-1281 10
29 38 4 730-00-954-9510 12
8 32 3805-00-955-5320 45
33 8 5330-00-961-9470 32
37 11 2 815-00-962-5623 12
I-5
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
N A T IO N A L S T O C K N U M B E R IN D EX
FIG. ITEM STO CK NUMBER
20 30 5330-01-066-3904 7
30 9 5330-01-066-3910 2
24 14 5330-01-066-5349 8
24 43 5330-01-066-5350 16
32 12 5330-01-066-5351 3
49 1 5330-01-066-5352 6
39 2 4720-01-070-8149 6
36 16 3020-01-070-9003 15
41 3 3040-01-070-9004 22
36 15 4820-01-070-9710 11
8 28 2910-01-070-9712 62
6 1 5120-01-072-2952 7
6 4 5120-01-072-2955 15
46 8 5331-01-072-4436 6
49 8 2930-01-072-8056 1
46 9 5305-01-072-8816 23
36 28 5305-01-072-8818 10
5305-01-072-8826 53
38 13 5330-01-072-8828 10
52 1 5330-01-072-8830 11
49 3 39
37 4 44
40 1 5305-01-072-8831 20
37 2 5330-01-072-8982 19
13 9 5331-01-072-8983 45
20 26 5330-01-072-8998 1
10 33 5180-01-074-0019 12
11 43 4910-01-074-0020 8
34 10 5330-01-075-0948 19
15 5
22 5
51 4 5310-01-075-0991 10
12 34 2910-01-076-8632 16
13 13 2815-01-077-1482 5
33 6 4730-01-077-2016 14
34 8 3020-01-077-2229 15
34 5 3020-01-077-4411 11
11 26 2815-01-077-4463 2
11 16 3040-01-077-4976 2
33 12 5331-01-077-5228 36
7 18 26
4730-01-078-6364 58
2 4 2815-01-079-1632 12
13 12 3010-01-079-1788 30
24 20
20 52 3040-01-079-1799 29
4 8 4710-01-079-3198 16
20 43 4820-01-079-3241 4
23 6 4730-01-079-3273 1
11 47 4730-01-079-3274 19
11 30 4720-01-079-3285 33
35 28 2815-01-079-3317 23
13 39 4310-01-079-3319 25
I-6
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
N A T IO N A L S T O C K N U M B E R IN D EX
FIG. ITEM STO CK NUMBER
24 10 5305-01-084-4596 3
7 5 5355-01-084-5323 11
35 2 5133-01-084-6008 13
20 4 5133-01-084-6009 18
35 25 2930-01-084-6011 21
13 23 4910-01-084-6977 12
26 16 4910-01-084-6978 13
19 13 4910-01-084-6979 4
22 11 3020-01-084-7007 6
35 26 4310-01-084-7148 48
21 9 4910-01-084-7221 10
8 9 4910-01-084-7222 9
7 27 5325-01-084-9033 29
21 12 5360-01-084-9066 17
11 39 5330-01-084-9068 18
15 10 3020-01-084-9640 19
34 3 4910-01-085-0751 3
21 6 3020-01-085-0761 5
21 17 3120-01-085-0762 2
4 16 4910-01-085-0763 4
2 30 4910-01-085-0764 11
2 30 4910-01-085-0765 12
20 17 4910-01-085-0766 17
6 11 4720-01-085-1316 18
21 18 2815-01-085-1881 11
22 6 2815-01-085-2569 1
24 57 2910-01-085-2570 1
7 3 4720-01-085-2571 5
24 17 2815-01-085-2573 1
16 18 2815-01-085-2574 1
35 22 4140-01-085-2607 3
29 25 2815-01-085-2615 7
35 12 3040-01-085-2616 12
35 20 2815-01-085-2618 15
24 49 3010-01-085-2732 26
36
6680-01-085-2870 1
24 36 19
3 23 3040-01-085-2871 9
24 63 5331-01-085-3105 6
31 11 2930-01-085-3579 5
31 11 5330-01-085-3580 1
29 16 4930-01-085-3728 5
50 3 2815-01-085-3733 19
14 17 3020-01-085-3779 24
5 25 5342-01-085-4153 3
33 3 2
35 14 4730-01-085-4156 9
31 4 13
1 9 5940-01-085-4426 10
I-7
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
N A T IO N A L S T O C K N U M B E R IN D EX
FIG. ITEM STO CK NUMBER
18 16 5315-01-087-0534 23
27 8 5340-01-087-0681 9
7 6 5340-01-087-0682 13
18 13 3120-01-087-2539 12
33 20 3120-01-087-3004 12
14 11 2 815-01-087-4740 1
14 35
22 16 5325-01-087-8727 15
13 37 2 930-01-087-8749 31
26 10 3010-01-088-5727 14
44 8 5305-01-088-6019 15
15 12 38
11 9 17
12 29 29
33 9 32
3 1 1
36 27 2 815-01-088-7328 14
22 9 4 910-01-088-7904 10
22 18 4 810-01-089-0534 4
18 5 4 820-01-089-3939 20
27 18 5360-01-089-9103 21
27 19 2 520-01-090-4473 11
24 51 2 910-01-090-9346 35
24 22
35 13 5305-01-091-2498 5
20 47 2 910-01-091-7507 47
14 33 4 710-01-092-0109 44
21 10 5330-01-092-4143
35 23 4 310-01-092-9815 11
18 24 4 310-01-092-9816 22
29 24 2 530-01-093-0872 55
6 8 7690-01-094-6720 8
4 4 5360-01-095-3661 61
24 16
24 65 34
7 4 5365-01-095-5666 9
3 14 4 710-01-095-8683 13
18 7 5930-01-095-9823 10
11 29 2 815-01-096-9198 2
11 42 2 910-01-096-9200 3
33 14 5120-01-097-3204 19
21 3 2 930-01-097-6755 2
29 8 4 910-01-097-6909 16
29 8 4 910-01-097-6910 17
16 4 4910-01-097-6911 21
KIT 4 910-01-097-6912 19
KIT 19
43 9 4 910-01-097-6913 3
43 7 4 910-01-097-6914 14
29 13 4 910-01-097-6915 5
7 22 4 910-01-097-6916 3
45 2 4 910-01-097-6917 4
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
N A T IO N A L S T O C K N U M B E R IN D EX
FIG. ITEM STO CK NUMBER
42 5 4910-01-097-6984 21
42 2 4910-01-097-6985 23
42 7 4910-01-097-6986 17
42 8 4910-01-097-6987 3
44 18 4910-01-097-6988 15
44 16 4910-01-097-6989 6
44 19 2
42 9 5355-01-097-7072 6
42 10 5330-01-097£7791 77
42 11 5310-01-097-8039 78
51 6 78
5305-01-097-9886 20
37 5 5342-01-098-0175 7
44 20 4910-01-098-1912 8
44 22 5305-01-098-1913 6
44 21 4910-01-098-1914 4
44 26 4910-01-098-1915 23
42 15 4910-01-098-1916 22
42 13 4910-01-098-1917 15
40 12 4910-01-098-1918 20
40 9 4910-01-098-1919 18
40 10 4910-01-098-5088 17
40 8 4320-01-098-5115 56
44 24 2910-01-098-5118 39
45 1 2815-01-098-6755 18
36 2 18
36 23 4910-01-099-1487 9
36 26 5210-01-099-6339 22
36 18 5120-01-099-6341 11
36 20 5120-01-100-0135 6
39 9 4910-01-100-6191 16
39 5 5310-01-102-3270 23
5306-01-102-3599 18
5310-01-102-7356 16
39 8 5180-01-102-8418 7
39 11 5365-01-103-7835 6
39 4 3120-01-103-8752 8
39 10 5310-01-104-4549 25
39 14 5310-01-104-4550 9
39 13 2815-01-105-8768 6
39 12 4910-01-105-9165 1
38 5 4730-01-106-0202 18
38 2 5
38 12 4910-01-106-0492 1
37 16 4730-01-106-4700 19
39 15 19
38 19 4710-01-106-8068 14
38 20 5120-01-106-9173 20
38 22 5120-01-106-9174 18
38 27 5330-01-107-1841 23
38 26 5306-01-107-6371 27
38 25 6680-01-108-7410 24
38 24 1
I-9
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
N A T IO N A L S T O C K N U M B E R IN D EX
FIG. ITEM STO C K NUMBER
36 12 5310-01-124-6463 14
18 27 5310-01-126-1045 13
22 17 5305-01-126-1128 41
24 45 5365-01-126-3334 11
36 7 2 910-01-126-9053 15
16 16 5310-01-126-9404 26
20 6 2 815-01-127-1060 10
23 5 2 815-01-127-3597 10
29 5 2 815-01-127-3598 10
31 15 4 730-01-127-6104 9
36 5 5120-01-128-2675 6
21 4 5120-01-128-2678 7
2 11 5120-01-128-2679 9
12 46 5120-01-128-2688 3
29 20 4910-01-128-2691 8
30 2 5120-01-128-2758 4
5 9 4 910-01-128-9810 5
33 24 5305-01-129-4214 6
36 6 8
23 10 5305-01-129-4218 2
29 7 3040-01-129-4302 30
5 16 5305-01-129-4384 34
18 3 7
BU LK 2 5305-01-129-4385 1
29 27 5305-01-129-4386 29
33 8 5330-01-129-6541 16
33 22 5305-01-129-6901 31
36 10 3120-01-129-7659 35
36 11 2 530-01-130-2339 32
40 6 5305-01-130-6100 3
20 79 4 730-01-131-4884 12
9 2 5365-01-132-1984 10
36 8 3120-01-132-9339
17 24 5305-01-133-2060 11
17 29 2 815-01-133-2445 2
33 22 5360-01-134-5602 23
4 2 5305-01-135-5344 1
44 14 5305-01-135-5446 50
38 3 5340-01-135-7250 21
38 3 2910-01-136-3331 63
5330-01-136-8569 13
43 15 5305-01-137-6706 24
5360-01-138-6638 65
41 2 5325-01-139-6738 28
28 6 5342-01-140-7158 30
37 10 2 950-01-141-0844 22
5 26 2 815-01-141-0845 19
6 10 4 310-01-141-0879 8
17 23 6 685-01-141-0907 7
8 27 2 930-01-141-0918 1
24 27 2 815-01-141-0919 2
30 15 2815-01-141-3261 2
I-10
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
N A T IO N A L S T O C K N U M B E R IN D EX
FIG. ITEM STO CK NUMBER
24 42 5340-01-145-0802 14
24 7 5305-01-145-1113 39
29 19 5310-01-145-1114 6
24 5 5340-01-145-1181 5
13 1 5342-01-145-1549 62
44 4 5340-01-145-1597 2
49 5 2
14 34 5360-01-145-3974 15
2 6 5360-01-145-3975 17
23 6 5330-01-145-3983 8
12 25 5330-01-145-3984 8
9 4 5330-01-145-3985 6
1 9 5331-01-145-5377 39
24 8 5330-01-145-5380 11
24 13 5330-01-145-5381 29
48 1 5315-01-145-6080 4
24 22 5330-01-145-6083 25
24 12 12
13 51 5331-01-145-6085 5
22 20 5331-01-145-6086 18
48 2 2 950-01-145-6822 18
50 7 5330-01-145-6909 22
48 4 5330-01-145-6910 10
48 3 5330-01-145-6911 9
12 9 5330-01-145-6912 30
29 40 5330-01-145-6913 34
4 23 5330-01-145-6914 11
I 2 5360-01-145-7554 13
17 3 5360-01-145-7555 22
18 34 5360-01-145-7607 11
2 37 5305-01-145-8358 37
18 9 5305-01-145-8359 37
13 16 5305-01-145-8379 28
10 19 5305-01-145-8380 15
20 53 5305-01-145-8381 7
17 28 5305-01-145-8382 1
4 23 5305-01-145-8383 12
13 11 5305-01-145-8384 13
21 2 5310-01-145-8403 27
21 5 5310-01-145-8404 16
13 47 5310-01-145-8405 10
16 5 12
31 12 5307-01-145-8449 31
24 9 31
35 18 3020-01-145-8568 2
10 41 3120-01-145-9132 23
14 31 5340-01-145-9362 17
17 8 2 940-01-145-9398 12
21 3 2 940-01-145-9399 13
23 6 2 940-01-145-9400 14
I-11
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
N A T IO N A L S T O C K N U M B E R IN D EX
FIG. ITEM STO CK NUMBER
16 24 4710-01-146-1115 10
18 23 4710-01-146-1116 14
21 4 3130-01-146-1150 25
13 3 3130-01-146-1228 23
10 34 2 940-01-146-1995 34
13 17 18
10 4 2 930-01-146-1996 9
10 8 2 815-01-146-1997 19
12 30 2 910-01-146-1998 10
12 20 2 910-01-146-1999 1
14 22 2 910-01-146-2000 1
13 20 2 930-01-146-3033 17
5 3 23
3 7 4 730-01-146-3040 22
12 15 4 710-01-146-3085 4
13 33 4 710-01-146-3086 37
7 13 27
22 21 4 730-01-146-3109 16
5 5 4730-01-146-3111 13
4 15 2 815-01-146-3159 2
13 8 3020-01-146-3163 17
13 19 4 710-01-146-3167 16
14 32 4 710-01-146-3168 17
15 3 4 710-01-146-3169 18
13 30 4730-01-146-3631 14
9 5 4 730-01-146-3633 15
27 3 3020-01-146-3773 15
7 6 4 710-01-146-3779 9
28 11 2990-01-146-3911 19
7 5 2 930-01-146-3912 1
12 6 4 730-01-146-4016 5
14 35 4 710-01-146-4083 14
33 16 4 720-01-146-4126 9
31 6 4 310-01-146-4155 51
33 13 2 815-01-146-4164 26
14 18 2 930-01-146-4212 3
14 2 3130-01-146-4504 24
26 10 4 820-01-146-4593 20
10 28 2 940-01-146-5846 25
10 24 4310-01-146-5921 12
14 4 2 815-01-146-5925 2
24 35 3040-01-146-5935 25
3130-01-146-6120 14
33 10 5310-01-146-6147 8
20 14 5310-01-146-6150 7
26 4 2 815-01-146-7039 14
15 1 4 730-01-146-7047 15
19 17 4 910-01-146-7130 2
22 16 5330-01-146-7172 8
22 11 3120-01-146-7196 21
I-12
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
N A T IO N A L S T O C K N U M B E R IN D EX
FIG. ITEM STO CK NUMBER
14 29 5330-01-147-8754 3
18 8 5365-01-147-9802 40
2 910-01-147-9913 40
31 16 6 620-01-147-9954 1
33 21 5360-01-148-0303 15
7 16 5365-01-148-8353 40
2 38 3120-01-149-5414 7
7 8 2 815-01-150-2702 7
3040-01-150-4926 54
31 13 5340-01-150-6248 38
16 19 5365-01-150-6257 28
7 8 2 930-01-150-7596 12
12 5 4 910-01-150-9713 5
24 16 5330-01-150-9812 30
12 1
16 4 5306-01-151-1023 14
16 4 3040-01-151-9348 9
1 8 4 720-01-152-0156 50
14 15 4 910-01-152-2743 8
13 2 2 815-01-152-9219
18 29 5340-01-153-9425 45
18 29 5331-01-154-4316 23
12 8 4 910-01-154-6406 2
33 30 3120-01-155-2531
13 46 3120-01-155-4442 12
14 5 2 990-01-155-7284 22
14 28 3120-01-155-8707 12
2 40 5120-01-156-4183 18
2 40 5210-01-157-2291 7
2 40 5210-01-157-3091 2
18 30 3120-01-157-3316 12
5 24 5310-01-157-3762 8
16 12 5310-01-157-7361 71
20 2 4 710-01-158-7507 20
23 1 2 815-01-159-0872 1
35 31 2 815-01-159-1737 3
13 49 2 815-01-159-1789 16
14 8 4910-01-159-8701 6
29 50 4 730-01-160-3579 21
1 4 2 815-01-160-5820 19
17 4 5120-01-160-8863 1
18 33 5120-01-160-8867 6
18 28 4 910-01-161-2115 5
17 21 4 730-01-161-5115 16
12 33 5
50 1 5
5 6 5120-01-163-1349 10
30 14 5320-01-163-2277 11
14 30 5340-01-163-7118 26
15 5 4 730-01-163-7192 4
16 17 5330-01-164-0944 48
23 4 5120-01-164-3265 7
I-13
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
N A T IO N A L S T O C K N U M B E R IN D EX
FIG. ITEM STO CK NUMBER
9 3 5325-01-241-4318 6
25 15 2815-01-241-4719 31
34 5 2815-01-241-6580 2
34 8 2815-01-241-6581 3
KIT 3020-01-241-6905 13
16 22 4730-01-241-7258 2
16 20 5340-01-242-0805 10
48 11 4820-01-242-2579 10
11 27 2930-01-262-5153
50 6 2990-01-271-0316
7 11
KIT 2930-01-287-9733
41 6 3040-01-287-9736 7
26 22 5310-01-287-9737 13
52 3 2815-01-291-5753 1
52 2 3130-01-294-1400 14
10 21 4730-01-294-6019 4
52 5 5930-01-295-0912 10
2 22 2815-01-303-4224 6
19 11 4730-01-309-3321 25
5310-01-312-3859 19
20 5 5305-01-319-9287 11
11 6 5340-01-342-3610 19
25 19 2815-01-354-2702 11
18 9 2815-01-437-3901 1
28 4 2815-01-438-1517 1
4 23 8145-01-445-8271 10
11 32
31 16
11 7
22 7
25 9
2 30
2 30
32 15
16 3
7 19
10 16
8 30
33 4
7 21
12 37
4 7
12 15
25 17
34 5
11 13
41 4
35 6
16 12
9 7
I-14
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PA R T NUMBER STO CK NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-15
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-16
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-18
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-19
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-20
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-21
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-22
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-23
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-24
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-25
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-26
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-27
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-29
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-30
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-31
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-32
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-33
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-34
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-35
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-36
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-37
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
15434 3027653 15 8
15434 3028075 3120-01-208-8102 2 30
15434 3028171 5342-01-145-0646 21 2
15434 3028269 3120-01-208-8103 2 30
15434 3028279 5305-01-145-0777 21 3
23 6
15434 3028281 2930-01-146-3033 33 17
33 23
15434 3028282 2930-01-146-1996 14 9
15434 3028368 2910-01-141-4337 29 19
15434 3028642 4710-01-146-3168 19 17
15434 3028685 6 5
15434 3028967 5305-01-147-8729 14 30
15434 3028997 2930-01-141-9277 14 34
15434 3029514 2950-01-141-0844 26 22
15434 3029614 2815-01-146-3159 15 2
15434 3029846 5330-01-145-6913 13 34
15434 3029847 5331-01-145-0715 13 47
15434 3029852 3120-00-877-2213 16 2
15434 3030038 2815-01-159-1789 3 16
15434 3030257 12 7
15434 3030267 6680-01-085-2870 29 1
29 19
15434 3030269 2910-01-146-1999 29 1
15434 3030286 5305-01-147-2445 14 28
15434 3030445 2910-01-145-9403 21 4
15434 3030803 5360-01-145-3974 10 15
15434 3030804 2940-01-145-9399 10 13
15434 3030805 4820-01-210-3573 10 16
15434 3030806 2940-01-145-9400 10 14
15434 3030808 5331-01-145-6086 10 18
15434 3030970 4820-01-146-1048 28 11
15434 3031005 5305-01-144-6232 10 19
15434 3031186 2815-01-146-1103 15 1
15434 3031187 2815-01-146-0112 15 3
15434 3031434 5330-01-147-4071 13 49
15434 3031560 4720-01-085-2571 11 5
15434 3031749 2815-01-146-0102 5 5
15434 3031750 5 4
15434 3031751 5 1
15434 3031752 3040-01-146-0028 5 3
15434 3031753 3120-01-147-8118 5 6
15434 3031858 5330-01-145-6912 10 30
15434 3031959 2815-01-141-0919 12 2
15434 3031962 4710-01-146-0050 13 33
15434 3031980 4140-01-146-1035 27 3
15434 3032307 2930-01-141-0918 10 1
15434 3032348 5330-01-147-4072 14 8
15434 3032674 5305-01-145-1113 12 39
15434 3032681 2815-01-085-2615 7 7
15434 3032707 4710-01-146-1052 12 6
I-38
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-39
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-40
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-41
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-42
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
15434 538174 3 27
19207 5414243-20 22 10
53496 5561 1-2A 4730-00-555-8263 14 1
19 3
26 11
26 17
19207 57K3602 2815-01-437-3901 1 1
19207 57K3603 2815-01-438-1517 1 1
19207 5704995 51 6
34623 5710454 34 7
34623 5730758 5340-01-145-1597 34 2
34623 5730761 4730-01-165-0749 34 8
34623 5730765 4820-01-227-7141 34 5
34623 5730769 34 10
34623 5731317 5305-01-144-6204 2 37
15434 5995177 32 7
15434 60408 5315-00-238-0882 16 9
15434 60575 5365-00-428-6201 4 9
15434 61554 4720-00-918-9634 19 2
15434 63842 5310-00-134-4169 14 38
15434 64709 5365-01-241-3903 9 7
15434 650330 20 24
15434 65259-A 5365-01-147-0912 16 4
15434 65259-B 5365-01-147-0913 16 4
15434 65259-C 5365-00-507-3254 16 4
15434 65274 5330-00-246-0309 12 31
15434 66292 5310-00-197-5304 2 29
15434 67684 5310-00-262-2986 28 3
15434 67946 5365-00-197-9327 11 24
12 11
15434 67963 5330-00-171-7267 2 32
15434 68038 5340-01-066-2947 13 39
15434 68061-A 5331-00-970-3461 24 14
15434 68139 4730-01-142-8524 13 51
22 20
15434 68193 5340-00-404-2944 7 1
15434 68274 5360-00-664-5343 11 23
15434 68365 3120-00-566-0480 13 7
15434 68425 5340-00-839-0653 12 19
15434 68445 5315-00-281-7610 2 7
15434 68585 5315-00-014-1195 2 18
15434 68803-A 3 29
15434 69047-A 5305-01-146-7285 14 29
16954 691-10014 30 16
15434 69324 5310-01-112-4307 20 6
23 5
29 5
15434 69519 5315-00-475-2574 13 21
15434 69521 3120-00-627-6697 13 4
13 26
I-43
S E C TIO N IV TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C R O S S -R E F E R E N C E IN D EXES
P A R T N U M B E R IN D EX
CAGEC PART NUMBER STO C K NUMBER FIG. ITEM
I-44
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
APPENDIX C
EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST
Section I. INTRODUCTION
C-1. SCOPE
This appendix lists expendable/durable supplies and materials you will need to maintain the NTC-400 Big Cam I or Big Cam III Diesel
Engine. These items are authorized by CTA 50-970, Expendable Items (Except Medical, Class V, Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items).
a. Column (1) - Item Number. This number is assigned to the entry in the listing and is referenced in the narrative instructions
to identify the material (e.g., "Use antiseize compound, Appendix C, Item 7").
b. Column (2) - Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item.
C - Operator/Crew
O - Organizational Maintenance
F - Direct Support Maintenance
H - General Support Maintenance
c. Column (3) - National Stock Num ber (NSN). This is the National Stock Number assigned to the item; use it to request or
requisition the item.
d. Column (4) - D escription. Indicates the federal item name and, if required, a description to identify the item. The last line for
each item indicates the Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) in parentheses followed by a part number.
e. Column (5) - Unit o f Measure (U/C). Indicates the measure used in performing the actual maintenance function. This
measure is expressed by a two-character alphabetical abbreviation (e.g.; ea, in., pr). If the unit of measure differs from the unit of
issue, requisition the lowest unit of issue that will satisfy your requirements.
C-1
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
1 F ACID: muriatic PT
2 F ACID: oxalic PT
3 O ANTIFREEZE, permanent
ethylene glycol -60°F inhibited,
(0-A-548), type I, heavy duty, single
package (58536) (A-A-52624)
6850-01-441-3218 1 gallon container GAL.
6850-01-441-3221 5 gallon can
6850-01-441-3223 55 gallon drum
4 O CLOTH, ABRASIVE (crocus):
9 in. x 11 in. sheets,
(58536) A-A-1206
5350-00-221-0872 50 sheets/package PG
5 F 5390-00-584-4554 CLOTH: emery, 290-grit
A-A-1049 SH
6 O CLOTH, CLEANING: lint-fee,
general purpose, white,
(81359) MIL-C-85043
7920-00-044-9281 10 pound box LB
7 O ANTISEIZE COMPOUND:
temperature-resistant lubricant,
MIL-A-907, Loctite antiseize, 200°F
(93°C), with brush top
(05972) 76764
8030-00-251-3980 1 pound can LB
8 F 5350-00-224-6692 COMPOUND: lapping 280-grit
SSL-1682
1 pound can LB
9 F 6850-00-664-9067 COMPOUND: Prussian blue
MIL-L-83795
1 pint can PT
10 F 6850-01-241-0651 DEVELOPER: spotcheck,
SKD-NF
1 pint can PT
11 F 9150-00-698-2382 FLUID: automatic transmission,
type A, AOATF1562A
1 quart can QT
12 F 6850-00-974-3788 FLUID, CALIBRATION-
INJECTOR TEST STAND,
45A
1 pint can PT
13 C GREASE, AUTOMOTIVE AND
ARTILLERY: (MIL-G-10924)
(81349)
9150-01-197-7698 2-1/4 oz tube OZ
9150-01-197-7690 1-3/4 pound can LB
9150-01-197-7689 6-1/2 pound can LB
9150-01-197-7692 35 pound can LB
9150-00-190-7369 120 pound drum LB
C-2
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
14 F 8030-00-081-2330 LOCTITE
MIL-S-22473 (grade CV)
1 50 cubic centimeter bottle CC
15 F 9150-00-458-0075 LUBRICANT, high-pressure
Brayco 300
1/16 ounce OZ
16 F 9150-00-231-9045 LUBRICANT: rust preventative
1 gallon can GAL.
17 F 8010-00-837-7969 MINERAL SPIRITS
TT-T-291 GAL.
18 F CUTTING FLUID:
(81348) C-O-376
9150-00-265-9406 1 gallon can GAL.
19 C OIL, FUEL: diesel, regular
DF-2, VV-F-800
9140-00-286-5294 bulk GAL.
9140-00-286-5295 5 gallon can GAL.
9140-00-286-5296 55 gallon drum, 16-gauge GAL.
9140-00-256-5297 55 gallon drum, 18-gauge GAL.
20 C OIL, LUBRICATING:
OE/HDO 10
MIL-L-2104C
9150-00-189-6727 1 quart can QT
9150-00-186-6668 5 gallon drum GAL.
9150-00-191-2772 55 gallon drum, 18-gauge GAL.
9150-00-183-7807 bulk GAL.
21 C OIL, LUBRICATING:
OE/HDO 30
MIL-L-2104C
9150-00-186-6681 1 quart can QT
9150-00-188-9858 5 gallon drum GAL.
9150-00-265-9476 55 gallon drum, 16-gauge GAL.
9150-00-189-6729 55 gallon drum, 18-gauge GAL.
9150-00-183-7808 bulk GAL.
22 O OIL, LUBRICATING: gear
60-80/140,
MIL-L-2105C
1 quart can QT
5 gallon drum GAL.
55 gallon drum GAL.
23 F 5350-00-543-3600 PAPER: aluminum oxide
240-grit
ALOXGRIT 80
90 pound per ream LB
24 F 6810-00-227-0407 PYRIDINE
1 16 ounce bottle OZ
C-3
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
C-4
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
APPENDIX D
ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS
Section I. INTRODUCTION
D-1. GENERAL
a. This appendix includes complete instructions for authorizing items to be manufactured or fabricated at Direct Support and
General Support maintenance levels.
b. A part number index in alphanumeric order is provided. The index cross-references the part number of the item to be
manufactured to the figure. The figure covers fabrication criteria.
c. All bulk materials needed for manufacture of an item are listed by part number or specification number in a tabular list on the
illustration.
D-1
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INSTRUCTIONS:
2. Measure 39.13 in. (994 mm) down dipstick from bottom of rubber stopper and cut dipstick. Round off tip of dipstick as shown
above.
NOTE
Use an electric engraver to perform etching in steps 3, 4, and 5. Etch d ip stick to a depth o f
0.005 to 0.010 in. (0.127 to 0.254 mm).
3. Measure 36.31 in. (992 mm) down dipstick from bottom of rubber stopper and etch aline on dipstick atthis length. Etch an
"H" next to this line as shown above.
4. Measure 2.06 in. (52 mm) down dipstick from line etched in step 3 and etch another line at this length. Etch an "L" next to this
line as shown above.
5. Etch part number "199453" on dipstick near rubber stopper as shown above.
D-2
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INSTRUCTIONS:
4. Cut a slit approximately 0.062 in. (1.57 mm) wide and 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) deep in nonthreaded end as shown above.
D-3
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INSTRUCTIONS:
4. Cut a slit approximately 0.062 in. (1.57 mm) wide and 0.0125 in. (3.17 mm) deep in non-threaded end as shown above.
D-4
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
APPENDIX E
TORQUE LIMITS
E-1
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
1. Always use the torque values listed on previous page when specifications are not available.
NOTE
Do not use listed values in place o f those specified in th is manual; special attention should
be observed in case o f SAE Grade 6, 7, and 8 screw.
CAUTION
Screws threaded into alum inum may require reductions in torque o f 30 percent o r more
unless inserts are used.
E-2
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
E-3
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
E-4
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
APPENDIX F
WEAR LIMITS AND TOLERANCES
F-1. GENERAL
a. All parts, components, or assemblies which do not meet the minimum wear standards specified in this appendix will be
replaced with new material.
b. All used parts, components, or assemblies considered for reuse must comply with the minimum wear, fit, and tolerance
standards specified in this appendix. Parts must be closely inspected to ensure there is no damage in areas not listed in the wear
limits, which would make them unfit for further use.
CYLINDER BLOCK
SPECIFICATIONS
Depth 0.412 (10.465 mm) 0.350 (8.89 mm) 0.352 (8.941 mm)
Block
Height from Main Bearing 18.994 (48.245 cm) 19.003 (48.268 cm) 19.007 (48.278 cm)
Centerline
Height from Installed Alignment 16.619 (42.212 cm) 16.628 (42.235 cm) 16.632 (42.245 cm)
C ylinder Liner
Inside Diameter 5.505 (13.983 cm) 5.4995 (13.9687 cm) 5.501 (13.973 cm)
NOTE
New cylind er liner dim ensions at 60°-70°F (16°-21°C); may be 0.0002-0.0006 in. (0.00508
0.01524 mm) sm aller than indicated due to the lubricating oil coating.
C rankshaft
Connecting Rod Journal
Outside Diameter 3.122 (7.930 cm) 3.1235 (7.9337 cm) 3.125 (7.938 cm)
F-1
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CYLINDER BLOCK
SPECIFICATIONS (Contd)
Main Bearings
Shell Thickness 0.1215 (3.0861 mm) 0.123 (3.124 mm) 0.1238 (3.1445 mm)
Journal Clearance 0.007 (0.1778 mm) 0.0015 (0.0381 mm) 0.005 (0.127 mm)
Rod Bearings Shell Thickness 0.093 (2.372 mm) 0.00942 (0.23927 mm) 0.0947 (2.4054 mm)
Connecting Rod
Crankpin Bore Inside Diameter 3.3157 (8.4219 cm) 3.3167 (8.4244 cm)
Center-to-Center Length 11.998 (30.475 cm) 12.000 (30.5 cm)
Connecting Rod
Bend (w/o bushing) 0.010 (0.254 mm) 0.010 (0.254 mm)
Bend (w/bushing) 0.004 (0.102 mm) 0.004 (0.102 mm)
Twist (w/o bushing) 0.020 (0.51 mm) 0.020 (0.51 mm)
Twist (w/bushing) 0.010 (0.25 mm) 0.010 (0.25 mm)
Piston
Skirt Diameter at 70°F 5.483 (13.972 cm) 5.487 (13.937 cm) 5.488 (13.930 cm)
Piston Pin Bore Inside Diameter
at 70°F 2.0000 (5.08 cm) 1.9985 (5.0762 cm) 1.9990 (5.077 cm)
Piston Pin
Outside Diameter 1.9985 (5.0762 cm) 1.99875 (5.07683 cm) 1.9990 (5.077 cm)
F-2
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CYLINDER BLOCK
SPECIFICATIONS (Contd)
Valve Stem
Outside Diameter 0.449 (11.405 mm) 0.450 (11.430 mm) 0.451 (11.455 mm)
Face Angle 30° 30°
Valve Guide
Inside Diameter 0.455 (11.557 mm) 0.4525 (11.4935 mm) 0.4532 (11.5113 mm)
Assembled Height 1.270 (3.230 cm) 1.280 (3.250 cm)
C ylinder Head
Inside Diameter 1.9995 (5.0787 cm) 2.0005 (5.0813 cm)
Insert Height 0.278 (7.061 mm) 0.282 (7.163 mm)
Seat to Guide Bore 0.002 (0.051 mm)
Concentricity
Refaced Seat Width 0.063 (1.600 mm) 0.125 (3.175 mm)
Valve Spring
Assembled Height 2.250 (5.720 cm)
Crosshead Guide
Outside Diameter 0.432 (10.973 mm) 0.433 (10.998 mm) 0.4335 (11.0109 mm)
Assembled Height 1.860 (4.724 cm) 1.880 (4.780 cm)
Crosshead Bore 0.440 (11.180 mm) 0.434 (11.024 mm) 0.436 (11.074 mm)
Injector Tip
Protrusion 0.060 (1.520 mm) 0.070 (1.780 cm)
ROCKER LEVER
SPECIFICATIONS
Bushing
Inside Diameter 1.1286 (2.866 cm) 1.1245 (2.8562 cm) 1.1275 (2.8639 cm)
Shaft
Outside Diameter 1.122 (2.850 cm) 1.123 (2.852 cm) 1.124 (2.855 cm)
Shaft
Outside Diameter 0.748 (18.999 mm) 0.7485 (19.0119 mm) 0.7490 (19.0250 mm)
F-3
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CYLINDER BLOCK
SPECIFICATIONS (Contd)
Bushing
Inside Diameter 0.752 (19.101 mm) 0.7501 (19.0525 mm) 0.7511 (19.0779
mm)
Bushing
Inside Diameter 0.8785 (22.3139 mm) 0.8765 (22.2631 mm) 0.8775 (22.2885 mm)
COOLING SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS
W ater Pump
Impeller to Shaft Press-Fit 0.001 (0.025 mm)
Pulley to Shaft Press-Fit 0.001 (0.025 mm)
Impeller to Body Clearance
(Phenolic) 0.030 (0.762 mm) 0.050 (1.27 mm)
DRIVE UNIT
SPECIFICATIONS
Shaft
Outside Diameter 1.310 (3.327 cm) 1.3115 (3.3312 cm) 1.312 (3.332 cm)
Bushing
Inside Diameter 1.321 (3.355 cm) 1.316 (3.343 cm) 1.319 (3.350 cm)
F-4
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
CYLINDER BLOCK
SPECIFICATIONS (Contd)
A ccessory Drive
End Clearance 0.002 (0.051 mm) 0.012 (0.305 mm)
Main Bearing
Journal Clearance 0.007 (0.178 mm) 0.0015 (0.0381 mm) 0.005 (0.172 mm)
C rankshaft
End Clearance 0.022 (0.559 mm) 0.007 (0.178 mm) 0.017 (0.432 mm)
C ylinder Liner
Protrusion 0.003 (0.076 mm) 0.006 (0.152 mm)
Out-of-Round (Top 1 In.) 0.003 (0.076 mm)
Out-of-Round (Lower Packing Ring Area) 0.002 (0.051 mm)
Connecting Rod
Side Clearance 0.0045 (0.1143 mm) 0.013 (0.330 mm)
Camshaft
End Clearance 0.008 (0.203 mm) 0.013 (0.330 mm)
F-5/(F-6 blank)
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
GLOSSARY
Section I. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
G L O S S A R Y 1/(G L O S S A R Y 2 blank)
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INDEX
IN D E X 1
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INDEX (Contd)
E F
IN D E X 2
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INDEX (Contd)
INDEX-3
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INDEX (Contd)
G (Contd)
IN D E X 4
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INDEX (Contd)
IN D E X 5
TM 9-2815-225-34& P
INDEX (Contd)
Para Page
V (Contd)
Water pump:
Assembly ............................................. 3-64d 3-528
Cleaning .............................................. 3-64b 3-522
Disassembly ........................................ 3-64a 3-518
Inspection ............................................ 3-64c 3-524
Wear limits and tolerances:
General ................................................ F-1 F-1
Repair standards ................................ F-2 F-1
INDEX 6